FlipFactory UserGuide

7.
3
User’s Guide
February 2012 | 81183 © 2012 Telestream, Inc.

81183
Copyright and Trademark Notice

Copyright © 2012 Telestream, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
transmitted, transcribed, altered, or translated into any languages without the written permission of
Telestream. Information and specifications in this document are subject to change without notice and do
not represent a commitment on the part of Telestream, Inc.
Telestream, Vantage, Flip4Mac, FlipFactory, Episode, ScreenFlow, Wirecast, GraphicsFactory, MetaFlip,
MotionResolve, and Split-and-Stitch are registered trademarks, and Pipeline, Launch, and Videocue are
trademarks of Telestream, Inc.
QuickTime, Mac OS X, and Safari are trademarks of Apple, Inc. Bonjour, the Bonjour logo, and the
Bonjour symbol are trademarks of Apple, Inc.
MainConcept is a registered trademark of MainConcept LLC and MainConcept AG. Copyright 2004
MainConcept Multimedia Technologies.
Microsoft, Windows NT|2000|XP|XP Professional|Server 2003, Vista, Media Player, Media Encoder, .Net,
Internet Explorer, SQL Server 2005 Express Edition, and Windows Media Technologies are trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Other brands, product names, and company names are trademarks of their respective holders, and are used
for identification purpose only.
ii February 2012
81183
Limited Warranty and Disclaimers

Telestream, Inc. warrants to you, as the original licensee only, that the software you licensed will perform
as stated below for a period of one (1) year from the date of purchase of the software by you:
The software will operate in substantial conformance with its specifications as set forth in the applicable
product user's guide/published specifications/product description. Telestream does not warrant that
operation of the software will be uninterrupted or error-free, will meet your requirements, or that software
errors will be corrected. Telestream's sole liability under this Limited Warranty shall be to use reasonable
commercial efforts to bring the Software's performance into substantial conformance with the
specifications in the applicable product user's guide/ published specifications/product description.
FlipFactory has been designed for professionals skilled in the art of digital media transformation and
workflow automation, to facilitate the automation of complex media operations and workflow that require
a multitude of input and output media formats, delivery to numerous types of media devices and file
systems, and notification of media systems including broadcast automation systems and media asset
management systems.
The FlipFactory architecture and user interface is designed to provide maximum flexibility in the setup and
configuration of these complex media transformations and workflow. In providing this high degree of
flexibility, it is possible for media transformation and workflow processes to be configured that are
impractical, likely to result in unexpected or unintended results, or beyond the limits of FlipFactory to
perform satisfactorily. Additionally, FlipFactory may be executed on a platform that lacks the performance
or capacity to perform the media transformations and workflow you've configured, which is your
responsibility to specify. Telestream has chosen to implement FlipFactory to provide the greatest flexibility
without limiting its functionality to only those transformations and workflow that are known with certainty
to be within its performance capabilities, including those limits imposed by the platform upon which you
have installed FlipFactory.
Therefore, you acknowledge that you may create transformations and workflow that are impractical or
beyond your FlipFactory installation's limits, and Telestream does not warrant that each transformation or
workflow you specify or use will complete without error or produce the media you expect.
Limitations of Warranties. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 1 ABOVE, NO
OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS MADE WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
AND THOSE ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. NO WARRANTY
IS MADE THAT USE OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE ERROR FREE OR UNINTERRUPTED, THAT
ANY ERRORS OR DEFECTS IN THE LICENSED MATERIALS WILL BE CORRECTED, OR THAT
THE SOFTWARE'S FUNCTIONALITY WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS.
Part Number: 81183
February 2012 iii

81183
iv February 2012
Table of Contents
About This Guide
Support and Information ................................................................................ 1-1

Internet ............................................................................................... 1-1
USA Telephone.................................................................................. 1-1
Mail .................................................................................................... 1-1
International ....................................................................................... 1-1
We'd Like to Hear From You!........................................................................ 1-1
How to Use this Guide................................................................................... 1-2
Notational Conventions ................................................................................. 1-4
Notes, Tips & Cautions...................................................................... 1-4
Typographical Conventions ........................................................................... 1-4
Chapter 1 Introduction to FlipFactory

Welcome to FlipFactory! ............................................................................... 1-1
FlipFactory is a Family of Products............................................................... 1-2
FlipFactory Web Resources ........................................................................... 1-3
Up and Running ............................................................................................. 1-4
February 2012 v
81183
Chapter 2 Installing FlipFactory

FlipFactory Installation Overview ................................................................. 2-2
Installation Tracks.......................................................................................... 2-3
Installing FlipFactory on a Clean Server ....................................................... 2-4
Downgrading To Earlier Versions.................................................................. 2-5
Upgrading from Earlier Versions ................................................................... 2-5
FlipFactory Platform Requirements............................................................... 2-8
Server OS Requirements.................................................................... 2-8
Windows XP Professional Requirements .......................................... 2-8
Windows Server 2003 Requirements................................................. 2-9
Windows Server 2008 Requirements................................................. 2-9
Port Requirements............................................................................ 2-10
QuickTime Requirement.................................................................. 2-10
Java Runtime Requirements ............................................................ 2-10
Server Hardware Requirements ....................................................... 2-10
FlipFactory Console Requirements ................................................. 2-11
Preparing your FlipFactory Server .............................................................. 2-12
Downloading the FlipFactory Installer ........................................................ 2-13
Installing FlipFactory................................................................................... 2-13
Installing Bonjour ............................................................................ 2-14
Installing SQL Server 2005 Express and FlipFactory Default Database.
2-14
Installing IPP.................................................................................... 2-15
Installing Java .................................................................................. 2-15
Installing the Telestream Media Transcoding & Analysis Engine .. 2-15
Installing QuickTime ...................................................................... 2-16
Installing FlipFactory....................................................................... 2-16
vi February 2012
81183
Obtaining and Installing the FlipFactory License........................................ 2-16

Obtain the License ........................................................................... 2-17
Install the License ............................................................................ 2-18
Installing The FlipFactory Console ............................................................. 2-18
Updating Your Factories .............................................................................. 2-21
Validating Installation .................................................................................. 2-22
Updating FlipFactory – Installing Update Packs ......................................... 2-26
SpectreView WMV Codec Installation........................................................ 2-27
SpectreView MPEG-1 Codec Installation ................................................... 2-30
Chapter 3 Guided Tours

[Tour 1] FlipFactory Basics ........................................................................... 3-2
FlipFactory Server ............................................................................. 3-2
FlipFactory Groups and FactoryArrays ............................................. 3-2
FlipFactory Client – the Console ....................................................... 3-3
FlipFactory Accounts & Factories ..................................................... 3-4
[Tour 2] Flip Your First Media File ............................................................... 3-8
Step 1: Start the FlipFactory Console ................................................ 3-8
Step 2: Log in to a FlipFactory Account............................................ 3-9
Step 3. Review the Demo Factory ..................................................... 3-9
Step 4: Submit a Job ........................................................................ 3-11
Step 5: Flip It! .................................................................................. 3-13
Step 6: View Job Status.................................................................... 3-13
Step 7: Display Your New Clip........................................................ 3-13
February 2012 vii

81183
[Tour 3] Creating a Factory.......................................................................... 3-16

Step 1. Start the Console & Log On ................................................ 3-16
Step 2. Create a New Factory .......................................................... 3-16
Step 3. Set up Monitor and Destination Folders .............................. 3-17
Step 4. Add and Configure the Monitor........................................... 3-17
Step 5. Create a Product................................................................... 3-21
Step 6: Submit a Job ........................................................................ 3-26
Step 7: View Job Status & Details ................................................... 3-28
[Tour 4] Creating an Advanced Factory ...................................................... 3-29
Step 1. Start the Console & Log On ................................................ 3-29
Step 2. Create a New Factory .......................................................... 3-29
Step 3. Set up Monitor and Destination Folders .............................. 3-30
Step 4. Configure the Monitor ......................................................... 3-30
Step 5. Configure Filters in Process/Analyze .................................. 3-31
Step 6. Create a Product................................................................... 3-32
Step 7: Submit Job ........................................................................... 3-36
Step 8: View Job Status & Details ................................................... 3-37
Step 9: Play Your New Clip ............................................................. 3-39
Chapter 4 Using FlipFactory

Starting and Stopping FlipFactory ................................................................. 4-2
Stopping the FlipEngine .................................................................... 4-2
Starting the FlipEngine ...................................................................... 4-2
Starting and Stopping via Command Prompt .................................... 4-3
Using Bonjour in FlipFactory ........................................................................ 4-3
Launching the FlipFactory Console............................................................... 4-4
Using Java Runtime Environment ..................................................... 4-7
viii February 2012

81183
Displaying Component Versions and Capabilities......................................... 4-9

FlipFactory Administrative Tasks................................................................ 4-10
Logging on as Administrator ........................................................... 4-10
Administering User Accounts...................................................................... 4-11
Creating a New Account.................................................................. 4-12
Updating User Accounts .................................................................. 4-12
Exporting an Account ...................................................................... 4-14
Deleting an Account ........................................................................ 4-14
Configuring System Settings ....................................................................... 4-15
Viewing System Status – Jobs and Monitors ............................................... 4-19
Viewing Job Status........................................................................... 4-20
Viewing Monitor Status ................................................................... 4-21
Logging on to a User Account ..................................................................... 4-22
Managing Factories...................................................................................... 4-23
Manually Submitting Jobs ........................................................................... 4-25
Monitoring Job Status .................................................................................. 4-26
Chapter 5 Building Factories

The Building Blocks of a Factory.................................................................. 5-2
FlipFactory Stores Control Media File Disk Storage ........................ 5-3
Using the Manage Factories Window............................................................ 5-4
Manage Factories Toolbar.................................................................. 5-4
Work Areas ........................................................................................ 5-5
Factory Panel ..................................................................................... 5-5
Enabler Panels.................................................................................... 5-6
Editor Panels ...................................................................................... 5-7
February 2012 ix
81183
Factories......................................................................................................... 5-7
Creating a New Factory ..................................................................... 5-7
Duplicating a Factory......................................................................... 5-8
Deleting a Factory.............................................................................. 5-8
Monitors......................................................................................................... 5-9
FlipFactory Monitors ....................................................................... 5-10
Adding and Deleting Monitors ........................................................ 5-12
Using the Monitor Editor Panel ....................................................... 5-14
Monitors with Metadata Processing ................................................ 5-15
Processing and Analysis Tools..................................................................... 5-18
Creating and Deleting Process/Analysis Tools ................................ 5-23
Using the Process/Analysis Tool Editor .......................................... 5-24
Products ....................................................................................................... 5-25
Creating and Deleting Products ....................................................... 5-25
Redirector Metafiles .................................................................................... 5-27
Codecs.......................................................................................................... 5-28
Media Formats ............................................................................................. 5-29
Filters ........................................................................................................... 5-31
Creating and Deleting Filters ........................................................... 5-40
Setting up a Filter............................................................................. 5-41
Destinations ................................................................................................. 5-41
Adding & Deleting Destinations...................................................... 5-42
Using the Destinations Editor .......................................................... 5-44
Notifications................................................................................................. 5-44
Creating and Deleting Notifications ................................................ 5-45
Using the Notifications Editor ......................................................... 5-46
x February 2012
81183
Chapter 6 Submitting & Working

with Jobs
Introduction.................................................................................................... 6-2
Submitting a Job Manually ............................................................................ 6-3
Supported Media Sources .................................................................. 6-6
Stitching Multiple Files.................................................................................. 6-8
Managing Metadata Labels............................................................................ 6-9
Arbitron Audio Watermark .............................................................. 6-10
Florical Label ................................................................................... 6-10
House Label ..................................................................................... 6-11
Kasenna MediaBase Label Set ........................................................ 6-12
Leader/Trailer Media Expansion ..................................................... 6-12
News Label Set ................................................................................ 6-12
Playback/Trim Label Set.................................................................. 6-13
Review Label Set ............................................................................. 6-14
Seachange MVL Label Set .............................................................. 6-15
Segment Media Insertion Label ....................................................... 6-15
Spot Label Set .................................................................................. 6-15
Streaming Label Set......................................................................... 6-17
Syndication Label ............................................................................ 6-17
Submitting a Job via ClipMail ..................................................................... 6-17
Submitting a Job via a Monitor.................................................................... 6-18
Submitting Jobs from Pipeline..................................................................... 6-18
February 2012 xi
81183
Viewing Job Status....................................................................................... 6-19

Toolbar Commands.......................................................................... 6-20
Deleting a Job .................................................................................. 6-21
Displaying Job History/Status.......................................................... 6-21
Metadata Editor Panels .................................................................... 6-26
Closed Caption Metadata................................................................. 6-28
Audio Waveform Metadata.............................................................. 6-28
Vertical Blanking Synthesis ............................................................. 6-30
Resubmitting a Job........................................................................... 6-30
Commands in the Message Viewer Window ................................... 6-32
Chapter 7 Customizing FlipFactory

Advanced System Settings............................................................................. 7-2
Engine Settings .................................................................................. 7-3
Database Settings ............................................................................... 7-3
Delivery Settings................................................................................ 7-4
Localize Settings................................................................................ 7-4
Monitor Settings ................................................................................ 7-4
Notify Settings ................................................................................... 7-5
Remote Settings ................................................................................. 7-5
Transcode Settings ............................................................................. 7-5
Tuning Queues|Limits|Flip Limits for High Volume Use.............................. 7-6
Accessing Network Resources....................................................................... 7-8
Using the Windows Registry to Customize FlipFactory ............................. 7-11
Capturing MDML Messages From Submitted Jobs .................................... 7-12
Changing the Media Storage Expiration Period .......................................... 7-13
Changing Failed Jobs Media Storage Expiration Period ............................. 7-13
xii February 2012

81183
Accessing Network Shares with Custom IDs .............................................. 7-14

Adding Custom Stores ................................................................................. 7-16
Adding Stores................................................................................... 7-17
Adding Volumes............................................................................... 7-18
Creating Spot Server Start and End Frame Offsets...................................... 7-21
Calculating End Frame Offsets for 29.97 FPS............................................. 7-22
Changing the Administrator’s Parameters ................................................... 7-23
Changing the SQL Database Parameters ..................................................... 7-24
Changing the Watch Dog Kill Time-out ...................................................... 7-25
Modifying the Default Store ........................................................................ 7-26
Installing Radius AVI Cinepak Codec ......................................................... 7-27
Modifying the Default Preview File Type ................................................... 7-27
Creating Read-Only Job Status Windows.................................................... 7-28
Regulating Multi-Threaded Codecs............................................................. 7-31
Chapter 8 Processing Jobs with Metadata

Metadata Processing in FlipFactory .............................................................. 8-2
Metadata Workflow Options.......................................................................... 8-4
Metadata Documents ......................................................................... 8-4
Local and Network Metadata Monitors ............................................. 8-5
How to Submit Metadata With a Job ............................................................. 8-8
Transforming Metadata with XSLT ............................................................. 8-10
Working with the MetaFlip™ Editor ........................................................... 8-11
Metadata Editor Documents ............................................................ 8-12
Modifying Document Sets ............................................................... 8-16
February 2012 xiii

81183
Chapter 9 Load Balance Groups

Implementing a Load Balance Group ........................................................... 9-2
Configuring Stores in a Load Balance Group................................................ 9-4
Database Usage.............................................................................................. 9-6
Chapter 10 Database Implementations & Operations

Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition .............................................. 10-2
Upgrading MS SQL Server 2005 Express Edition ...................................... 10-3
Installing a Stand-Alone SQL Server Database........................................... 10-4
Importing and Exporting User Accounts and Factories............................... 10-6
Exporting Accounts ..................................................................................... 10-7
Importing Accounts ..................................................................................... 10-9
Renaming Your FlipFactory Server ........................................................... 10-11
Appendix A Troubleshooting
FlipEngine..................................................................................................... A-1
Playback/Trim Editor.................................................................................... A-1
Troubleshooting Symptoms and Probable Causes........................................ A-3
Appendix B Uninstalling FlipFactory
FlipFactory Uninstall Overview ....................................................................B-1

Uninstalling the FlipFactory Console ............................................................B-2
Uninstalling the Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis Engine .........B-3
Uninstalling the FlipFactory Application ......................................................B-4
xiv February 2012

81183
Uninstalling Other FlipFactory Components.................................................B-5

Removing a FlipFactory Database.................................................................B-6
Index
February 2012 xv
81183
xvi February 2012

List of Figures
Figure 2–1. Java Security Warning window............................................ 2-19

Figure 2–2. FlipFactory console.............................................................. 2-20
Figure 2–3. FlipFactory console.............................................................. 2-22
Figure 2–4. About FlipFactory window .................................................. 2-23
Figure 2–5. Enter administrator user name and password to log on ....... 2-24
Figure 2–6. Administer Accounts window.............................................. 2-25
Figure 2–7. FlipFactory User panel before logging in ............................ 2-25
Figure 2–8. Users panel when logged on to a user account .................... 2-25
Figure 2–9. Manage Factories window ................................................... 2-26
Figure 2–10. 32-bit IPV Sequencer Settings File Example....................... 2-28
Figure 3–1. The FlipFactory console......................................................... 3-4
Figure 3–2. FlipFactory jobs have six steps to transcode media............... 3-5
Figure 3–3. User’s Log in panel at bottom of console .............................. 3-9
Figure 3–4. Manage Factories button in console User’s panel.................. 3-9
Figure 3–6. Submit Job button in console User’s panel .......................... 3-11
Figure 3–7. Submit Job window.............................................................. 3-12
Figure 3–8. Job submission confirmation dialog .................................... 3-13
Figure 3–9. Job Status window................................................................ 3-13
Figure 3–10. Message Viewer window ..................................................... 3-14
Figure 3–11. Windows Media Player plays the media you flipped........... 3-15
xvii
List of Figures 81183
Figure 3–12. Creating a factory................................................................. 3-16

Figure 3–13. Naming a new factory in the Factory editor panel............... 3-17
Figure 3–14. Adding a monitor to a factory .............................................. 3-18
Figure 3–15. Enabling and configuring a monitor in a factory ................. 3-19
Figure 3–16. Toolbar in Manage Factories for common commands......... 3-20
Figure 3–17. Displaying FlipFactory online help...................................... 3-20
Figure 3–18. Process/Analysis tools operate on input files....................... 3-21
Figure 3–19. Creating a new product in a factory ..................................... 3-21
Figure 3–20. Selecting the media format for your new media .................. 3-22
Figure 3–21. Codec selector panel (typical).............................................. 3-23
Figure 3–22. Typical video codec editor panel.......................................... 3-23
Figure 3–23. Typical audio codec editor panel.......................................... 3-24
Figure 3–24. FlipFactory filters are for audio and video processing ........ 3-25
Figure 3–25. Adding a Destinations folder ............................................... 3-25
Figure 3–26. Configuring a Destinations folder........................................ 3-26
Figure 3–27. System Status window ......................................................... 3-27
Figure 3–30. Naming a new factory with the Factory Editor.................... 3-29
Figure 3–31. Adding monitors to a factory ............................................... 3-30
Figure 3–32. Enabling audio and video analysis processing..................... 3-31
Figure 3–33. Audio analysis editor ........................................................... 3-31
Figure 3–34. Creating a new product in a factory ..................................... 3-32
Figure 3–35. Selecting the media format for your new media .................. 3-33
Figure 3–36. Selecting Codecs .................................................................. 3-33
Figure 3–37. Typical codec editor ............................................................. 3-34
Figure 3–38. Video Stream settings........................................................... 3-34
Figure 3–39. Audio codec editor ............................................................... 3-35
xviii February 2012

81183 List of Figures
Figure 3–40. Adding a Destinations folder ............................................... 3-35

Figure 3–41. Selecting a Destinations folder ............................................ 3-36
Figure 3–42. System Status window ......................................................... 3-37
Figure 3–45. Audio Level tab.................................................................... 3-38
Figure 3–46. KeyFrames tab ..................................................................... 3-39
Figure 3–47. Audio WaveForm tab ........................................................... 3-39
Figure 3–48. Playing transcoded media in Windows Media Player.......... 3-39
Figure 4–1. Windows Services window .................................................... 4-2
Figure 4–2. FlipFactory Console Installer................................................. 4-5
Figure 4–3. Shortcut to FlipFactory console ............................................. 4-6
Figure 4–4. FlipFactory Console............................................................... 4-6
Figure 4–5. FlipFactory Console displays error message ......................... 4-7
Figure 4–6. Java Security Warning – click Always................................... 4-7
Figure 4–7. FlipFactory console is for administrators and users............... 4-8
Figure 4–8. FlipFactory Console users panel ............................................ 4-8
Figure 4–9. About FlipFactory window .................................................... 4-9
Figure 4–10. Servers, decoders and encoders, and plug-ins........................ 4-9
Figure 4–11. Administrator log on window .............................................. 4-10
Figure 4–12. Use Administer Accounts to create user accounts ............... 4-11
Figure 4–13. Create User Account window .............................................. 4-12
Figure 4–14. User account details ............................................................. 4-13
Figure 4–15. Approve/Reject window ...................................................... 4-13
Figure 4–16. System Settings window ...................................................... 4-15
Figure 4–17. System Settings window ...................................................... 4-16
Figure 4–18. System Status window displays jobs and monitors.............. 4-19
Figure 4–19. System Status window displays jobs and monitors.............. 4-19
February 2012 xix

Figure 4–20. Message Progress window ................................................... 4-21

Figure 4–21. Log in to a user account in the Users Panel ......................... 4-22
Figure 4–22. Icons are located in the Users Panel..................................... 4-22
Figure 4–24. Factories can’t be modified in Read-Only accounts ............ 4-23
Figure 4–25. Console Save Changes dialog .............................................. 4-24
Figure 4–26. User account details in Manage Factories panel .................. 4-24
Figure 4–27. Use Job window to send media to a factory......................... 4-25
Figure 4–28. Job Status window – completed & in-progress jobs ............ 4-26
Figure 5–1. Click Manage Factories icon to manage factories ................. 5-4
Figure 5–2. Manage Factories window – toolbar and work areas............. 5-4
Figure 5–3. Toolbar in Manage Factories window.................................... 5-4
Figure 5–4. Manage Factories window – toolbar and work areas............. 5-5
Figure 5–5. Use Factory Panel to create & manage factories ................... 5-6
Figure 5–6. Use enabler panels to create factory objects .......................... 5-6
Figure 5–7. Typical Factory editor panel................................................... 5-7
Figure 5–8. The Monitor enabler panel................................................... 5-12
Figure 5–9. Sample monitor editor.......................................................... 5-14
Figure 5–10. Process/Analyze tools enabler panel.................................... 5-23
Figure 5–11. Sample Process/Analysis tool editor.................................... 5-24
Figure 5–12. Products editor panel (scrolled to bottom)........................... 5-26
Figure 5–13. Typical Codec Enabler panel ............................................... 5-28
Figure 5–14. Typical Codec Editor panel.................................................. 5-29
Figure 5–15. Filters enabler panel ............................................................. 5-40
Figure 5–16. Typical filter editor panel ..................................................... 5-41
Figure 5–17. Destinations folder and enabler panel (sample) ................... 5-43
Figure 5–18. Typical Destination editor .................................................... 5-44
Figure 5–19. Notifications panel ............................................................... 5-45
xx February 2012
81183 List of Figures
Figure 5–20. Typical Notifications editor ................................................. 5-46

Figure 6–1. Standard Submit Job window................................................. 6-3
Figure 6–2. Standard Submit Job window................................................. 6-4
Figure 6–3. Save Custom Source dialog ................................................... 6-5
Figure 6–4. Enable Metadata to display labels in editor panel.................. 6-9
Figure 6–5. Click Job Status to display the Job Status window .............. 6-19
Figure 6–6. Job Status window displays active & complete jobs ........... 6-20
Figure 6–7. Toolbar in Job Status window .............................................. 6-20
Figure 6–8. History/Status Window of job in process............................. 6-21
Figure 6–9. History/Status Window of complete job .............................. 6-22
Figure 6–10. Use Find dialog to search for jobs by subject ...................... 6-22
Figure 6–11. Job details in Message Viewer window ............................... 6-24
Figure 6–12. Add Label window adds a new metadata label.................... 6-26
Figure 6–13. Audio level Metadata Editor panel ...................................... 6-27
Figure 6–14. Keyframes Metadata panel................................................... 6-27
Figure 6–15. Closed caption decoder Metadata Editor panel.................... 6-28
Figure 6–16. Audio waveform panel......................................................... 6-28
Figure 6–17. Spot Metadata Editor panel.................................................. 6-29
Figure 6–18. Playback/Trim Metadata Editor panel ................................. 6-29
Figure 6–19. Synthesized blanking Waveform panel................................ 6-30
Figure 6–20. Message Viewer window for resubmitting a job ................. 6-31
Figure 7–1. Use System Settings window for advanced settings.............. 7-2
Figure 7–2. Windows Services window .................................................... 7-9
Figure 7–3. FlipEngine properties Log On tab.......................................... 7-9
Figure 7–4. Use Run window (start > Run) to launch Regedit ............... 7-11
Figure 7–5. Typical Registry Editor window .......................................... 7-11
Figure 7–6. New UNITY drive entry (sample, shown complete) ........... 7-15
Figure 7–7. Adding a new store in Regedit............................................. 7-18
February 2012 xxi

Figure 7–8. Modifying administrator parameters in Regedit .................. 7-24

Figure 7–9. Read-Only Job Status Window Launcher page.................... 7-30
Figure 7–10. Read-only Job Status – no Delete or Resubmit/Forward ..... 7-31
Figure 8–1. FlipFactory can process media & metadata in parallel .......... 8-2
Figure 8–2. Metadata editor panel (iPod sample) ................................... 8-15
Figure 9–1. Load balance jobs to improve performance ........................... 9-6
Figure 9–2. System Status displays all FlipFactories in group.................. 9-9
Figure 10–1. flip properties - Data Files settings ...................................... 10-2
Figure 10–2. Logging on to database ........................................................ 10-8
Figure 10–3. Exporting an account via Telnet........................................... 10-9
Figure 10–4. Importing an account via Telnet......................................... 10-11
Figure B–1. Add/Remove Programs Control Panel................................... B-2
Figure B–4. Add/Remove Programs control panel .................................... B-6
xxii February 2012

List of Tables
Table 2–1. IP Ports for FlipFactory ....................................................... 2-10

Table 4–1. System Settings Fields and Descriptions ............................ 4-17
Table 4–2. System Status Fields ........................................................... 4-20
Table 4–3. Monitor Status Fields .......................................................... 4-21
Table 5–1. FlipFactory Monitors .......................................................... 5-10
Table 5–2. Miscellaneous formats ........................................................ 5-29
Table 5–3. Streaming media formats .................................................... 5-30
Table 5–4. Broadcast media formats ..................................................... 5-30
Table 5–5. Professional media formats ................................................. 5-30
Table 5–6. FlipFactory Filters ............................................................... 5-31
Table 5–7. FlipFactory destinations ...................................................... 5-42
Table 5–8. FlipFactory Notifications .................................................... 5-44
Table 6–1. File Media Sources ................................................................ 6-6
Table 6–2. Streaming Media Sources ..................................................... 6-7
Table 6–3. Arbitron Audio Watermark Label Control .......................... 6-10
Table 6–4. Florical Label Parameters ................................................... 6-10
Table 6–5. Components that support the House label set ..................... 6-11
Table 6–6. House Label Parameters ...................................................... 6-11
Table 6–7. Leader/Trailer Media Expansion Label Parameters ............ 6-12
Table 6–8. Leader/Trailer Media Expansion Label Parameters ............ 6-12
Table 6–9. News Label Parameters ....................................................... 6-12
xxv
List of Tables 81183
Table 6–10. Components that support the Playback/Trim label set ........ 6-13
Table 6–11. Playback/Trim Label Parameters ........................................ 6-13
Table 6–12. Components that support the Review label set ................... 6-14
Table 6–13. Review Label Parameters .................................................... 6-14
Table 6–14. Seachange MVL Label Parameters ..................................... 6-15
Table 6–15. Components that support the Spot label set ........................ 6-16
Table 6–16. Commercial Label Parameters ............................................ 6-16
Table 6–17. Streaming Label Parameters ............................................... 6-17
Table 7–1. Username, Password, and Path Details ............................... 7-16
Table 7–2. Store Registry Key Entries and Description ....................... 7-18
Table 7–3. Drives Registry Key Values and Description ...................... 7-21
Table 7–4. Offset Values and Description ............................................. 7-21
Table 7–5. End Frame Offset Registry Key Entry and Description ...... 7-22
Table 7–6. Administrator Values and Description ................................ 7-23
Table 7–7. SQL Database Registry Key Values and Description ......... 7-25
Table A–1. Troubleshooting Symptoms and Probable Causes ............... A-3
xxvi February 2012

Preface
SUPPORT AND INFORMATION

To obtain support services for Telestream’s workgroup and enterprise
products or to obtain information about Telestream or its products, contact
us via these methods:
Internet Web Site. www.telestream.net

Support Services. [email protected]
Licensing. [email protected]
Sales and Marketing. [email protected]
USA Telephone Main. (530) 470-1300

Support Services. (877) 257-6245 from 6 am to 6 pm weekdays,
excluding U. S. holidays. Terms and times of support services vary, based
on the terms of your current service contract with Telestream.
Mail Telestream, Inc.

848 Gold Flat Road, Suite 1
Nevada City, CA. USA 95959
International See our Web site for your regional authorized Telestream distributor.
WE'D LIKE TO HEAR FROM YOU!

If you have comments or suggestions about improving this document, or
other Telestream documents – or if you've discovered an error or
omission, please email us at [email protected].
Preface-1
81183
HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE

This guide helps you install FlipFactory, get up and running quickly, and
learn how to implement and use FlipFactory. You may view or print this
guide with Adobe Acrobat Reader.
This guide is also available by clicking the Help button located on the
FlipFactory Console.
Chapter 1, Introduction to FlipFactory

This chapter describes the family of FlipFactory products. It also
describes how to get started with FlipFactory.
Chapter 2, Installing FlipFactory

This chapter provides platform requirements for FlipFactory servers and
describes how to perform a clean install, upgrade from version 3.0 or
greater, downgrade to older versions, and how to obtain and install a
FlipFactory license.
Chapter 3, Guided Tours

This chapter offers guided tours of FlipFactory. In the first tour, you learn
about the architecture of FlipFactory-how it is organized and how it
processes jobs.
In the second tour, you launch FlipFactory Console and learn how to
access a factory. You'll also walk through a factory – discovering its
components and how it transcodes jobs.
In the final tour, you build your own factory to produce Windows media
files. You can take all three tours in less than 45 minutes.
Chapter 4, Using FlipFactory

This chapter is an overview of the main features of FlipFactory.
FlipFactory organizes its features by administrator and user.
Administrators configure FlipFactory, set up user accounts, and monitor
system status. Production work (creating factories and submitting and
monitoring jobs) is performed by users.
Chapter 5, Building Factories

This chapter teaches you all about the details of building and maintaining
factories that process transcoding jobs. It includes building monitors,
specifying codecs and their respective output files, and other analysis
processes, and setting up delivery and notification methods.
Preface-2 February 2012

81183
Chapter 6, Submitting & Working with Jobs

Use this chapter to learn how to submit a job manually, by entering the
job requirements in the Submit Job window. Manual submission of a job
is an alternative to allowing a factory to start a job by monitoring folders
for new input media files.
This chapter also shows you how to use the Monitor Jobs window to view
jobs in progress, and jobs that have already completed.
Chapter 7, Customizing FlipFactory

This chapter includes topics for customizing FlipFactory to operate
properly in your environment. These tasks involve configuring the server
operating system, setting up FlipFactory to access network servers, and
changing registry settings as needed.
Chapter 8, Processing Jobs with Metadata

This chapter discusses how FlipFactory process jobs that include
associated metadata files, for RSS feed and podcast-destined media.
Chapter 9, Load Balance Groups

This chapter describes common FlipFactory database implementations,
and how to implement them.
Chapter 10, Database Implementations & Operations

This chapter describes common FlipFactory database implementations,
and how to implement them.
Appendix A, Troubleshooting
Use this appendix to identify likely causes for problems you may
encounter when using FlipFactory.
Appendix B, Uninstalling FlipFactory

This appendix contains instructions for uninstalling FlipFactory.
February 2012 Preface-3

81183
NOTATIONAL CONVENTIONS
The guide uses certain conventions used to make the guide more readable.
Notes, Tips & Note paragraphs are set in italic type to draw your attention to special
Cautions circumstances or configurations for proper operation of FlipFactory:
Note
Notes highlight important information about the topic you’re
studying. Be sure to read this information before continuing.
Tip paragraphs are also set in italic; they provide helpful information you
may not be aware of, or that may make using FlipFactory easier:
Tip
Tips are bits of information you might not be aware of, or that
make using FlipFactory easier.
Caution paragraphs are set in bold type to draw your attention to

situations that may modify your operating system or cause data loss.
Caution
Cautions identify actions that may cause data loss or other
permanent changes to FlipFactory or your media assets.
TYPOGRAPHICAL CONVENTIONS
Certain typographical conventions are used as visual clues in this guide.
Sample information, or a specific format to be used when entering
information, is shown in italics, or in a courier-style font.
For example: Type your domain (mydomain.com) in the domain field.
Enter import FileName where FileName is the fully-qualified path.
Preface-4 February 2012

C H A P T E R
1
Introduction to FlipFactory
Chapter 1, Introduction to FlipFactory
WELCOME TO FLIPFACTORY!
FlipFactory™ is the dependable, powerful, scalable way to automatically
transcode and publish your digital media. FlipFactory provides a versatile
suite of workflow automation tools, allowing broadcast, VOD & cable
companies, post houses, enterprises and other media publishers to build
workflows to meet their exact media encoding requirements.
FlipFactory enables you to create custom work flows that automatically
transcode (flip) your source media into a wide variety of streaming and
broadcast formats, and delivers the encoded media to destinations you
specify, including media and catch servers, network folders, SAN pools,
automation systems, and FTP sites.
Whether you’re automating the production of multiple streaming formats,
re-purposing existing programing, or automating reception, processing
and distribution of digital media at your TV station, there is a FlipFactory
edition for you. FlipFactory also provides tools for production of mobile
media, HD media, news, broadcast, and graphics files.
FlipFactory also allows you to set up workflows to ingest XML-based
metadata to transform and deliver metadata along with your media—a
powerful way of re-purposing media for VOD and online markets.
FlipFactory operates as a multi-user process on major Windows
platforms, and allows operators to access, manage and operate
FlipFactory from consoles on Windows and MacOS computers.
With FactoryArray, FlipFactory can be scaled to support multiple servers
with a centralized database to implement database redundancy and load
balancing, which improves system uptime, and speeds job execution.
February 2012 1-1

Introduction to FlipFactory 81183
FLIPFACTORY IS A FAMILY OF PRODUCTS

Each edition of FlipFactory is designed for a specific digital media
workflow and application, and is enabled by the license you purchase:
FactoryArray FactoryArray extends the power of any FlipFactory

edition from a single server to an array of servers working together to
process jobs in the most efficient and secure manner possible.
Intelligent load balancing distributes jobs across servers. Auto-failover
protection ensures that if any one server should fail, the remaining servers
will continue to process jobs without interruption. Database mirroring
replicates factory settings and job workflow information in real-time on a
separate server, and provides automatic recovery mechanisms for all
workflows.
FlipFactory New Media provides exceptional value in content

repurposing automation. Source media and metadata files are
automatically ingested, transcoded to any number of video, audio,
metadata and wrapper formats and delivered to distribution servers, ready
for ultimate delivery to new media viewers.
FlipFactory New Media Broadcast adds the ability to monitor,

browse and decode media from broadcast servers. With ongoing support
for emerging web and mobile formats, you can rest assured you'll have a
solution that meets your evolving future.
FlipFactory Pro SD & Pro HD FlipFactory Pro SD and Pro HD

build on FlipFactory New Media models to include all the same
transcoding features and formats plus the ability to automatically transfer
media and metadata files between professional video systems.
FlipFactory Pro SD FlipFactory Pro SD is the proven universal

transcoder that provides comprehensive exchange between all the major
professional video and audio systems, formats and wrapper variants. It
also allows you to generate low-res proxies for desktop review, web or
mobile formats, and high-res archive formats.
FlipFactory Pro HD FlipFactory Pro HD adds transcoding support for

HD and MXF, including leading HD media servers, HD edit systems.
ProHD automatically monitors systems folders, accepts 1080i, 1080p or
720p HD files and delivers them to destination systems. Exclusive
MotionResolve technology up converts compressed SD interlaced content
to superior quality 1080i and 720p HD.
TrafficManager automates the way TV stations move and manage

commercials and syndicated content received from digital delivery
services. With Telestream's world-class FlipFactory workflow automation
1-2 February 2012

81183 Introduction to FlipFactory
engine under the hood, TrafficManager automates the entire process from
ingest to playout, including media receipt, dub list matching, notification,
tracking, previewing, reformatting and delivery to destination devices.
For information about setting up and using TrafficManager, see the
TrafficManager User’s Guide.
NewsManager automates ingest and file transfer of news content from

multiple digital delivery sources to destination newsroom systems. With
Telestream’s world-class FlipFactory workflow automation engine under
the hood, incoming news content and associated metadata are
automatically ingested, converted and delivered directly to your on-air
server or newsroom production system. NewsManager also creates low-
res proxies for proxy news edit systems and streaming formats for
delivery to Web servers
AdManager FlipFactory AdManager for Cable automates the way

cable and cable advertising companies receive and redistribute
commercials, VOD content and other digital media. With Telestream's
world-class FlipFactory workflow automation engine under the hood, the
entire process is automated from ingest to playout, including receipt,
notification, tracking, previewing, reformatting and delivery to
destination devices.
GraphicsFactory is a template driven, file-based graphics workflow

automation program. Using a temporal metaphor, you can visually
construct a layered template for media by assembling text, drop shadows,
images, backgrounds, and QuickTime layers, then submit the job to
FlipFactory for processing the media into a format you specify.
GraphicsFactory is ideal for assembly and delivery of logos, promos,
cross-sell clips, or metadata driven graphics clip generation. For
information about setting up and using GraphicsFactory, see the
GraphicsFactory Quick Start Guide.
FLIPFACTORY WEB RESOURCES

Telestream’s Web site is the best place for customers to learn about the
entire FlipFactory family of products and their applications. Registered
users can download or view related documents, including user’s guides,
app notes, data sheets, and market briefs.
You can also download other versions of FlipFactory, GraphicsFactory,
FactoryArray, and other software, plus updates as they become available.
To find any of these resources, go to www.telestream.net/flipfactory/
overview.htm and browse around.
February 2012 1-3

Introduction to FlipFactory 81183
UP AND RUNNING
If you are upgrading your current FlipFactory server, performing custom
or complex installations, or just want detailed, step-by-step installation
instructions, proceed directly to Installing FlipFactory on page 2–1 to
install FlipFactory in your environment.
To install FlipFactory and get up and running quickly, follow these steps:
Step 1 Review Installing FlipFactory on page 2–1 to ensure your server platform
meets the requirements and you are familiar with installation procedures
for your environment.
Step 2 Use Installing FlipFactory on a Clean Server on page 2–4 to install
FlipFactory on a new server, and to obtain and install the license from
Telestream.
Step 3 Take the tours in Chapter 3 Guided Tours on page 3–1. In about 45
minutes, you’ll learn how to use the FlipFactory console to flip
(transcode) your first media, produce media files, and monitor their
progress.
1-4 February 2012

C H A P T E R
2
Installing FlipFactory
Chapter 2, Installing FlipFactory
Use this chapter to qualify your platform for FlipFactory version 7.3,
download the FlipFactory installer and install or upgrade FlipFactory,
install the FlipFactory Console, obtain a license, and validate installation.
Note
Telestream does not support FlipFactory V3.1.16333 or earlier.
Topics  FlipFactory Installation Overview (page 2-2)

 Installation Tracks (page 2-3)
 Installing FlipFactory on a Clean Server (page 2-4)
 Downgrading To Earlier Versions (page 2-5)
 Upgrading from Earlier Versions (page 2-5)
 FlipFactory Platform Requirements (page 2-8)
 Preparing your FlipFactory Server (page 2-12)
 Downloading the FlipFactory Installer (page 2-13)
 Installing FlipFactory (page 2-13)
 Obtaining and Installing the FlipFactory License (page 2-16)
 Installing The FlipFactory Console (page 2-18)
 Updating Your Factories (page 2-21)
 Updating FlipFactory – Installing Update Packs (page 2-26)
 SpectreView WMV Codec Installation (page 2-27)
 SpectreView MPEG-1 Codec Installation (page 2-30)
Note
Go to www.telestream.net//flipfactory/overview.htm to download
User Guides, App Notes, Data Sheets, and Market Briefs. You
can also download FlipFactory, GraphicsFactory, FactoryArray,
other software and updates.
February 2012 2-1

Installing FlipFactory 81183
FLIPFACTORY INSTALLATION OVERVIEW
Note
Read this section before starting any installation tasks, so that
you understand what actions the FlipFactory installer performs.
Then, proceed to Installation Tracks, immediately following.
Be sure to read Release Notes as well for late-breaking news.
If you plan to connect this FlipFactory to a load balance group or
FactoryArray, you should externalize all stores definitions and
replicate custom registry settings to all FlipFactory servers
(Implementing a Load Balance Group (page 9-2)).
When you install FlipFactory, the installer performs the following:

 Installs Intel Performance Primitives software for Intel processors
 Installs Bonjour, Apple’s software that enables automatic discovery
of devices and services on a LAN, via standard IP protocols. Bonjour
runs as a service in Windows, and by default, the service is off.
 Installs/updates Java Runtime Environment 6 (Java 1.6 Update 21)
 Checks for QuickTime 7.6 or later (QuickTime 7.6.9 is
recommended) and requires installation if missing or obsolete.
 Creates a Telestream directory for FlipFactory and related files
 Installs FlipFactory and related files (DLLs, PDFs, license tool, user
guide, etc.)
 Installs or updates Windows Media.
 Installs (updates MSDE if present) SQL Server 2005 Express SP3
Edition
If you plan to connect this FlipFactory to a load balance group or
FactoryArray, you’ll need to update the Database Server field to the
correct host name/IP address in System Settings before connecting
(Configuring System Settings (page 4-15)).
 Creates a Telestream > FlipFactory entry in the Programs list and
provides entries for the FlipFactory Console, License Tool, Uninstall
FlipFactory, and User Guide (this manual)
 Creates a desktop shortcut (Install FlipFactory Console) to install the
console the first time it is run.
2-2 February 2012

81183 Installing FlipFactory
INSTALLATION TRACKS
To install FlipFactory, choose from these tracks:
 Clean Install – Installing FlipFactory on a Clean Server (following)
when performing a clean installation on a computer that has never
had FlipFactory installed, or has just had a clean installation of
Windows, including reformatting the hard drive, deleting all
applications, registry, and user data.
 Downgrading – Downgrading To Earlier Versions on page 2–5
when downgrading from FlipFactory 5.1 or later to an older version
back to Version 3.0 (Telestream does not provide support for
FlipFactory Version 3.1.16333 or earlier)
 Upgrading – Upgrading from Earlier Versions on page 2–5
Upgrading from FlipFactory Version 3.0 or greater.
Proceed to the section for your situation and perform the specified tasks.
Note
If you are installing or upgrading GraphicsFactory, you must
install the same version of FlipFactory and GraphicsFactory.
If you are installing or upgrading a load balance group, or
FactoryArray, you must install the same version of FlipFactory
on all servers using the central database.
If you do not use the same license on all Flip Engines in the
group/array, you must configure monitors to only submit jobs to
FlipEngines that are licensed to meet the requirements of the
specific factory, or the job will fail.
To implement a FactoryArray or load balance group, refer to the
FactoryArray User’s Guide.
The ability to produce SpectreView products is a licensed option
from Telestream. Contact Telestream to obtain the installers and
dongles, then install the Spectreview WMV or MPEG-1 codecs.
See SpectreView WMV Codec Installation (page 2-27) and
SpectreView MPEG-1 Codec Installation (page 2-30) for
instructions.
February 2012 2-3

INSTALLING FLIPFACTORY ON A CLEAN SERVER

Use this section to perform a clean installation of FlipFactory. You should
only perform a clean install when you are installing on a new computer
with a fresh copy of Windows and no previous copies of FlipFactory.
Or, you don’t want to keep your FlipFactory accounts and factories, job
history (all in the database), or your FlipFactory registry settings. You’ve
reformatted the hard drive and performed a clean Windows installation.
Note
If you want to obtain a clean Windows registry, you need to re-
install Windows and perform a clean Windows install after
formatting the drive. Otherwise, your registry is untouched.
Step 1 Review FlipFactory platform requirements (Server OS Requirements on

page 2–8) before performing any installations,.
Step 2 Prepare your FlipFactory server (Preparing your FlipFactory Server on
page 2–12). Perform any necessary upgrades to prepare for installing
FlipFactory.
Step 3 Verify that you have QuickTime 7.6 or later (QuickTime 7.6.9 is
recommended) installed in the default QuickTime directory before
running the FlipFactory installer.
Step 4 Download FlipFactory installation software (Downloading the
FlipFactory Installer on page 2–13). Download the FlipFactory software
from the Telestream Web site.
Step 5 Install FlipFactory (Installing FlipFactory on page 2–16).
Step 6 Obtain and install a FlipFactory license (Obtain the License on page 2–
17). Log on to the Telestream Web site to obtain a FlipFactory license.
Step 7 Install the FlipFactory console (Installing The FlipFactory Console on
page 2–18).
Step 8 Validate the FlipFactory installation (Validating Installation on page 2–
22). After validation, perform a series of tests in FlipFactory before going
into production.
2-4 February 2012

DOWNGRADING TO EARLIER VERSIONS

You can install an older version of FlipFactory (back to Version 3.0) on a
server that has FlipFactory Version 5.1 or greater installed.
To downgrade to an earlier version, follow the upgrade procedure in
Upgrading from Earlier Versions on page 2–5. This procedure removes
the current version and installs the version you specify.
UPGRADING FROM EARLIER VERSIONS

The purpose of performing an upgrade instead of a clean install is to
preserve your FlipFactory registry settings and your FlipFactory database
– your accounts, factories, and job history.
Caution
FlipFactory customers who have a current annual
maintenance and support agreement can confirm the status
of their annual maintenance and support agreement, by
emailing [email protected].
If your maintenance has expired and you upgrade your
FlipFactory server, it will not function after you upgrade.
February 2012 2-5

Perform these tasks to install FlipFactory on a server that has FlipFactory

Version 3.0 or greater installed:
Caution
Telestream recommends that you run a separate instance
of the new FlipFactory version in parallel with your
production workflow before updating your production
FlipFactory servers. Telestream provides a limited license
so that you can configure and qualify the new version prior
to upgrading your production servers.
For details of how to replicate your FlipFactory database to
a test server to test all of your workflows, See Database
Implementations & Operations (page 10-1).
Before performing an upgrade, be sure to read the
installation notes that accompany the installer for last
minute details on a successful FlipFactory upgrade.
Step 1 Review FlipFactory platform requirements (following). Before installing

the new version, review the server platform requirements to make sure the
computer meets new requirements.
Step 2 Run FlipFactory and click About. If you purchased FlipFactory more than
a year ago or you are not current on your maintenance agreement, a new
license file is required. To obtain a new license, send an email to
[email protected] with your current license attached. The license.dat
file is located in the FlipFactory license folder (default C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\License).
Step 3 Make sure that JRE 6.0 (Java 1.6 Update 21) is installed before installing
QuickTime, so that the QuickTime plug-in works correctly.
The JRE installer is available at www.java.com.
Step 4 Prepare your FlipFactory server (Preparing your FlipFactory Server on
page 2–12). Perform any necessary upgrades to prepare it for upgrading
FlipFactory to the new version.
Step 5 Verify that you have QuickTime 7.6 or later (QuickTime 7.6.9 is
recommended) installed in the default QuickTime directory before
running the FlipFactory installer.
If you installed Java in step 3, you must re-install QuickTime for it to
work correctly in your FlipFactory console.
Step 6 Back up your FlipFactory database. If you do not have Microsoft back up
software, you can download and install SQL 2005 Management Studio.
Follow the procedures at msdn.microsoft.com/downloads.
2-6 February 2012

Step 7 If you use stylesheets for metadata processing or other workflows, and
have modified the default XML templates, to preserve your settings,
make a copy of each modified stylesheet and change its name to
something unique to your environment.
Stylesheets used in FlipFactory are stored in
C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\metadata\stylesheets.
Restart the FlipFactory service and select the newly-named stylesheet in
the factory where it is used. FlipFactory will not overwrite uniquely-
named stylesheets during installation.
Step 8 Download FlipFactory installation software (Downloading the
FlipFactory Installer on page 2–13). You can download the FlipFactory
software from the Telestream Web site.
Step 9 Uninstall FlipFactory as described in Uninstalling FlipFactory on page B–
1).
Step 10 Install FlipFactory (Installing FlipFactory on page 2–13).
Step 11 Obtain and install a current FlipFactory license (Obtain the License on
page 2–17). Log on to the Telestream Web site to obtain a FlipFactory
license.
Step 12 Review the release notes that accompany this release. Make note of any
components that are in use in any factories: monitors, process/analyze
tools, encoders, filters, notifications, and destinations.
Step 13 Upgrade the existing factories in your accounts (Updating Your Factories
on page 2–21). This process analyzes each component of pre-existing
factories and updates them to drop old settings and add new ones.
Step 14 Install the FlipFactory console (Installing The FlipFactory Console on
page 2–18).
Step 15 Validate the FlipFactory installation (Validating Installation on page 2–
22). After installation is complete, perform a specified series of tests in
FlipFactory to validate successful installation.
February 2012 2-7

FLIPFACTORY PLATFORM REQUIREMENTS

Before installing FlipFactory, review your server operating system and
hardware to ensure that they meet the minimum requirements.
Caution
For best performance, operate FlipFactory on a dedicated
server. Telestream recommends that you install FlipFactory
on a clean server with a recently-formatted hard drive.
For best performance, and to avoid installing conflicting versions of

software that may render FlipFactory or other media-management
software inoperable, do not use this server for any other server function.
Server OS FlipFactory systems operate correctly only on the following systems:

Requirements
Note
To effectively operate FlipFactory with other networked devices
or systems, you must disable the Windows Firewall.
If you utilize anti-virus software, you should identify FlipFactory
as a safe or trusted application. Also, be sure to turn off anti-
virus software during FlipFactory installation, or install the anti-
virus software after you install FlipFactory.
 Windows XP Pro SP3

 Windows Server 2003, preferably with Service Pack 2 or later 32-bit
and 64-bit versions.
 Windows Server 2008 R1, 32-bit and 64-bit versions.
 Windows Server 2008 R2, 64-bit version.
Windows XP Windows Media V9 Advanced Profile Codec Windows XP

Professional Professional does not include the Windows Media Video V9 Advanced
Profile (Advanced Profile) codec, included in Windows Media Player 11.
Requirements
If you plan to use Windows Media Advanced Profile codec on Windows
XP Professional, obtain and install Windows Media Player 11 from
Microsoft at www.windowsupdate.com:
In the right panel click the Custom button.
When the check completes, in the left panel click Software, Optional.
2-8 February 2012

In the list on the right, check the box for Windows Media Player 11.
Click Review and Install Updates.
Click Install Updates.
Restart your FlipFactory server after installation if you already installed
FlipFactory.
If your system administrator has modified your system to prevent
obtaining updates from the Microsoft Web site, see him for assistance.
Windows Server AVI Cinepak codec by Radius Windows Server 2003 does not
2003 Requirements include the AVI Cinepak codec by Radius. If you plan to use this codec,
see Installing Radius AVI Cinepak Codec on page 7–27.
Windows Media V9 Advanced Profile Codec Windows Server

2003 does not include the Windows Media Video V9 Advanced Profile
(Advanced Profile) codec, included in Windows Media Format 11 SDK.
If you plan to use Windows Media Advanced Profile codec on Windows
Sever 2003, obtain and install the Windows Media Format 11 SDK
Runtime Redistributable from Microsoft at msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/
windowsmedia/bb190307.aspx. Restart your FlipFactory server after
installation if you’ve already installed FlipFactory.
Windows .Net 2.0 Framework x64 If you are running Windows

Server 2003 on a 64-bit computer, you must have Windows .Net 2.0
Framework x 64 installed, or MS SQL Server Express 2005 will not
install. Obtain the .Net 2.0 Framework x 64 installer from the Microsoft
Web site and install it before continuing.
Windows Server 2003 by default prevents programs from being started by
other programs, a feature FlipFactory uses. Go to My Computer >
Properties > Advanced and click Performance Settings. Click the Data
Execution Prevention tab and check Turn on DEP for essential Windows
applications and services only.
Windows Server Prior to installing FlipFactory, the Desktop Experience must be installed
2008 Requirements under Server Manager > Features. From the same menu, Telnet Client and
Telnet Server may also be installed as optional features.
Telestream recommends that FlipFactory be installed by right-clicking the
installation file and selecting Run as Administrator. Although set by
default on the standard distribution of Server 2008, ensure that the
Computer Browser service is enabled.
February 2012 2-9

Port Requirements FlipFactory uses the following ports (default):

Table 2–1. IP Ports for FlipFactory
Port Usage
1099 JNI / Java RMI
9000 HTTP
9001 JNLP
23 Telnet
25 SMTP
1433 SQL Server 2005
Note
FlipFactory supports Version 4 IP addresses; IP Version 6 is not
supported.
QuickTime FlipFactory requires QuickTime 7.6 or later (QuickTime 7.6.9 is

Requirement recommended). If QuickTime 7.6 or later is not installed, download it
from www.apple.com/quicktime/win.html. click Free Download to
download and install it
Notes
When the installer runs, it checks for QuickTime 7.6 or later. If
QuickTime is not installed in the default directory, the installer
will advise you to install QuickTime and terminate.
Java Runtime The FlipFactory Engine requires Java Runtime Environment 6.0 (Java 1.6
Requirements Update 21). The FlipFactory Console uses Java 1.6 or later.
Server Hardware The minimum recommended server hardware requirements depend on the
Requirements amount of media you plan to process and the turn around time you require
during transcoding. FlipFactory is optimized for dual quad-core Intel and
Intel-compatible processors that support Windows operating systems.
2-10 February 2012

Processor: Dual quad-core processors, 2x6MB cache, 2.5GHz, 1333

MHz FSB recommended.
Note
The Telestream Transcode and Analysis Engine in FlipFactory
has a 32 core limit. When running on a server with 32 or more
cores (physical or hyper-threaded), jobs hang at 0% on encode
and eventually fail.
If you need to run on FlipFactory on a server with 32 or more
cores, you may be able to configure the BIOS to disable some
cores or turn off hyperthreading to bring the total number of
active cores to less than 32.
RAM: 4 GB 667MHz (4x1MB) fully-buffered DIMMs recommended,

depending on number of concurrent translation sessions desired.
Hard Drive: 500GB 7.2K RPM Serial ATA 3Gbps 3.5” drive.
Ethernet: GB Ethernet. (Dual Ethernet required in some situations).
Power: Redundant power supply.
Numeric Processing Instruction Set: MMX, SSE, and SSE2 enabled.
Disk Space The recommended disk space is about 500GB. The space includes 146GB
Requirements for FlipFactory, 300GB disk space for localized media, plus disk space for
your FlipFactory SQL Server 2005 Express database, which has a 4GB
size limit.
If you are implementing another database engine, consult Chapter 10,
Database Implementations & Operations (page 10-1).
Disk requirements depend on inbound and outbound media (if any) to be
stored on the server. Inbound media is typically discarded immediately
after a job completes.
Each server may be configured to operate independently with its own
storage system (either local or a partition of a SAN pool), or several
servers may be configured in a group with one server owning the file
system and managing the files database. Other servers in the group must
have shared access to the storage.
FlipFactory On Windows platforms, Windows Internet Explorer or FireFox is

Console required to run the Java console, and Java 1.6 or later is required. The
FlipFactory console can also be used on Mac OS X in the Safari Web
Requirements browser, with the same Java requirements.
February 2012 2-11

PREPARING YOUR FLIPFACTORY SERVER

To prepare your server for operating FlipFactory, follow these steps:
Step 1 Perform any upgrades necessary to make your platform meet the
minimum requirements for operating FlipFactory (FlipFactory Platform
Requirements on page 2–8).
Step 2 Name your FlipFactory server an appropriate name.
Note
Be sure to name your FlipFactory servers using only approved
characters, patterns and length of string, per Microsoft naming
conventions for your operating system, which generally follow
DNS naming conventions (RFC952). Failure to do so will result
in networking problems, especially in a FactoryArray.
If you must rename your server after installing FlipFactory, you should
run the Rename utility (Renaming Your FlipFactory Server (page 10-11))
to keep FlipFactory operational.
These tasks are optional, but highly recommended:
Step 3 Ensure that no other network services (mail, Web, or FTP servers or other
media processing servers) are operating on this server.
Note
If you utilize anti-virus software, you should identify FlipFactory
as a safe or trusted application. Also, be sure to turn off anti-
virus software during FlipFactory installation, or install the anti-
virus software after you install FlipFactory.
Step 4 Initialize or de-fragment your hard drive.

Step 5 Install and/or upgrade the operating system to meet requirements.
Step 6 Verify that you have QuickTime 7.6 or later installed (QuickTime 7.6.9 is
recommended), and Java 1.6 Update 21 is installed before running the
FlipFactory installer.
2-12 February 2012

DOWNLOADING THE FLIPFACTORY INSTALLER

To obtain the FlipFactory installation package from the Telestream Web
site, follow these steps:
Step 1 Use your Web browser to go to dynamic.telestream.net/downloads/
login.asp?prodid=flipfactory&message=login.
Step 2 If you are not registered, click to display the Register page. Fill out the
form and click Download FlipFactory. You can use your user name and
password immediately. Telestream will send you a confirmation email.
Step 3 Enter your authorized user name & password, then click Log In.
Step 4 On the Download page, click the FlipFactory version to download.
Step 5 On the File Download window, click Save.
Step 6 Select a folder (or desktop) destination and click Save. The installer name
format is FlipFactorySetup_<version>.<build>.exe.
For example: FlipFactorySetup_7.3.293.79653.exe, where 7.3 is the
version, and 293.79653 is the build number (actual numbers may differ).
Step 7 The Download Progress window displays as the FlipFactory installer is
saved on your computer.
Step 8 When the download is complete, close the Web browser.
INSTALLING FLIPFACTORY
To perform a FlipFactory installation, follow these steps:
Note
Make sure you uninstall any previous versions before upgrading
(Uninstalling FlipFactory (page B-1)). Don’t install FlipFactory
over a previous version.
Uninstalling FlipFactory does not remove the database (user
data storage), or remove any other user data.
Step 1 Log on with the specific account set up for FlipFactory (Accessing
Network Resources on page 7–8), and make sure that virus-checking
software and the Windows Firewall control panel is turned off.
Step 2 Locate the FlipFactory installer on a network server if performing a
network installation, download/copy the FlipFactory installer
(FlipFactorySetup_7.3.293.79653.exe, for example) to your server, or
obtain the FlipFactory CD.
February 2012 2-13

Step 3 Run the FlipFactory installer.

Step 4 Click OK. The installer extracts the installers, then continues.
Step 5 Installing Prerequisites. If some of the prerequisite subsystems are
missing or out of date, a dialog box will appear asking if you want to
install them. The installer displays the components it will install (or that
you must install independently). Click Next to continue.
Caution
Telestream recommends that you install/upgrade all
subsystems or FlipFactory may not operate correctly.
Step 6 When asked, Do you wish to install these components?, click Install to
install the following components: Bonjour, Bonjour Helper, FlipFactory
Database Installer, Intel Performance Images, Java 1.6 Update 21
Runtime Environment, and Telestream Transcode Installer.
Installing Bonjour If Bonjour is not present or current, it will be installed for use by
FlipFactory. The installer displays Bonjour installer. Click Continue to
display the license agreement.
Note
Bonjour runs as a service in Windows, and when installed by the
FlipFactory installer, the service’s Startup Type is set to Manual.
To use Bonjour with Pipeline or to easily connect the FlipFactory
console to a FlipEngine on the network, you must start Bonjour:
Click Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services >
Bonjour > right-click to display Properties – change Startup Type
to Automatic and click Start.
Step 7 License Agreement. Read the license agreement, Select I accept if you
agree to the terms, then click Next to continue installation.
When installer completes, the FlipFactory installer continue.
Installing SQL If you are performing a new installation of FlipFactory with no SQL
Server 2005 Server present, Microsoft SQL Server 2005 with SP3 is installed. If
MSDE is present in the default location, it is upgraded if the version of
Express and SQL Server is earlier than SQL Server 2005. However, if Microsoft SQL
FlipFactory Server 2005 is present without SP3, this installation does not
Default Database automatically upgrade to SP3 and the existing service pack level will
remain.
2-14 February 2012

Windows .Net 2.0 Framework x 64 If you are running Windows

Server 2003 on a 64-bit computer, you must have Windows .Net 2.0
Framework x 64 installed, or MS SQL Server Express 2005 will not
install. Obtain the .Net 2.0 Framework x 64 installer from the Microsoft
Web site and install it before continuing.
Installing IPP If IPP is not present, it will be installed automatically.

Step 8 Click Finish to continue.
Step 9 Installation Wizard Completed. Click Finish to exit the wizard.
Installing Java If Java 2 Standard Edition Runtime Environment 6.0 (also known as Java
1.6 Update 21) is not present, it will be installed for use by the FlipEngine
service. JRE 1.4.2 (or other versions) may also be present, and is ignored
and unused by FlipFactory service. The installer displays the Java
Runtime Environment installer, then automatically displays the license
agreement.
Step 10 License Agreement. Read the license agreement. Click Next if you agree
to the terms.
Step 11 Setup Type. Click Next to perform a typical J2SE installation
(recommended). The Setup Status window provides status messages and a
progress bar to inform you of progress.
Step 12 When installation is complete, click Finish. If the restart dialog displays,
click No, and continue these installation steps.
Installing the To install the Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis Engine,
Telestream Media continue these installation steps.
Transcoding &
Analysis Engine
Step 13 Welcome Window. Click Next to display the license agreement.
Step 14 License Agreements. Read the FlipFactory Software License Terms and
Condition, then click I Accept... if you agree to the license terms. Click
Next to continue.
Step 15 Destination Folder. Accept the default folder or click Change to select an
alternate folder. Click Next.
Step 16 Ready to Install the Program. Click Install to begin component
installation and updates as necessary.
Step 17 Installation Wizard Completed. When installation is done, the
Installation Wizard Completed window displays. Click Finish.
February 2012 2-15

Installing If QuickTime 7.6 or later is not installed (QuickTime 7.6.9 is

QuickTime recommended), you should go to the Apple Web site to download and
install it (QuickTime Requirement on page 2–10).
Step 18 When the QuickTime installer completes, exit the installer and re-run the
FlipFactory installer to continue.
Installing When the FlipFactory installer completes subsystem installation, it

FlipFactory displays the Welcome window:
Step 19 Welcome Window. Click Next to display the license agreement.

Step 20 License Agreements. Read the FlipFactory Software License Terms and
Condition, then click I Accept... if you agree to the license terms. Click
Next to continue.
Step 21 Destination Folder. Accept the default folder or click Change to select an
alternate folder. Click Next.
Step 22 Ready to Install the Program. Click Install to begin component
installation and updates as necessary.
Step 23 Installation Wizard Completed. When installation is done, the
Installation Wizard Completed window displays. Click Finish.
Step 24 You must restart your server before you can use FlipFactory.
Note
Be sure to restart your server before proceeding with any other
FlipFactory configuration.
OBTAINING AND INSTALLING THE FLIPFACTORY LICENSE

Before you can begin using FlipFactory in production, or take the tours,
you must obtain and install a license from Telestream.
Note
You can download and install FlipFactory without a license.
However, you can’t perform production transcoding without
obtaining a license from Telestream. Certain functionality is
limited without a specific license key – for example, direct
conversion transcoding. To use these capabilities for evaluation,
please send the licensing group an email request (see Support
and Information in About This Guide).
2-16 February 2012

Obtain the License You must provide Telestream the MAC address of the FlipFactory server,
when requesting a license.
To display server’s Mac address of the Ethernet LAN card/connector:
1. Click start > Run.
2. Enter cmd and press Return.
3. Enter ipconfig /all to display details and find the Physical Address of
the Ethernet adapter Local Area connection. (e.g. 00-11-12-13-14-1D).
The license key enables all the features you purchased, and does not
expire. Your license key is keyed to your FlipFactory server’s Ethernet
MAC address or hard disk serial number you provided to Telestream.
Evaluation/Demo If you’re evaluating FlipFactory, the demo license key enables all of
License FlipFactory’s features, and expires on the date shown in the feature
section at the bottom of the email (usually 15 days from its start date).
If you registered with Telestream to download FlipFactory, Telestream
verifies your customer information and emails you a no-cost demo license
file, usually within one business day of registering.
Upgrade License If you are a current Telestream customer, send an email to

[email protected] and attach your old license to obtain an upgrade
license file for the current version of the software.
Load Balance Group If you are establishing a load balance group, you must obtain a separate
and FactoryArray license for each FlipFactory server.
Licenses
Note
Telestream recommends that all FlipFactories in a load balance
group/FactoryArray have the same license, so all jobs can be
processed by any FlipFactory. If a job is sent to a FlipEngine
that isn’t licensed for a required feature, the job will fail.
If you do not use the same license, you must configure monitors
to only submit jobs to FlipFactories that are licensed to meet the
requirements of the specific factory.
On the licensing Web page, click Obtain License and complete the form
once for each FlipFactory server in a load balance group or FactoryArray,
and supply the MAC address or hard disk serial number from each server.
The license key enables all the features you purchased, and does not
expire. Your license key is keyed to your FlipFactory server’s Ethernet
MAC address or hard disk serial number you provided to Telestream.
February 2012 2-17

Install the License When you receive the FlipFactory License File email, open it to verify
that the server has the same identifier in your license file, a copy of which
is included in the FlipFactory License File email. If the identifier does not
match, contact Telestream’s licensing department via email or by
telephone (see Support and Information in About This Guide).
Caution
Do not edit the license file. It may render it unusable.
Follow these steps to install the license on your server (and each server in
your load balance group or FactoryArray):
Step 1 Save the attachment (license.dat) in a folder.
Step 2 Copy the file and place it in the FlipFactory license folder (default
C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\License).
Step 3 If you haven’t restarted your server after installation, restart it now.
–or–
If you restarted the server after installation, restart FlipFactory service:
Step 4 Click Start > Settings > Control Panel to open the Control Panel window.
Step 5 Open Administrative Tools and launch Services.
Step 6 Select FlipEngine and stop and restart the service (right-click to start and
stop, or use the icons in the Services toolbar).
INSTALLING THE FLIPFACTORY CONSOLE

Before you can use FlipFactory, you need to install the FlipFactory
Console - referred to informally as the console. You typically install the
console locally on the Flip Server. Additionally, you can install the
console on other workstations on the LAN.
Note
Java Runtime 1.6 Update 21 is required on all workstations
where you install and run the FlipFactory console. The JRE
installer is available at www.java.com.
To install the FlipFactory Console locally or on another workstation on

the LAN, follow these steps:
Step 1 Local Installation: double-click the Install FlipFactory Console shortcut
on the desktop
– or –
Open a Web browser and enter http://localhost:9000.
2-18 February 2012

Remote Workstation Installation: Open a Web browser and enter

http://<FlipServerHostName|IP Address>:9000. Enter
the host name or IP address of the Flip Server you want to manage from
the console.
Note
The first time the console launches after installation, the
Security Warning window may display. Click Always to continue.
(Click More details to view certificate information).
Figure 2–1. Java Security Warning window
Step 2 Click Always to continue if you trust the Telestream certificate. For
details about the certificate, click More Details.
Step 3 On the FlipFactory Console Installer Web page, click Install FlipFactory
Console. (For details, see Installing the Console on Local FlipEngine
(page 4-4).
When installation is complete, a Telestream > FlipFactory > FlipFactory
Console entry is installed in your Program menu. A Console shortcut is
also added to your desktop. Telestream recommends that you name the
console shortcut with the name of the FlipFactory server, to uniquely
identify which FlipServer this console connects to.
February 2012 2-19

After the console has installed, the FlipFactory console displays:

Figure 2–2. FlipFactory console
Step 4 Select Demo from the Account dropdown menu in the bottom panel.
Click Login to test connectivity. There is no password on the Demo
account by default.
Caution
Do not log on to the same account on two different
workstations and edit factories – the last one to save will
destroy the earlier editor’s changes.
However, you can view factories, submit jobs, and view
status windows when logged on to the same account.
2-20 February 2012

UPDATING YOUR FACTORIES

Factories in the Manage Factories window display text in red when they
have components of the factory (monitors, codecs, destinations, etc.) that
are obsolete due to upgrades or update pack installations in FlipFactory.
The Update Process To upgrade a factory to the current version, right-click on a specific
factory or right-click on the Factories node for all factories and select
Upgrade.
As the upgrade processes each factory, it displays a progress dialog.
When changes are complete, the modified factories are highlighted in
yellow to distinguish them from others. You should review them for
accuracy and run test jobs through them to validate correct operation.
Click Save to save all of the upgraded factories in your account.
Using Saved Account Each time you save changes, the previous factory settings are saved in an
Files XML file in the <FlipFactory Install Dir>\XML\accounts\backup
directory. The XML file is time-stamped to make it easy to identify.
You can import an existing account in two ways:
First, delete the account in Administer Accounts. Then, copy the account
XML file into the C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\XML\accounts\import directory. The file
will be automatically imported only if an account with the same name
does not exist.
You can also import an account using Telnet. See Importing Accounts on
page 10–9 for details. This method will overwrite existing accounts.
Automatic Account To enable automatic account updates, log into the FlipFactory console,
Upgrades display System Settings under Advanced Settings (bottom), select
Automatic Account Upgrade. Check Enabled to cause FlipFactory to
upgrade all accounts on startup.
For large accounts, this process may take as long as 20 or 30 minutes
(depending on size of course). During this time, FlipFactory will not
accept jobs for processing.
Manually Rebuilding Some factories and editor panels may not upgrade automatically or
Factories elements of the editor panel may not display and you will need to
manually rebuild these factories.
February 2012 2-21

VALIDATING INSTALLATION
After installing FlipFactory, the FlipFactory console, and installing the
license, run the FlipFactory console and log on to the Demo account to
validate that:
 The FlipFactory console security certificate is accepted, and the
console operates correctly
 The FlipFactory build and version number are correct
 The license is correctly installed
 You can log on as an administrator and view accounts
 You can log on as a user and view factories
Step 1 To run the console, select Programs > Telestream > FlipFactory >
FlipFactory Console. Or, double-click the Console shortcut on your
desktop.
The FlipFactory console should display:
Figure 2–3. FlipFactory console
2-22 February 2012

Step 2 Click About to display the About FlipFactory window.

Figure 2–4. About FlipFactory window
Step 3 Validate the FlipFactory version and build number (your build number
may be different than the number displayed in Figure 2–4, above).
Note
If the console displays the version previously installed, you
probably did not uninstall the console. See Uninstalling
FlipFactory on page B–1. Then, return to step 1 and try again.
Step 4 In the bottom panel, open several of the objects in the FlipEngine
discovery tree to display the license status. Each object should indicate
that it is licensed. If the license status displays Not Licensed, you have not
yet obtained a valid license or it is not installed in the correct directory.
For details about obtaining and installing a license, see Obtaining and
Installing the FlipFactory License on page 2–16. For further assistance,
contact Telestream by sending an email or calling the licensing group
(Support and Information, in About This Guide).
Step 5 Close the About window.
February 2012 2-23

Step 6 In the Administrators panel, click Administer Accounts to display the

Administer Accounts window.
Note
The first time you click any administrator icons after launching
the console you must log on to FlipFactory as an administrator
using the Connect window.
To modify the administrator user name and password, see
Changing the Administrator’s Password on see Changing the
Administrator’s Parameters on page 7-23.
The first time you click any administrator icon after launching the
console, the Connect window displays and identifies the name of the
server where FlipFactory is running.
Figure 2–5. Enter administrator user name and password to log on
The default user name is

administrator, and no password is
assigned.
Step 7 Log in to FlipFactory as an administrator. Enter the default user name

(administrator). There is no password associated with this user name.
Caution
For security purposes, be sure to change your
administrator username and password immediately after
installing FlipFactory (see Changing the Administrator’s
Parameters on page 7-23).
2-24 February 2012

After logging in, FlipFactory displays the Administer Accounts window.

Figure 2–6. Administer Accounts window
Step 8 The Administer Accounts window (Figure 2–6.) should display the single
default user name supplied with Telestream, demo.
Step 9 Close the Administer Accounts window and display the console again.
Figure 2–7. FlipFactory User panel before logging in
Step 10 With Demo (demo) selected (the default FlipFactory user), click Login to
log on to the Demo account as a user.
After successfully logging in to a user account, FlipFactory changes the
user panel to display user icons:
Figure 2–8. Users panel when logged on to a user account
February 2012 2-25

Step 11 When the panel displays the Users icons, click on Manage Factories.
Figure 2–9. Manage Factories window
The Manage Factories window should display the default FlipFactory

factories, as shown above in Figure 2–9.
Step 12 Close the Manage Factories window, click Logout, and close the console.
UPDATING FLIPFACTORY – INSTALLING UPDATE PACKS

From time to time between major releases, Telestream updates
FlipFactory via update packs. The version number remains the same
(Version 6.1, for example).
The purpose of installing update packs is to obtain new features, codecs,
and updates to software to improve performance, add new features, or fix
problems that have been identified, and to preserve your FlipFactory
registry settings and your FlipFactory database – including accounts,
factories, and job history
Go to the Telestream Support Web page for a list of available update
packs.
Caution
You should only install update packs for the FlipFactory
version you are using.
2-26 February 2012

SPECTREVIEW WMV CODEC INSTALLATION

The ability to produce SpectreView products is a licensed option from
Telestream. Contact Telestream to purchase the option and obtain the
installers and SpectreView WMV dongle for the SpectreView WMV
codec.
Use these instructions to install SpectreView for WMV.
Note
If you are installing on Windows Server 2003, 64-bit version,
please contact Customer Service for new installation
instructions.
If you are installing on Windows Server 2003, 64-bit version, please

contact Customer Service for new installation instructions.
Installing the Dongle, Software, and License

Step 1 Install the WMV dongle.
Attach the WMV dongle to a FlipFactory server or other computer on the
network. Obtain the computer’s IP address if installed on another
computer.
Step 2 Unzip the installer zip file.
Copy the SpectreView for WMV Installer zip file (IPV_WMV.zip) to the
FlipFactory server and unzip the file to a folder on the hard drive (e.g.
C:\spectreview). The file contains the following files:
 SVSequencer v2.0 b2.msi – IPV Sequencer Installer which includes
the Sentinel Protection Installer
 SentinelProtectionInstaller7.4.2.0.zip – 64-bit version which is
required for 64-bit operating systems
 IPV_Seq_Settings.reg – registry setting file to be edited and used on
32 bit operating systems
 IPV_Seq_Settings_64bit.reg – registry setting file to be edited and
used on 64 bit operating systems
 FF IPV WM Settings.txt – suggested WMV settings
 IPV_WMV_setup.txt – The instructions you’re reading now.
Step 3 Install the Sequencer program. (If you already installed the Sequencer
program during the MPEG-1 installation process, proceed to Step 4.)
Run the Sequencer installer (SVSequencer v2.0 b2.msi) to install the
program.
February 2012 2-27

Step 4 Copy the license text file that you received to a folder on the FlipFactory
server (e.g. C:\IPV).
Modifying the Windows Registry

Step 5 Modify the Windows registry to point to the dongle.
If your computer is running 32-bit Windows, open the file named
IPV_Seq_Settings.reg. If your computer is running 64-bit Windows, open
the file IPV_Seq_Settings_64bit.reg. Use WordPad or other text editor to
open the file and make necessary changes:
Figure 2–10. 32-bit IPV Sequencer Settings File Example
Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\IPV\SvLicence]
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\IPV\SvLicence\AS
FLib]
“KeyFile”=”C:\\IPV\\dongle20006.txt”
“DongleHost”=”209.77.81.xxx”
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\IPV\SvLicence\SV
Server]
“DongleHost”=”209.77.81.xxx”
The path in the KeyFile setting should point to the license text file In this
example the license file is named dongle20006.txt and has been placed in
the C:\IPV directory. Modify this line to point to the directory where your
license file is stored, and make sure the file name is correct.
Step 6 Next, change both of the DongleHost entries to the IP address of the
computer that you plugged the dongle into. If the dongle has been
attached to this computer, the DongleHost entry under ASFLib should be
localhost instead of an IP address.
Example registry settings for a local dongle, on a computer with IP
address 209.77.81.2. Note that the SVServer still uses the IP address.
FLib]
“DongleHost”=”localhost”
Server]
“DongleHost”=”209.77.81.2”
2-28 February 2012

Example registry settings for a remote dongle, on a machine with IP

address 209.77.81.3
FLib]
“DongleHost”=”209.77.81.3”
Server]
“DongleHost”=”209.77.81.3”
Step 7 Save the file with your changes, and close Wordpad.
Step 8 Double-click the file to add these registry entries to the Windows registry.
Installing the 64-bit Sentinel Software

Step 9 Install 64-bit Sentinel Software (64-bit Windows Only)
The default Sentinel Protection service included in the Sequencer installer
is not supported in a 64-bit operating system, so a 64-bit version must be
installed, along with 64-bit Sentinel Key service.
Unzip the file SentinelProtectionInstaller7.4.2.0.zip.
Step 10 Run the installer.
Because the computer already has Sentinel software installed, the installer
performs an upgrade. Click the Upgrade button to continue, and perform a
complete install.
The installer displays a dialog box for permission to modify firewall
settings. Click Yes. The installer will not affect existing security settings.
Rebooting and Testing

Step 11 Reboot the computer after you have completed installation.
Step 12 Test your configuration.
Run the Sequencer application (Start > All Programs > IPV >
SvSequencer > SpectreView Sequencer).
The program should display a Ready status.
If it does not display a Ready status, close the program.
Stop these services: Flip Engine, SentinelProtectionServer, SpectreView
Server. On a 64-bit server, also stop Sentinel Keys Server service.
February 2012 2-29

Restart the services in this order: SentinelProtectionServer, on 64-bit

server only: Sentinel Keys Server, then SpectreView Server, and Flip
Engine.
Run the Sequencer program again and it should display a Ready status.
Step 13 Test FlipFactory.
Create a WMV product factory (see FF IPV WM Settings.txt for
suggested settings). Select the single-rate CBR (HTTP/Download) codec.
In the editor panel, select Make IPV SpectreView-Compatible.
Save the settings.
Submit a job to transcode a clip with the factory. When the job completes,
the idx files and a tsf file, plus the WMV file, should be in the destination
folder.
SPECTREVIEW MPEG-1 CODEC INSTALLATION

The ability to produce SpectreView products is a licensed option from
Telestream. Contact Telestream to purchase the option and obtain the
installers and dongles. The SpectreView MPEG-1 codec requires a
specific dongle.
Use these instructions to install SpectreView for MPEG-1 on your
FlipFactory server.
Installing the Dongle and Software

Step 1 Install the MPEG-1 dongle if not already installed.
Attach the MPEG-1 dongle to a FlipFactory server – do not install the
dongle on a different computer.
Step 2 Unzip the installer zip file.
Copy the SpectreView MPEG-1 installer zip file (IPV_MPEG1.zip) to a
folder on the FlipFactory server (e.g. C:\spectreview) and unzip it.
The zip file contains the following files:
 SVSequencer v2.0 b2.msi – IPV Sequencer Installer which includes
the Sentinel Protection Installer
 SentinelProtectionInstaller7.4.2.0.zip – updated version of the
Sentinel Protection Installer which is needed for 64 bit operating
systems
 IPV_MPEG-1_setup.txt – the instructions you’re reading now.
2-30 February 2012

Step 3 Install the Sequencer program.(If you already installed the Sequencer
program during the WMV installation process, skip to Step 4.)
Run the Sequencer installer (SVSequencer v2.0 b2.msi) to install the
program.
No registry entries are required for the IPV MPEG-1 installation.
Installing 64-bit Sentinel Software

Step 4 The Sentinel driver included in the Sequencer installer is not supported on
64-bit Windows, so 64-bit software must be installed.
Unzip the file SentinelProtectionInstaller7.4.2.0.zip.
Step 5 Run the installer.
Because the computer already has a Sentinel driver installed, the installer
performs an upgrade. Click the Upgrade button to continue, and perform a
complete install.
The installer displays a dialog box for permission to modify firewall
settings. Click Yes. The installer will not affect existing security settings.
Rebooting and Testing

Step 6 Reboot the computer after you have completed installation.
Step 7 Test Configuration.
Run the Sequencer program (Start > All Programs > IPV > SvSequencer
> SpectreView Sequencer).
The program should display a Ready status. If it does not display a Ready
status, close the program.
Stop these services: Flip Engine, SentinelProtectionServer, and
SpectreView Server, and Sentinel Keys Server service.
Restart the services in this order: SentinelProtectionServer, Sentinel Keys
Server, SpectreView Server, and Flip Engine.
Run the Sequencer program again and it should display a Ready status.
Step 8 Test FlipFactory.
Create a new SpectreView MPEG-1 factory.
Make a new product and choose IPV SpectreView from the format list. In
the codec editor panel, check Enable SpectreView Sequencing.
Save the settings.
Submit a job to transcode a clip with the factory. When the job completes,
you should find idx files, a tsf file and a trf file in the destination folder as
well as the MPEG-1 file.
February 2012 2-31

2-32 February 2012

C H A P T E R
3
Guided Tours
Chapter 3, Guided Tours
The more you know about FlipFactory, the better it will serve your needs.
In these short guided tours, you’ll learn how FlipFactory is designed to
work. You’ll learn how managers can create accounts and how you can
build factories to manage your workflow and process media – including
monitors to automatically submit media without human intervention.
When you’ve completed the tours, you’ll be ready to create accounts for
your organization and build factories for the kinds of jobs you need to
process. Next, you’ll be able to submit and monitor jobs as FlipFactory
goes to work – automatically transcoding and delivering your media – to
the right place at the right time.
Tours  [Tour 1] FlipFactory Basics (page 3-2)

 [Tour 2] Flip Your First Media File (page 3-8)
 [Tour 3] Creating a Factory (page 3-16)
 [Tour 4] Creating an Advanced Factory (page 3-29)
Note
The tours in this chapter use the default FlipFactory installation
and the Demo account and demo factory. Features of
FactoryArray are not used in these tours. For details about
FactoryArrays, see the FactoryArray User’s Guide.
February 2012 3-1

Guided Tours 81183
[TOUR 1] FLIPFACTORY BASICS

FlipFactory operates on a client/server model, employing a central server
or several distributed servers (in the case of a FlipFactory group or
FactoryArray) often called FlipEngines to perform its work.
This architecture provides scalability and durability – from a single server
and a client for one user, to multiple servers and clients for many users,
each using FlipFactory in the manner they choose.
You use a client – the FlipFactory Console (often referred to as console)
to – directly on the FlipFactory server, or on another Windows computer
on the LAN – to set up, configure your factories and submit jobs.
FlipFactory Server The server portion of FlipFactory consists of two programs – flip server
and FlipEngine. The FlipEngine is responsible for interacting with the
client, maintaining the FlipFactory database and processing jobs as they
are submitted. The flip server is the workhorse of FlipFactory. It accepts
jobs from the FlipEngine and transcodes the input media into the
appropriate output media. These jobs are prioritized on a first come-first
served basis.
FlipFactory runs on Windows platforms with fast media drives and access
to a LAN and/or WAN. For practical purposes, the FlipFactory server
programs are collectively often referred to simply as FlipFactory or
FlipEngine.
To accommodate departmental transcoding jobs or to increase system
durability and/or job capacity, you may install several independent
FlipFactory systems, each operating on different servers. Each
FlipFactory operates as a stand-alone implementation and does not
interact with other FlipFactories.
FlipFactory In some cases, a single FlipFactory meets the needs of all the personnel in
Groups and a department or organization. In high-volume, high-workload
environments you can balance workloads and improve efficiency by
FactoryArrays installing multiple FlipFactory servers on a network and organize them to
create a FlipFactory group.
You can also purchase a license and implement a FactoryArray to add
additional services to a FlipFactory group, including job and monitor
recovery, and database mirroring and recovery, based on your
requirements.
The FactoryArray Database Mirroring (FADM) service enables you to
safeguard your FlipFactory database against hardware and system
failures. The FADM ensures that your database is always mirrored in real-
time, and automatically switches to the mirrored version whenever the
primary database is unavailable. As a result, your FlipFactory
3-2 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
environment will always have seamless, fault-tolerant database support.

This feature is a licensed feature available to FactoryArray customers.
FlipFactories in a group or array are coordinated to use a central
FlipFactory database and individually configured for load balancing to
optimize the efficiency of the entire FlipFactory group.
Note
The FlipFactory database is a SQL Server 2005 database. By
default, it is installed on the same platform as FlipFactory.
However, it may be installed on another server and accessed
remotely to accommodate an existing database or to improve
up-time availability, by isolating services to reduce the risk of
failure of one component affecting the availability of others. This
is particularly effective in a load balance group or FactoryArray.
Because jobs submitted manually, or automatically from monitors, may

be sent to any FlipFactory in the group/array, each FlipFactory should
have access and credentials to the same set of network resources.
If you don’t use the same license on all Flip Engines in the group/array, be
sure to configure monitors to only submit jobs to FlipEngines that are
licensed to meet the requirements of the specific factory or they will fail.
Additionally, you should not create factories using Local Folder monitors,
or submit jobs manually using the Local Files option.
Note
For details about setting up and configuring a FactoryArray, see
the FactoryArray User’s Guide.
For details about setting up and configuring a load balance
group, see Implementing a Load Balance Group (page 9-2).
FlipFactory Client The FlipFactory console (usually referred to as the console) is a Java
– the Console program. Multiple users can use the console to access FlipFactory, build
or modify factories, and submit jobs for transcoding media (flipping). A
client station only requires a Java Runtime Environment to install and
display the FlipFactory console – it does not require additional software.
Note
Always remember to save changes to your FlipFactory settings
and factories before closing the Manage Factories window.
February 2012 3-3

Guided Tours 81183
Figure 3–1. The FlipFactory console
End users (Users in the console) use the FlipFactory console to configure
the system, manage accounts, build and update factories, and submit and
monitor media processing jobs. FlipFactory provides password-protected
accounts for security, and to separate factories or groups of factories by
department, project, or workflow. You log into a FlipFactory account to
begin your work.
Caution
FlipFactory does not prevent users from logging in to the
same account on different workstations. Each user should
only use their assigned accounts, or you should assign
specific accounts to a specific workstation. If two users log
on in to the same account at the same time and save
changes, only the last changes are saved.
FlipFactory You create and use accounts in FlipFactory to manage job workflow.
Accounts & Accounts identify users or groups submitting jobs and are used to
improve job monitoring and management. For example, a television
Factories network may have three accounts to manage its jobs: one for affiliate jobs,
one for news, and one for advertisements.
Workflow is controlled on a job-by-job basis, and jobs are submitted to
specific factories – the rules of how to perform a specific type of job.
These factories are built by account owners and stored in their own
account. Each account may have one or more factories, each set up to
3-4 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
process specific types of jobs. For example, you might set up a factory to
produce Windows Media, another for QuickTime media, another for
DVD media, and yet another to produce frame-accurate editable proxies.
Factories Perform Six Each factory performs six separate tasks for each job it processes:
Transactional Tasks
Step 1 Monitor file systems for new media files to process.
Step 2 Accept and automatically submit media processing jobs (you can also
submit jobs manually).
Step 3 Localize media files for processing by the job.
Step 4 Transcode Media – multiple steps in a single atomic transaction,
including decoding, transforming field and frames, and encoding.
Optional metadata processing is part of the transcoding process.
Step 5 Deliver newly-created media files.
Step 6 Notify other systems.
These steps are performed linearly, and each step must complete normally
before the next transaction can execute.
Figure 3–2. FlipFactory jobs have six steps to transcode media
1 2 3
Monitor file systems Submit Jobs Localize media
Localize media
for new media files for processing FFDB forprocessing
for processing
4
Transcode Media
Process - resize fields/frames,
perform rate conversions,
apply filters, convert between
Decode media to interlace & progressive Encode media based
uncompressed digital video on codec settings
5 6
Deliver output media Notify systems
to file systems of job completion
February 2012 3-5

Guided Tours 81183
Monitor FlipFactory may be configured to constantly check directories

(local or network, or devices including broadcast servers, editing systems,
etc.) for new media files that have been saved in a hot folder (the target
directory being tested by a FlipFactory monitor process) to be processed
by FlipFactory.
Accept FlipFactory accepts jobs for processing. These jobs are

submitted automatically, by monitors you have created, or submitted
manually by you any time you want. In a FlipFactory group/array, each
FlipFactory server collaborates with other FlipFactories to determine
which factory is best suited to execute the job, based availability and
server load.
Localize FlipFactory in almost all cases duplicates the input media file
to a store – a specific directory (local or on a share) that is identified to the
FlipFactory server, to optimize file access and speed decoding.
Transcode (Create a Product) FlipFactory uses a FlipFactory

Server to automatically detect which decoder to use for incoming media.
The input to the transcoder is uncompressed digital video, which it
resizes, performs frame rate conversion, applies process/analyze tools and
enabled filters, converts between interlace and progressive, and performs
other tasks to produce new fields or frames as appropriate.
Then it passes the newly-generated fields or frames to the encoder, which
then encodes the media based on your product settings: the media format,
selected movie, video, and audio codecs per their configuration; then
saves the output. This decode-encode process is called transcoding, or
flipping. In case of errors or failures, FlipFactory automatically restarts at
checkpoints to complete the task.
Deliver When the job is complete, the delivery instructions (called

destinations) are executed. The output may be stored locally, on a
network server, FTP’d to a remote server, or delivered to a variety of
devices: broadcast servers, editing systems, etc. Multiple delivery
locations are not uncommon.
Notify Based on your requirements, you can configure FlipFactory to

notify systems including automation servers by various methods
(including email, dub lists, and XML files) to advise of media delivery,
and optionally, actual media deliver to certain server types.
FlipFactory uses both Destinations and Notifications to move output
media to its proper location after the job is complete. FlipFactory
occasionally uses a Notification rather than a Destination to deliver media
when the delivery method involves a proprietary API or more complex set
of functions than a simple file transfer.
To perform each task the way you want it to, you configure Monitors,
Process/Analysis, Products, Deliveries and Notifications in a factory.
3-6 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
After your factory is created and configured for a specific output

specification and workflow, you submit jobs to the factory to transcode
your media.
Submit methods include:
 Automatically, from a monitor accepting new media from edge
servers, Windows network and local folders, and a wide variety of
other specialized systems
 Manually, from the FlipFactory console via the Submit Job window
 From a Telestream ClipMail video appliance (ClipMail appliances are
used to acquire video from baseband sources, such as a live
transmission or a professional VTR, encode to MPEG2, and
automatically transmit the video to FlipFactory for processing)
 From a video file attachment sent via email and received by
FlipFactory, submitted directly to the factory of your choice
 From a Pipeline encoding video in real-time or from a Pipeline EDL
 Through the FlipFactory API implemented in custom or third-party
applications.
Automatic Job In the event of a FlipFactory failure, each FlipFactory recovers its job in
Recovery & progress beginning at the last complete checkpoint when it re-starts.
Completion Auto-recovery and completion significantly reduces monitoring and
restarting of jobs, and increases throughput.
If the failed FlipFactory is part of a FactoryArray, another FlipFactory in
the array will re-start the failed FlipFactory's monitors and re-start any
jobs that the failed FlipFactory that have not yet completed to keep the
entire workflow operating correctly.
February 2012 3-7

Guided Tours 81183
[TOUR 2] FLIP YOUR FIRST MEDIA FILE

This tour takes 10 or 15 minutes, and illustrates how to transcode (flip) a
media file using a factory provided for you. This tour describes how to
log on to an account, view a factory, and submit and monitor a
transcoding job. It’s a great way to become familiar with the FlipFactory
console – and process – without getting bogged down in the details of
media transcoding.
To take this tour, you should be using the console on the local FlipServer.
Step 1: Start the You can start the FlipFactory console in two ways:
FlipFactory • Double-click the FlipFactory Console shortcut on the desktop
Console • Click start > Programs > Telestream > FlipFactory > FlipFactory Console
Note
If you haven’t installed the FlipFactory console, follow the steps
in Installing the Console on Local FlipEngine (page 4-4) before
taking this tour.
The first time the console launches after installation, the
Security Warning window is displayed. Click Always to continue.
(Click More details to view certificate information).
Click the About button to display the About Window, which provides
details about this FlipFactory installation, including all of its capabilities.
For example, click the Encoders, then File to display all of the file codecs
that are installed. Open a specific codec (3GP for example) to display its
version and license status.
Now, close the Encoders, and open the Monitors to display all of the
monitor plug-ins installed. Now, lets close this window and continue.
Click the Help button to display the FlipFactory User’s Guide PDF
document. This is a comprehensive reference to all of the features of
FlipFactory. Take a moment to browse around, and then continue.
3-8 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Step 2: Log in to a To begin, log into the Demo account. This account has no password.
FlipFactory Figure 3–3. User’s Log in panel at bottom of console
Account
Select Demo from the dropdown menu of users.
Click Login to log on to the Demo account.
In the Users (bottom) panel, select Demo from the popup list of accounts.
Click Login to log in. When you log in, FlipFactory displays the
following functions: Manage Factories, Submit Job, and Job Status.
Step 3. Review the Jobs are processed by factories you create. Each factory is set up to
Demo Factory produce a specific type of media from your input.
Click Manage Factories to display a list of factories in this account, and
create new ones.
Figure 3–4. Manage Factories button in console User’s panel
Click Manage Factories in the Users panel to

display the Manage Factories window, where
you create, build and manage factories.
The top folder identifies this account. Open the Factories folder to display
the list of factories that have been created in this account. In this demo
account, there is only factory – Demo.
Open the Demo factory, then open each succeeding folder (color-coded
for clarity) to display objects inside to get a sense of how factories are
organized. There is a permanent folder (and optionally, more than one),
February 2012 3-9

Guided Tours 81183
for each task a factory performs as it processes jobs: Monitors, Process/

Analyze, Products, Destinations, and Notifications.
Click on each type of folder and object. Notice that some folders and
objects display a tabbed editor panel where you can configure it. Each
factory is created with five building blocks:
Monitors
Monitors periodically query specific directories on various servers to
watch for incoming media; perform localization and submit the media to
the factory to begin the transcoding process.
There are no monitors in this factory. Jobs are submitted to this factory
manually, using the Submit Job window. Click Monitors to display a
tabbed panel of the types of monitors you can create. Take a moment to
click on some of them and read about their settings.
Process/Analyze Tools
The Process/Analyze component includes analysis tools for video
thumbnails, audio level, vertical blanking and others.
There are no processes in this demo factory. Click Process/Analyze to
view the list of analyses that may be performed.
Products
The Products component is configured by you to specify audio and video
codec parameters, metadata, and pre-processing filters – everything
necessary to encode the incoming media correctly after it has been
decoded and produce an output file in the file/wrapper format you specify.
You do not have to configure or specify the input media format or
encoding details; FlipFactory automatically detects this information.
3-10 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
The product (media/wrapper format) this factory produces is Windows

Media. Click each folder and object and review the details.
The destinations component in each product specifies where (and how) to
deliver the completed media – which may be multiple locations by
multiple methods.
The destination for the output media in this tour is set to a local directory:
C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\Http\Media.
Destinations
For each product, you can identify one or more destinations: a directory
on a Windows local or network server, on-air servers, ClipMails, and
other specialized digital media systems.
If you don’t specify a destination, the product (the newly-encoded media
file) is stored in the default local server’s store (usually, media).
If you want to play media directly from FlipFactory (using the Play button
in Message Viewer and Job Status or Resubmit/Forward windows), you
must specify Web Server Local as the destination for your proxy products
or manually provide a URL in the Alias URL field. This creates a URL to
identify the file for FlipFactory’s built-in Web server.
Notifications
Notifications initiate processes in specialized digital media systems after
job completion. Notifications may target other factories, dub list
generation, Reuters, and other systems. Click the Notifications folder to
view the various notification methods that are available.
For this tour, don’t make any changes to the account. Close the Manage
Factories window when you’re done checking out the demo factory.
Step 4: Submit a Now you’re ready to view the Submit Job window, become familiar with
Job its important input fields, and submit your first job.
Figure 3–6. Submit Job button in console User’s panel
Click Submit Job to display the Submit Job

window, where you enter details about the
job you’re submitting.
February 2012 3-11

Guided Tours 81183
In the Users panel (bottom of console), click Submit Job. FlipFactory

displays the Submit Job window.
Figure 3–7. Submit Job window
Select options and enter

details about the job in the
Submit Job window.
Click Flip It! to submit the

job for transcoding.
In the Factories near the top, notice that the WMV factory is already
selected, because its the only factory in this account. When you have
more than one factory, select the factory you want to use for processing
this job. Optionally, select a priority for the job (it defaults to Normal).
In the Subject field enter a subject – testflip for this tour, and optionally,
enter a description.
Use the Schedule area to defer a job for processing until later. If you don’t
want the job processed immediately when you submit it then check Defer,
and enter schedule information. For this tour, leave Defer unchecked so
that the job will be processed immediately upon submission.
In the Source field, make sure File (as opposed to Stream) and Local File
is selected. Click Browse and locate the sample file FlipDemo.mss in
C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\Media.
In the Content Name field, provide the new clip a name – enter testflip.
FlipFactory appends the output file name with the appropriate suffix.
The FlipEngine popup list contains the names of all FlipFactory servers in
the group, plus the option Any Available.
3-12 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
The Store popup list displays all stores for this FlipFactory. In a default
installation, there is a single media store which defines the drive and
directory where media is localized (copied to the specified drive) for
processing and delivered when complete if there are no other destinations.
For this tour, do not enable metadata.
Step 5: Flip It! Click the Flip It! button at the bottom of the window to submit the job to
FlipFactory. The console notifies you of any errors in the job, or displays
the Status dialog.
Figure 3–8. Job submission confirmation dialog
FlipFactory accepts the job and submits it for processing. Click OK to

continue, and close the Submit Job window.
Step 6: View Job View the Status of the job you just submitted, click Job Status (located in
Status the User panel). FlipFactory displays the Job Status window.
Figure 3–9. Job Status window
The Job Status window displays jobs that are in progress in the upper
(Active Jobs) panel, and displays all jobs in the lower (All Jobs) panel.
You click a job to select and manage it, or double-click it to view job
details in the Message Viewer window.
Step 7: Display When the job is complete, the media has been converted from MPEG4 to
Your New Clip Windows Media by the default encoder, and you can view your new clip.
Double-click the testflip job in the All Jobs panel of the Job Status
February 2012 3-13

Guided Tours 81183
window to display the Message Viewer window and details about each
product (new media file) in the job.
Figure 3–10. Message Viewer window
Since you didn’t specify a destination, the new media file was stored in
the default media store, inside a folder created with a name to specifically
identify this job. You can’t click the Play icon (right arrow) to play the
clip, because no URL was created by using a specific destination and
supplying the Alias URL (one is provided automatically if you choose
Web Server (Local) destination.
Go to Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\Media (the default
directory identified by the default store, media). Locate the folder that is
3-14 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
named FlipDemo.wmv<date/time stamp> and open it. Locate the file

FlipDemo.wmv and double-click it to play it in Windows Media Player.
Figure 3–11. Windows Media Player plays the media you flipped
Now that you’ve viewed a factory and learned how to submit and monitor
jobs, you’re ready to build your own factory (including a Destination) and
process another job.
February 2012 3-15

Guided Tours 81183
[TOUR 3] CREATING A FACTORY

This tour takes about 20 minutes and introduces you to the process of
building and configuring a factory. In this tour, you’ll build your first
factory, and configure it to monitor a local folder, transcode the media that
is added to the local folder, and deliver the new output media to a local
folder destination.
This tour is designed to introduce you to FlipFactory’s features, and
acquaint you with factory building and management – the skills you need
to implement FlipFactory in your environment.
You’ll set up this factory with a monitor. A monitor is a process in
FlipFactory that you configure to continually poll a source location (such
as a broadcast server and directory or local or network folder) for
incoming media to process – which FlipFactory does by automatically
submitting a job based on your factory settings.
In production, you’ll typically set up a factory with monitors to ingest
MPEG or DV media from broadcast servers including Harris and Nexio,
Avid MediaStream, SeaChange Broadcast, Thomson (Grass Valley)
Profiles, Quantel QServer, plus Windows local and network directories,
and FTP folders.
When new media is identified by the monitor, a job is submitted to
convert the media to Omneon format and delivered to its destination.
You can configure a factory to deliver the output media to Omneon
Director servers, Thomson (Grass Valley) K2 servers, Windows local and
network directories, and FTP servers, and many others.
Step 1. Start the If you closed the console after the previous tour, double-click the
Console & Log On FlipFactory shortcut again to display the console.
To begin work, log in to FlipFactory. Because there are no other users and
there is no password on the Demo account, just click Login.
Step 2. Create a Click Manage Factories to display the Manage Factories window. You use
New Factory the Manage Factories window to create, build, and manage factories.
Figure 3–12. Creating a factory
Highlight the
Factories folder.
Then, right-click
the Factories
folder and select
New Factory to
create a new
factory in the
Demo account.
3-16 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
To create a factory, open the demo (Demo) account folder if it isn’t

already open and select the Factories folder.
With the Factories folder selected, right-click on the Factories folder and
select New Factory from the context menu (you can’t right-click on
folders or objects that aren’t highlighted – selected – already). FlipFactory
creates a new factory (named untitled).
Select the untitled factory to display the factory editor in the right panel.
In the Name field, type OmneonFactory. Optionally, enter a description.
Figure 3–13. Naming a new factory in the Factory editor panel
Click here to save your factory’s

current configuration.
Click to select the untitled

factory. Name and describe the
new factory in the factory editor
Click the Save icon (disk icon, left, at top) to update the information and
save your work. Notice that when you change information in your
account by creating or changing factories, the disk icon becomes active.
Its a good idea to get in the habit of saving your work frequently. Each
time you save your work, the FlipFactory database is updated.
Step 3. Set up Before you set up a FlipFactory monitor (a directory on a server that is
Monitor and continually polled by FlipFactory to identify new media files that have
been saved in the directory), first open the C drive in Windows Explorer
Destination and create a folder; name it AMonitor. While you’re at it, also create a
Folders destination folder so FlipFactory can deliver the transcoded media. Create
a new folder on the C drive and name it ADestination. You’ll use both of
these directories – one as a monitor, the other as a destination – in the
course of this tour.
These arbitrary names just make them easy to find – when creating
monitor and destination directories you should name them in a practical
manner for the workflow you’re establishing. You can also put a monitor
on network servers or other systems on the network.
Step 4. Add and To add and configure the monitor, return to the Manage Factories window
Configure the and open the OmneonFactory factory. Next, select the Monitors folder in
the OmneonFactory to display the Monitors editor.
Monitor
February 2012 3-17

Guided Tours 81183
(If the Monitors folder is gray (inactive), you do not have a license or it is
not installed in the proper directory. If a monitor tab is disabled, you are
not licensed to use it.)
Figure 3–14. Adding a monitor to a factory
Click the Local Folder tab and then click Add. (You can only add one
monitor of each type to a factory.)
When the Local Folder monitor is added, FlipFactory creates a monitor
icon in the Monitors folder (named for the monitor type) and then
monitors the specified target you configure for new media to ingest as a
job, to direct-convert or transcode.
Click the new Local Folder icon directly under the Monitors icon, to
display the Local Folder monitor editor panel.(Each type of monitor has a
editor panel specifically for its settings and configuration requirements.)
3-18 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Take time to review each of the settings and configuration options.

Figure 3–15. Enabling and configuring a monitor in a factory
Notice that you can enable or disable a monitor, specify priority, run the
monitor on a specific FlipEngine when configured in a load balance group
or FactoryArray, and recover media.
February 2012 3-19

Guided Tours 81183
You can also select a specific target system and directory, and determine
how to select and process new media, and alternatively, process metadata.
Figure 3–16. Toolbar in Manage Factories for common commands
Use the toolbar to save your work, cut,

copy and paste factories and factory
objects, and display Online Help.
Using Online Help Main console pages, as well as each monitor, process/analyze tool,
product, and notification has its own online help page. Click the green
help button (far right, at top of window in toolbar) to display the Help
page for the Local Folder Monitor as you review the editor.
Figure 3–17. Displaying FlipFactory online help
Each help page describes how to use the monitor or other function in
FlipFactory, and describes each setting and configuration option. Click
Done to close the window.
Now, click Browse under Monitored Folder, and locate the folder named
AMonitor on your C drive and click Select.
Save your work in progress – click the disk icon again. When you save
your new monitor, it is automatically started and begins polling the
directory you selected. Now you have a folder (AMonitor) to save media
3-20 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
into, which your Factory monitor will identify, and submit a job for
processing (based on your factory settings) each time a new media file is
identified in this folder.
Process/Analyze Before creating your product, take a moment and open the Process/
Tools Operate on Analyze folder to view the tools that are available to manipulate or
Input Media analyze the input file. Some tools may not display or be available,
depending on your license.
Figure 3–18. Process/Analysis tools operate on input files
You can use these tools to add watermarks, process VBI data, and other
special processing. Descriptions of each tool are in the online help pages.
Step 5. Create a To specify the product itself (how the incoming media is to be converted
Product and saved as a new media file), click the Products folder to select it.
Figure 3–19. Creating a new product in a factory
Next, right-click and select New Product from the dropdown menu.
February 2012 3-21

Guided Tours 81183
Open the Products folder to display the new Product folder. Select the
Product folder to display the Product selector panel (if only Duplicate
Original is active, you don’t have a license or it isn’t installed correctly).
Figure 3–20. Selecting the media format for your new media
This panel displays all of the different wrappers and/or file formats you
can save your media in.
Next, click to select Omneon Server format. FlipFactory automatically
enters the format name into the Product Name field – which you can
change based on your workflow requirements.
(You select Duplicate Original when you want FlipFactory to replicate the
file exactly (by performing a file copy process) in the destination, without
opening the file, changing the wrapper, or altering the essence.)
Save the updates to your factory – note the name change of the folder
from Product to Omneon.
Now, open the Omneon folder and open its Format folder (named for the
product type you selected – Omneon Server) to display three folders:
Metafiles, Codecs, and Filters.
The Metafiles folder is for codecs that utilize Redirector metadata.
3-22 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
The Codecs folder is used to specify how you want to transcode the video
and audio essence by selecting and configuring the encoders.
The Filters folder allows you to perform various essence-manipulation
during the transcode process, including visual effects (saturation,
sharpening, telecine, etc.) and other utilities including frame order
conversion, text overlays, and others.
Select the Codecs folder to display the codec list editor.
Figure 3–21. Codec selector panel (typical)
Select the DV codec for this tour.

You can also select AIFF or WAV to configure the factory to wrap the
audio correctly on output. In this tour, select AIFF (default).
Next, open the Codecs folder to display the codecs you’ve selected and
select the DV icon to display the video codec editor panel.
Figure 3–22. Typical video codec editor panel
This is a typical video codec editor panel – each video codec has a unique
set of configuration and settings options, based on the codec itself.
February 2012 3-23

Guided Tours 81183
In this panel, you can select the output file type – an MXF self-contained
(Op1a) movie or a self-contained or reference QuickTime movie.
If you made changes, click Save and continue.
Next, select AIFF Audio to display the audio codec editor panel.
Figure 3–23. Typical audio codec editor panel
This is also a typical audio codec editor panel. You can make the
following changes in the audio codec editor:
Select the number of channels you want in the output – up to 8 (based on
how many channels you have on input).
You can also select the maximum number of audio channels per file.
The sample rate for output is fixed at 48 kHZ.
If you made changes, click Save and continue.
Filters Operate on Now, select the Filters folder to view a list of filters you can use. Filters
Output Media always operate on output media, to alter the visual or audio quality of the
video. That is why filters are always enabled on a given product, while
3-24 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
process/analyze tools are enabled at the factory level, to perform

processing or analysis on the input file.
Figure 3–24. FlipFactory filters are for audio and video processing
If you’re setting up a direct-convert factory, the only filters that apply are
audio filters. If you are transcoding video, you can implement one or
more video filters as well.
Some filters may not display or be available, depending on your license.
Finally, select the Destinations folder to display the Destinations panel.
Figure 3–25. Adding a Destinations folder
FlipFactory can deliver media to a variety of servers. Note that the list of
destinations is for the most part, very similar to the list of monitors.
For this tour, select Local Folder and click Add.
February 2012 3-25

Guided Tours 81183
Now open the Destinations folder. Select the new Local Folder
destination icon to display the editor.
Figure 3–26. Configuring a Destinations folder
Optionally, click Replace existing files so you can run jobs several times
and still use the same original file name for the output.
Browse to the C:\ADestination folder you created earlier in this tour and
select it.
Click Save to update your factory with your new settings, close the
Manage Factories window and continue.
Step 6: Submit a In this tour, you’re submitting a job by placing a media file in AMonitor,
Job the folder being monitored by your new factory.
To initiate the job, you’ll drag and drop (or copy and paste) a file into the
monitored folder (C:\AMonitor) – follow these steps:
Open Windows Explorer and navigate to C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\Media and copy the file named
FlipDemo.mss.
Next, open the monitored folder (C:\AMonitor) and paste the file into the
folder. By default, monitors check on the status of their target every 60
seconds, so it can take up to 60 seconds for FlipFactory to detect the new
file and submit the job.
To view the action in FlipFactory as you submit a job, display the
FlipFactory console and open both the System Status (in the
3-26 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Administrators panel) and Job Status windows (in the Users panel) and
arrange them so you can see both windows.
Figure 3–27. System Status window
The System Status window provides an overview of active jobs and

monitors in a FlipFactory server, or for each server in a load balance
group or FactoryArray.
Each FlipFactory server is identified by the tab at the top of the window.
FlipFactory displays all of the jobs in progress in the Active Jobs panel at
the top of the window, regardless of the account that they were submitted
from. The bottom panel (Active Monitors) displays the active monitors on
the same server.
In about a minute, the monitor identifies the new media and automatically
submits a job for FlipFactory to process.
Watch the System Status window (under the status column for the Local
Folder monitor) where you can view the monitor’s activities. Status
changes as the monitor is initialized, no new files are observed, then a
new file is detected (the one you just dropped in AMonitor).
Next, note in the Job status window as FlipFactory processes the job. In
the Job Status window, you’ll see the different processing stages of the
job that was submitted when you copied the file into the monitored folder.
February 2012 3-27

Guided Tours 81183
Step 7: View Job When the job completes, the new media file has been created and saved in
Status & Details the destination (C:\ADestination), and you can view details about the job.
In the Job Status window, select the job record and click the Open icon
(3rd from right on the toolbar) to display the Message Viewer window.
For more details about each job step, click History. Click Done to close
the window.
3-28 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
[TOUR 4] CREATING AN ADVANCED FACTORY

This tour takes about 20 minutes and provides you more hands-on
experience – the kind you’ll need in production. In this tour, you’ll build a
factory to transcode a media file into a 2-stream Windows media file and
view it.
You’ll set up this factory with a monitor. You’ll also configure the
processing and the codecs to transcode the file properly, and then you’ll
play the media you just produced.
Step 1. Start the If you closed the console, double-click the FlipFactory shortcut again to
Console & Log On display the console.
To begin work, log in to FlipFactory. Because there are no other users and
there is no password on the Demo account, just click Login.
Step 2. Create a Click Manage Factories to display the Manage Factories window.
New Factory To create a factory, open the Demo account folder if it isn’t already open
and select the Factories folder.
With the Factories folder selected, right-click on the Factories folder and
select New Factory as shown in Figure 3–12. FlipFactory creates a new
factory (named untitled).
Select the untitled factory to display the factory editor in the right panel.
Figure 3–30. Naming a new factory with the Factory Editor
Click to select the untitled

factory. Name and
describe the new factory
in the factory editor panel.
In the Name field, type WMFactory. Optionally, enter a description.

Click the Save icon (disk icon, at top) to update the information and save
your work. Notice that when you change information in your account by
creating or changing factories, the disk icon becomes active. Its a good
idea to get in the habit of saving your work frequently.
February 2012 3-29

Guided Tours 81183
Step 3. Set up To set up a FlipFactory monitor, first open the C drive in Windows
Monitor and Explorer and create a folder and name it AMonitor. (Of course, you can
name monitored folders any legal Windows folder name.)
Destination
While you’re at it, also create a destination folder so FlipFactory can
Folders
deliver the transcoded media. Create a new folder on the C drive and
name it ADestination.
These arbitrary names just make them easy to find – when creating
monitor and destination directories you should name them in a practical
manner. You can also put a monitor on network servers and other systems
on the network.
Step 4. Configure To configure the monitor, return to the Manage Factories window and
the Monitor select the Monitors folder in the FirstFactory to display the Monitors
editor. (If the Monitors folder is gray (inactive), you do not have a license
or it is not installed in the proper directory. If a particular monitor tab is
disabled, you are not licensed to use it.)
Figure 3–31. Adding monitors to a factory
Click the Local Folder tab and then click Add. You can only add one
monitor of each type to a factory. When the Local Folders monitor is
added, FlipFactory creates a monitor icon in the Monitors folder (named
for the monitor type) and monitors the specified target you configure for
new media to transcode.
Click the Local Folder icon to display the Local Folder monitor editor
panel.
Browse and locate the folder named AMonitor on your C drive and click
Select.
Save your work in progress – click the disk icon again. When you save
your new monitor, it is automatically started and begins polling the
directory.
3-30 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Step 5. Configure FlipFactory’s Process and Analyze tools are a collection of software
Filters in Process/ processes that allow you to trim media, perform basic audio, VBI, and
video analysis of your media for further processing, and other tasks.
Analyze
To set up your new factory’s filters in the Process/Analyze folder, follow
these steps:
Select the Process/Analyze folder to display the editor (shown with tasks
complete).
Figure 3–32. Enabling audio and video analysis processing
On the Audio Analysis tab, click Enabled.

On the Video Analysis tab, click Enabled to run the Video Analysis tool
on all media processed by this factory. When audio or video analysis is
enabled, FlipFactory suggests potential changes in audio levels and video
settings to improve the clip. You can view these suggestions when the job
is complete.
When you enable these two tools, FlipFactory creates icons and displays
them in the Process/Analysis folder so you can access each tool’s editor to
configure their settings.
Next, click the Audio Analysis icon to display the audio analysis editor.
Figure 3–33. Audio analysis editor
February 2012 3-31

Guided Tours 81183
Select Create Waveform Display. When the job is complete, you can view
a summary audio waveform of the clip. Optionally, adjust the response
time.
Next, click the Video Analysis icon to display the video analysis editor.
Click the Keyframe Extraction tab and click Enabled to extract keyframes
from your input media. Next, scroll to the bottom of the panel and select
Repeat from the dropdown menu under Capture Mode. FlipFactory will
create one key frame for every segment (default 5 seconds). You can view
the key frames at the completion of the job. (This tool places the key
frame JPEGs in the database for review – there is a separate Keyframe
codec that allows you to set up and extract JPEG files in a folder for use
separately.)
Save your work and continue.
Step 6. Create a To specify the product itself (how the incoming media is to be transcoded
Product and saved as a new media file), follow these steps:
Click the Products folder in your factory to select it.
Figure 3–34. Creating a new product in a factory
Next, right-click and select New Product from the menu.

Now, open the Products folder to display the new Product folder and
select the Product folder to display the Product editor panel (if only
Duplicate Original is active, you don’t have a license yet or it isn’t
3-32 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
installed correctly – see Obtaining and Installing the FlipFactory License

(page 2-16).
Figure 3–35. Selecting the media format for your new media
In the Product Name field, type WindowsMedia, or leave it blank and

FlipFactory will automatically name the product with the name of the
wrapper/media format you select.
Scroll down through the media formats. Locate and select Windows
Media Format (at the bottom of the list).
Save the updates to your factory – note the name change of the folder
from Product to WindowsMedia.
Now, open the WindowsMedia folder and open its Format folder to
display three folders: Metafiles, Codecs, and Filters.
For this tour, open the Metafiles folder and check out the details in the
editor – don’t make any changes.
Select the Codecs folder to display the list of codec list editor.
Figure 3–36. Selecting Codecs
February 2012 3-33

Guided Tours 81183
Select the Multiple Rate (Windows Media Server) codec.

Next, open the codec and make the following changes in the editor:
Figure 3–37. Typical codec editor
In Video Streams, uncheck streams 3, 4, and 5 to produce a 2-stream

video clip. Scroll down and view other settings as well.
Click the Details arrow to the right of Video Stream 1 to display the
settings. Stream 1 is the low-quality stream for this factory:
Figure 3–38. Video Stream settings
First, select Windows Media Video V9 from the dropdown menu.
3-34 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Bump the Maximum Frame Rate to 15 and reduce Video Quality to 15.
(You can use the slider to adjust the value by its allowed increment, or use
the left or down arrow keys to reduce the value and the right and up arrow
keys to increment the value. You can also just type the new values.)
Next, scroll down and locate Video Stream 2, the high-quality stream for
this factory. Display the settings and make these changes:
Select Windows Media Video V9 from the dropdown menu.
Set the Video Bit Rate to approximately 50,000 bps and set the maximum
frame rate to 30.
Now, scroll down to display the Audio Codec details.
Figure 3–39. Audio codec editor
In Audio Profile select 160 Kbps, 48 kHz, Stereo from the menu.
Save your work.
Next, select the Destinations folder to display the Destination List editor.
Figure 3–40. Adding a Destinations folder
Click the Web Server (Local Folder) tab and click Add to create a new
Web Server (Local) destination. The Web Server (Local) destination
automatically creates a URL so that you can play proxy files directly from
February 2012 3-35

Guided Tours 81183
Message Viewer, Job Status, and Resubmit/Forward windows in

FlipFactory by clicking the Play button for the selected file to launch the
appropriate media player.
Open the Destinations folder and select the new Web Server (Local)
destination icon to display the editor.
Figure 3–41. Selecting a Destinations folder
Optionally, click Replace existing files so you can run jobs several times
and still use the same original file name for the output.
The Stores location (where the file is saved) defaults to media, which
points to the Program Files/Telestream/FlipFactory/http/Media directory
on your C drive if installed with default values.
Click Save to update your factory with your new settings, close the
Manage Factories window and continue.
Step 7: Submit Job In this tour, you’re submitting a job by placing a media file in a monitored
folder, rather than using the manual method (submitting a job) you
learned about in Tour 2.
To view the action in FlipFactory as you submit a job, display the
FlipFactory console and open both the System Status (in the
3-36 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Administrators panel) and Job Status windows (in the Users panel) and
arrange them so you can see both windows.
Figure 3–42. System Status window
To initiate the job, you’ll drop an input media file into the monitored
folder – follow these steps:
Open Windows Explorer and navigate to C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\Media and copy the file named
FlipDemo.mss.
Next, open the monitor folder (C:\AMonitor) and paste the file into the
folder.
Step 8: View Job The FlipFactory Local Folder monitor polls the local folder every 60
Status & Details seconds. In a minute or two, the FlipFactory monitor will identify the new
media and automatically submit a job for FlipFactory to process. You can
view the monitor in System Status, and the job the monitor submitted in
the Job Status window. When the job completes you can view details
about the new clip.
February 2012 3-37

Guided Tours 81183
In the Job Status window, select your clip and click the open folder icon to
display the Message Viewer.
Click the Audio Level tab at the bottom of the window.

Figure 3–45. Audio Level tab
You enabled audio analysis, so FlipFactory suggests a gain correction,

which you can make and then re-run the job.
3-38 February 2012

81183 Guided Tours
Next, click the Keyframes tab to view the keyframes generated by the
Video Analysis tool you enabled and configured.
Figure 3–46. KeyFrames tab
The KeyFrames tab displays the JPEGs produced by the keyframe

encoder in the Video Analysis tool. (The Video Analysis process/analyze
tool produce key frames for review – a separate Keyframe codec allows
you to set up and extract JPEG files in a folder for use separately.)
Click the Audio WaveForm tab to view the audio waveform for this clip.
Figure 3–47. Audio WaveForm tab
FlipFactory displays the Audio WaveForm at the current gain setting.
Step 9: Play Your Now, view your clip. In the Message View window, select the clip in the
New Clip table and click the Play button to play the media in Windows Media
Player.
Figure 3–48. Playing transcoded media in Windows Media Player
February 2012 3-39

Guided Tours 81183
3-40 February 2012

C H A P T E R
4
Using FlipFactory
Chapter 4, Using FlipFactory
This chapter provides information about how you use the major features
of FlipFactory via the FlipFactory console, either directly or from another
computer on the network or Internet.
FlipFactory organizes its features by administrator and user.
Administrators configure FlipFactory system settings, set up user
accounts, and monitor system status. Administrative tasks are displayed
as icons in the Administrators panel in the console. FlipFactory
customization – configuring it to meet your specific needs – is described
in Chapter 7, Customizing FlipFactory on page 7–1.
Users perform production work (creating factories, and submitting and
monitoring transcoding jobs). To perform these tasks, users click the
icons in the Users panel at the base of the console. When you log on as a
user, the console displays the features you can use to build and manage
factories, and submit and monitor jobs. (These topics are described in
detail in following chapters.)
Topics  Starting and Stopping FlipFactory (page 4-2)

 Using Bonjour in FlipFactory (page 4-3)
 Launching the FlipFactory Console (page 4-4)
 Displaying Component Versions and Capabilities (page 4-9)
 FlipFactory Administrative Tasks (page 4-10)
 Administering User Accounts (page 4-11)
 Configuring System Settings (page 4-15)
 Viewing System Status – Jobs and Monitors (page 4-19)
 Logging on to a User Account (page 4-22)
 Managing Factories (page 4-23)
 Manually Submitting Jobs (page 4-25)
 Monitoring Job Status (page 4-26)
February 2012 4-1

Using FlipFactory 81183
STARTING AND STOPPING FLIPFACTORY

FlipFactory is installed and operates as a service in Windows, and the
service itself is usually referred to as the FlipEngine. There are several
occasions when you may have to stop, start, or restart FlipFactory’s
FlipEngine. To start, stop, or restart the FlipEngine service, follow these
steps:
Click Start > Settings > Control Panel
Open Administrative Tools and open the Services window.
Figure 4–1. Windows Services window
Stopping the Right-click the Flip Engine service and select Stop from the context
FlipEngine menu, or click the stop icon in the toolbar, or right-click and select
Properties. In the properties window, click Stop. Wait approximately 30
seconds before re-starting.
Caution
If you want pending/in-process jobs to complete normally,
first disable monitors, stop submitting jobs and wait until
all jobs are complete before stopping the FlipEngine.
When you stop a FlipEngine (using the Services control
panel), all pending/in-process jobs in this FlipEngine are
immediately halted, including transcoding tasks.
Unfinished media is unusable, but jobs are marked as
complete. Jobs and monitors belonging to the stopped
FlipFactory which is part of a FactoryArray are not
recovered, because the service was shut down manually.
Starting the Right-click the service and select Start from the context menu, or select
FlipEngine the service and click the start icon in the toolbar, or right-click and select
Properties. In the properties window, click Start.
Wait approximately 30 seconds before attempting to open the console.
4-2 February 2012

81183 Using FlipFactory
Starting and Alternatively, select start > run to display the Run window. Type cmd and
Stopping via press enter to display the command window.
Command Prompt To stop the FlipEngine, type net stop “Flip Engine” and press Enter.
To start the FlipEngine, enter net start “Flip Engine” and press Enter.
USING BONJOUR IN FLIPFACTORY

Bonjour is software from Apple, Inc., that enables automatic discovery of
devices (such as Pipelines and printers) and services including
FlipFactory, by clients on a LAN.
Telestream has implemented Bonjour in FlipFactory and in Pipeline to
make discovery and connection easier. Bonjour is required when using
FlipFactory with Pipeline.
Note
Bonjour uses multi-cast traffic to publish devices on a network. If
you have a large, switched network, your IT department may
have to enable multi-cast replication in your switches for
Pipelines and FlipEngines to display and connect properly.
Starting Bonjour Bonjour runs as a service in Windows, and when installed by the
FlipFactory installer, the service’s Startup Type is set to Manual. To use
Bonjour with Pipeline or to easily connect the FlipFactory console to a
FlipEngine on the network, you must start Bonjour: Click Start > Control
Panel > Administrative Tools > Services > Bonjour > right-click to
display Properties – change Startup Type to Automatic and click Apply.
Connecting Consoles Usually, FlipFactory consoles connect to the FlipEngine locally – that is,
to FlipEngines on on the same computer where the FlipEngine service is running. However,
Your Network you can also install and connect the FlipFactory console to any
FlipEngine on your network, either by knowing the IP address, or by
using Bonjour. To use Bonjour, see Using Bonjour to Display FlipEngines
on page 4–4.
Using Bonjour with FlipFactory requires Bonjour to connect to Pipeline devices. Before using
Pipeline FlipFactory with Pipelines, be sure to start Bonjour by setting its Startup
Type to Automatic and starting the service or restarting the server.
After starting Bonjour, open Internet Explorer (or Safari on MacOS) and
select View > Explorer Bar > Bonjour to display your Pipelines.
February 2012 4-3

LAUNCHING THE FLIPFACTORY CONSOLE

To configure, manage and use FlipFactory, you access the FlipEngine
service via a client application – a Web-start deployed Java application
called the FlipFactory console – usually just called the console.
Because the console is automatically deployed from the FlipFactory
server, you can conveniently access your FlipFactory directly on the
FlipFactory server itself, or you can access it from any PC or Macintosh
with a LAN or Internet connection.
Note
If you are using a load balance group or FactoryArray, you
continue to log on to a specific FlipFactory – which one is
immaterial, because all FlipFactories in a load balance group or
array use a single, central database.
The modification you make to factories, and the jobs you submit
are automatically stored in the central database serving all the
FlipFactories in the group/array, and the database is replicated
continually if you have redundant FactoryArray servers.
Console Windows To run the FlipFactory console on a PC or Macintosh, it must have a Java
and MacOS Platform Runtime Environment installed. JRE 5.0 (Java 1.6) or greater is
Requirements recommended.
Installing the Console To install the FlipFactory console directly on the FlipFactory server,
on Local FlipEngine double-click the shortcut named “Install FlipFactory Console” on your
desktop. Or, open a Web browser window and type http://
localhost:9000 to display the installer Web page.
Installing the Console You can install the FlipFactory console on other computers in your
on Other Computers network, and access any of the FlipEngines you have installed to manage
them over the network.
To install the FlipFactory console on another computer that is not the
FlipFactory server, open a Web browser window on the target computer
and type http://<FlipFactoryServer>:9000 where <FlipFactoryServer>
is the name of the server or its IP address, to display the FlipFactory
Console Installer Web page. Run the installer, which installs the console
and customizes it to connect via the LAN to the target FlipServer.
Using Bonjour to Alternatively, use Bonjour to display all of your FlipFactories (and
Display FlipEngines Pipelines), and select the one you want to connect to. Launch Internet
Explorer (or Safari, in Mac OS X), and select View > Explorer Bar >
4-4 February 2012

Bonjour. The FlipEngines and Pipelines display in your Bonjour panel.

Double-click the FlipFactory you want to install the console from and log
on to.
Note
The FlipFactory server and client computer should have their
Windows firewall turned off or you may not be able to connect.
Install the Console Figure 4–2. FlipFactory Console Installer
Click the link on this page to install the required Java files for the
FlipFactory Console if necessary, add a shortcut to your desktop named
FlipFactory Console, and add a program entry in the start menu at
Programs > Telestream > FlipFactory > FlipFactory Console.
Note
If you are using – or upgrading from – Java 1.4.2, you must click
the link again to update the shortcut, so that you can launch the
console.
February 2012 4-5

Launching the To launch the FlipFactory console directly on the FlipFactory server or on
Remote Console another computer to access your FlipFactory, load balance group, or array,
double-click the FlipFactory shortcut on the desktop.
Figure 4–3. Shortcut to FlipFactory console
Or, select start > Programs > Telestream > FlipFactory > FlipFactory
Console.
Caution
If you plan to connect to FlipFactory via the Internet, you
should use a VPN or other secure connection method.
When you have successfully connected to the FlipEngine, FlipFactory

displays the console.
Figure 4–4. FlipFactory Console
4-6 February 2012

If the FlipFactory server that you are attempting to connect to is not

running, or if the FlipEngine service is stopped or a Windows or other
firewall is enabled, an error message displays:
Figure 4–5. FlipFactory Console displays error message
To correct the problem, make sure that the local FlipEngine is started
(Starting the FlipEngine on page 4–2), turn off all firewalls, and try again.
Using Java If this is the first time the FlipFactory console has been launched on this
Runtime computer, the Java Runtime Environment displays this window:
Environment Figure 4–6. Java Security Warning – click Always
February 2012 4-7

Click Always to allow Java to load without displaying the security

certificate each time. FlipFactory displays the console.
Figure 4–7. FlipFactory console is for administrators and users
Click About to display complete details about this Flip
Server and all licensed components.
Click Help to display and use an online version of

this User’s Guide in PDF format.
Use Administrator commands to manage accounts,

customize FlipFactory, and monitor system status.
Click Administer Accounts to create and manage user
accounts.
Click System Status to display the current jobs for all
users on this factory or group.
Click System Settings to modify system settings.
Users log in to build and manage factories, and perform

production work by submitting jobs and viewing job
status for their account.
You can view details about FlipFactory and your license by clicking
About at the top of the window. To view the User’s Guide (in PDF
format) with Adobe Acrobat, click Help. All administrator commands are
displayed as icons in the Administrators panel (administrator security is
provided by providing network credentials); users commands are in the
Users panel.
Users are required to log on to an account with a username and optional
password before they may use FlipFactory. When a user logs in, the login
panel is replaced by this Users panel:
Figure 4–8. FlipFactory Console users panel
Click Manage Factories to create & configure factories.
Click Submit Jobs to send media to a factory for processing.
Click Job Status to display all jobs and details.
4-8 February 2012

DISPLAYING COMPONENT VERSIONS AND CAPABILITIES

To identify the FlipFactory version and details about the components
enabled by your license, click About in the upper right-hand corner of the
FlipFactory console. FlipFactory displays the About FlipFactory window.
Figure 4–9. About FlipFactory window
At the top is the version and build number, plus software component
credits and a link to the End User License Agreement.
Displaying FlipFactory Components

In the bottom panel, FlipFactory displays a detailed list of its servers,
decoders, encoders, monitor, transport, and notify plug-ins.
Figure 4–10. Servers, decoders and encoders, and plug-ins
Open each object in the list to display each of the components in the
group: build number and license status.
February 2012 4-9

FLIPFACTORY ADMINISTRATIVE TASKS

You use the icons in the Administrators panel of the FlipFactory Console
to perform administrative tasks:
Caution
If you close any windows in the FlipFactory console
(Manage Factories, or Administer Accounts, for example)
without saving your changes, Safari does not warn you that
you will lose your changes. Always click the disk icon to
save changes before closing the windows or you’ll lose the
changes you’ve made.
 Administering User Accounts (following)

 Configuring System Settings (page 4-15)
 Viewing System Status – Jobs and Monitors (page 4-19)
Logging on as The first time you click on any administrator task icon after you launch
Administrator the console, you must log on. The console displays the following window:
Figure 4–11. Administrator log on window
The default administrator user

name is administrator, and no
password is assigned.
Enter your user name and password and click OK to log on.
Note
To modify the user name and password, see Changing the
Administrator’s Password on see Changing the Administrator’s
Parameters on page 7-23.
4-10 February 2012

ADMINISTERING USER ACCOUNTS

Users submit jobs to FlipFactory via an account. You must have at least
one account for users to log on and submit jobs. You may create multiple
accounts to organize how end users utilize FlipFactory—for individuals,
departments, jobs, projects, etc. FlipFactory allows you to tailor an
account for specific functionality, such as read-only permission, or sign-
off permission for deleting media, for example.
Accounts also provide privacy and authentication. Users must log on to
create or manage factories and submit or monitor jobs. Each user only
sees the factories built under their user ID, and jobs submitted under their
user ID.
When you click Administer Accounts, FlipFactory displays the
Administer Accounts window.Click on a specific account to display the
details for the selected account directly below the accounts table:
Figure 4–12. Use Administer Accounts to create user accounts
Toolbar
List of User
Accounts
Details about the

selected account.
The Administer Accounts window displays a table of all accounts in this

FlipFactory, and properties for the selected account.
The Create, Delete, Export and Save icons are in a toolbar at the top of the
window. To sort any column in the list, click on the column title – you can
sort in ascending or descending order. The arrow indicates the sorted
column and its order.
Note
FlipFactory provides a default Demo account for use in the tours
in Chapter 3, Guided Tours.
February 2012 4-11

Creating a New To create a new account, click the New Account icon (the icon on the far
Account right of the tool bar, at the top of the Administer Accounts window).
FlipFactory displays the Create a User Account window.
Figure 4–13. Create User Account window
Complete these fields:

User Login Name: The name that appears in the accounts list popup
menu. Enter up to 32 letters and numbers; spaces and other special
characters are not allowed.
Personal Name: Used in notification emails as the Users name.
Password: Used to log in from the console. Password is optional, but
recommended when you create more than one user for security.
Forwarding Email Address: Used when sending email notification of
started and/or completed jobs. Enter the email address of the person that
should be listed as the from email address for this account.
Click Save to create the account, or click Cancel to close the window.
Once you create an account, you can select it to display account details
and update them as required.
You must close the Administer Accounts window to update the console’s
user dropdown menu and you can log on to the new account.
Updating User As administrator, you can make changes to any user account. Users can
Accounts also make changes to certain properties – login name, password, personal
name, forwarding email address, and email Monitor notification. Users
can update these fields directly in the Manage Factories window when the
account icon is selected (the top icon, named with the account name).
4-12 February 2012

Select the account in the list to display account details and update them.
Figure 4–14. User account details
Monitors: Check Send me email when monitors go offline, when you

want FlipFactory to alert you by sending an email to the address specified
in Forwarding Email Address each time a monitor goes offline or
becomes disconnected.
Permissions: Check Read Only to prevent the user from creating or
deleting factories in this account, or making changes to existing factories.
You may use this to lock an account for production use after you have set
up the factories exactly the way you want them.
When Read Only is checked, the user can use the factories, but he is not
allowed to make changes without your knowledge.
Other: Check Delete Requires Sign-Off to display an Approve/Reject
window when the user attempts to delete a completed job. This feature is
used primarily for TrafficManager installations.
When a user account has Delete Requires Sign-Off checked, the delete
icon in the Job Status toolbar changes to a check-off symbol. When the
user selects a job and clicks the delete icon, FlipFactory displays the
following dialog.
Also, if you attempt to delete an account that you are signed in to (using),
you must sign out of the account before deleting it.
Figure 4–15. Approve/Reject window
February 2012 4-13

The user supplies the name granting authority or rejecting the request and
clicks OK to continue. FlipFactory generates an email to the
Administrator, containing job details and notification of approval or
rejection as an audit.
Submit Job: Check Use Simple Job Submit Window to display an
abbreviated version of the Job Submit window, which contains only a list
of factories and a source selector, when the user clicks Submit Job in the
console. For details about Job Submit windows, see Submitting a Job
Manually on page 6–3.
Modify the details (except for the account name, which may not be
modified), and click the Save icon (disk image – left icon in toolbar) to
save the new account information.
Exporting an To export an account, (exporting an account copies all factories and all
Account settings in them to an XML file for storage or transfer to another
FlipFactory database or to Telestream for customer service) select the
account to export.
Next, click the Export icon to display the Export Account dialog. Select a
destination (default directory: <FlipFactoryInstallDrive>/My Documents)
for the account’s XML file (and optionally rename it), then click Export.
When the XML file has been saved, you can import it into another
FlipFactory database (Importing Accounts on page 10–9), save it for later
use, or send it to Telestream for support, for example.
For more details on exporting and importing accounts to create a
centralized database of accounts and factories for a load balance group or
FactoryArray, see Importing and Exporting User Accounts and Factories
(page 10-6).
Deleting an To permanently remove an account, select the account name in the

Account account list. Click on the Delete icon. Click OK in the confirm dialog to
erase the account, including all factories that exist in this account.
Caution
When you delete an account, it is a permanent operation.
FlipFactory removes every factory created by this account
from the database. Be certain that you understand the
consequences of your action before proceeding. You
cannot delete an account when a job is executing, or a
monitor in any account factory is active.
4-14 February 2012

CONFIGURING SYSTEM SETTINGS

To configure FlipFactory’s system settings for your environment, click
the System Settings button on the FlipFactory console to display the
System Settings window:
Caution
If you close windows in the FlipFactory console (including
Manage Factories, or Administer Accounts) without saving
your changes, you will lose your changes. Always click the
disk icon to save changes before closing console windows.
Figure 4–16. System Settings window
February 2012 4-15

Two icons (in addition to the standard Help icon) are displayed in the
toolbar at the top of the window:
Save – Click to update the registry entries before closing the window.
This icon is active when changes have been made.
Email Settings – Click to email system information to Telestream
Technical Support.
Sending Email to To send an email with FlipFactory settings to Telestream Tech Support for
Tech Support assistance, click the Email Settings button in the toolbar.
When you click the button, FlipFactory displays this window:
Figure 4–17. System Settings window
Check the options for sending the email, and also for copying the files
listed below to a SupportInfo folder at C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory.
Note
In a FactoryArray, engine logs from all FlipEngines in the array
are copied to the SupportInfo folder (in subdirectories named
after the host) on the system executing the command.
Make your selections and click OK to collect the system information per
your choices, and send the email to the address you specified. The
following files and information are sent to the address:
 Your computer system information (Windows sysinfo.nfo file)
 FlipFactory tree path registry settings
 FlipFactory license file
 FlipFactory Capability XML file
 factory XML files
 account XML files
 advanced settings file
 FlipFactory engine logs, stdout logs, and stderr logs.
4-16 February 2012

System Settings Make changes and re-start the FlipEngine for changes to take effect.
Table 4–1. System Settings Fields and Descriptions
Component Description
Capability File Identifies location of capabilities file, primarily used to identify this Flip
Engine’s capabilities, and store metadata labels. This file is created
each time the FlipEngine starts. ClipMail Pro users can click the
FlipFactory Metadata button to retrieve the set of metadata labels for
this Flip Engine from the capability file. Then, fill in the metadata labels
out before sending the job to FlipFactory, guaranteeing proper
interoperability.
System Administrator By default, there is no administrator password. To set a password,

Password enter it in this field, then close the console. FlipFactory encrypts the
password and saves it in the registry.
When an administrator password is in effect, the first time each session
you click an administrative function, you must enter the username
(default: administrator, changeable in registry (see Changing the
Administrator’s Parameters on page 7-23)) and password.
To reset the password outside of the console, you must delete it from
the registry.
System Administrator Email The email address of the person to be notified when FlipFactory sends
emails to notify of impending license expirations, etc.
Database Server When located on same server as the target FlipEngine, identified as
localhost. When located on a separate network server, specified by
the workgroup or host name, or IP address.
When this FlipEngine is part of a FlipFactory group or a FactoryArray,
enter the host name or IP address of the server where the group
database is located or enter the virtual IP address assigned to the
FactoryArray Database Mirroring service, if utilized.
You must obtain an IP address (to use as a Virtual IP Address) from
your system or network administrator. Enter the Virtual IP address in
the Database Server field when installing and implementing the
FactoryArray Database Mirroring service.
Specify Database Port Check to display the port field. Check and modify the port only when
you did not name the instance FLIPINSTANCE.
Require Subject in Check this option when you require all manually submitted jobs to have
Submit Job a string in the Subject line (Submitting a Job Manually (page 6-3)).
FlipEngine HTTP Host Fully-qualified URL of FlipEngine when accessed via HTTP.
HTTP Port Port address of the FlipEngine database when accessed via HTTP.
Incoming SMTP Server Provides SMTP service for incoming email. Enter domain or host name
Domain Name of the SMTP server (default: flipfactory.com).
February 2012 4-17

Table 4–1. System Settings Fields and Descriptions
Component Description
Incoming SMTP Port TCP/IP port listening for connections to the incoming SMTP server
(default: 25).
SMTP Server Provides authenticated SMTP service for outgoing emails, such as
notifications. Enter the domain or host name where the SMTP email
server is running. Used when the SMTP server is not local to this
domain, and is used to bounce messages to a different network.
SMTP Port TCP/IP port listening for connections to the SMTP server (default: 25).
Outgoing SMTP Host Check when your outgoing SMTP server requires authentication
Requires Authentication before sending. Displays Username and Password fields for entry.
Username Enter the username for the System Administrator Email account.
Password Enter the password for the System Administrator Email account.
Flip Server Limit Maximum simultaneous transcodes (task slots) allowed per Flip Engine
server. The default is 4.
For each step in a job, a queue and process go together. The localize
queue places one job at a time into the localize process, up to the
maximum of the limit at any one time in the process. Once a job
finishes localizing it is passed into the transcode queue and the next
job in the localize queue drops into the localize process. Every stage:
localize, transcode, delivery works in the same way.
For example if the limit is 4, a job that produces 5 products
(simultaneous encodes) will start and perform 4 encodes, then start
and perform 1 encode when the first encode completes. Usually, you
set the server limit at one to three slots per processor. Thus, on a 4-
processor server you can set the limit up to 12 slots.
Telestream recommends setting the Flip Server limit to match the
number of processors on the server, then experimenting with
performance. If you set the limit too high, you may cause inefficiencies
by adding unnecessary context-swapping overhead. A higher number
may be appropriate for many small jobs; a lower number is suggested
when you have fewer, larger jobs (involving input clips that are a few
minutes in duration or longer).
See Advanced Settings (Advanced System Settings (page 7-2) and
Tuning Queues|Limits|Flip Limits for High Volume Use (page 7-6) for
more details.
Note: Restart the FlipEngine service for Flip Server Limit changes to
take effect.
Advanced Settings Advanced customization settings, accessible from the user interface
instead of registry settings. See Advanced System Settings (page 7-2).
4-18 February 2012

When you have updated the system settings, click Save to update the
settings in the registry.
VIEWING SYSTEM STATUS – JOBS AND MONITORS

To view the status of a FlipFactory system, click System Status.
FlipFactory displays the System Status window.
Figure 4–18. System Status window displays jobs and monitors
Click to display all

messages for the
selected job.
FlipFactory displays
details about each
job it is processing in
the Jobs table.
View Monitor status

in this table.
Each FlipFactory server in a group or FactoryArray is identified by the

tab at the top of the window. FlipFactory displays the jobs in progress in
the Active Jobs panel at the top of the window. The bottom panel (Active
Monitors) displays the monitors.
To sort any column in these tables, click on the column title – you can sort
in ascending or descending order. The arrow indicates the sorted column
and its order.
Load Balance Groups If your FlipFactory server is part of a load balance group or FactoryArray,
& FactoryArrays each FlipFactory server in the group or array is displayed in a tab.
Figure 4–19. System Status window displays jobs and monitors
Click a
FlipFactory
server to
view active
jobs and
monitors
for the
selected
server.
February 2012 4-19

FlipFactory displays the jobs in progress in the Active Jobs panel at the
top. The bottom panel (Active Monitors) displays the monitors.
Viewing Job If more jobs are displayed than may be shown, adjust the vertical slider to
Status display more of the Jobs panel, or scroll through the jobs.
Table 4–2. System Status Fields
Field Description
Source Fully-qualified name of store or directory being monitored. Not used for
manually submitted jobs.
User Name of account that owns the factory processing this job.
Factory Name of factory processing this job.
Subject Value from Subject line in Submit Job record. Not used for jobs from
monitored locations.
Status Terms describing tasks executed during job processing:

Uploading – FlipFactory is localizing the media to the FlipFactory local
storage prior to flipping.
Flipping – FlipFactory has localized the file and is transcoding the
media. FlipFactory identifies the clip, and the percent of completion.
Delivering – FlipFactory is delivering output media to a destination.
Notifying – FlipFactory is processing the notification tasks for this job.
Complete – All tasks in this job are complete, output media has been
delivered, and notification (if any) has taken place.
Retry – A process fails and a retry effort is in progress.
Disconnected – The monitor is unable to connect to server to monitor
the target folder. This may occur for several reasons, including: the
network or larger server has failed, an incorrect value or setting is
preventing connection, and others.
Priority Job priority assigned when submitting this job manually, or Job Priority
in monitor where this job was submitted.
4-20 February 2012

To view details about each task in a job, select the job and click the
magnify icon. FlipFactory displays the tasks for this job in the Message
Progress window.
Figure 4–20. Message Progress window
Each action in the job is displayed in the dialog box. FlipFactory displays
details about each task: each action (in progress or complete), session
information, and the time stamp for the start and end of each task.
Viewing Monitor The Monitors table displays the status of each monitor in the FlipFactory.
Status
Table 4–3. Monitor Status Fields
Field Description
Source Fully-qualified name of store or directory being monitored.
User Name of account that owns the factory this monitor is located in.
Factory Name of factory where this monitor is located.
Date Date and time of currently displayed status message.
Status Current status of this monitor.
February 2012 4-21

LOGGING ON TO A USER ACCOUNT

To log on, select the account from the account drop down list. Enter the
password (if required) and click Login.
Figure 4–21. Log in to a user account in the Users Panel
Select the account to log in from this dropdown list.

Type password here, if required.
Click here to log in.
When you log in, FlipFactory displays the tasks you can perform.
Figure 4–22. Icons are located in the Users Panel
Create and manage factories.
Manually submit a job to a factory.
Check on jobs in progress or view completed jobs.
Click here to log out
When you enter an account choose the following tasks:

Option 1 Managing Factories (following)
Option 2 Modifying User Account Information (page 4-24)
Option 3 Monitoring Job Status (page 4-26).
4-22 February 2012

MANAGING FACTORIES
Click the Manage Factories icon to display the Manage Factories
window. Each time you open the Manage Factories window, FlipFactory
obtains information from the database about each factory in your account
and displays it. You use this window to build and manage your factories.
Caution
If you close any windows in the FlipFactory console
(Manage Factories, or Administer Accounts, for example)
without saving your changes, Safari does not warn you that
you will lose your changes. Always click the disk icon to
save changes before closing the windows or you’ll lose the
changes you’ve made.
As a FlipFactory user, this is where you’ll conduct most of your activities.

See Chapter 5, Building Factories on page 5–1 for complete details.
Click when highlighted to save

changes to your factories in the
FlipFactory database.
If your account is a production account, and has been set up as read-only

by the administrator, you may make changes, but you cannot save them.
FlipFactory displays the read-only warning in the window.
Figure 4–24. Factories can’t be modified in Read-Only accounts
Read Only indicates you may

not create or modify factories in
this account.
The Manage Factories window is used to create view, and manage each of
your factories. When you create a new factory, or make changes, the disk
February 2012 4-23

icon in the toolbar highlights, indicating you have unsaved changes. Click
it to save the changes to your account in the FlipFactory database.
Note
You must disable all monitors and save your changes before
you can delete or rename a factory.
If you attempt to close the window with unsaved changes, the console
displays this warning message:
Figure 4–25. Console Save Changes dialog
Caution
When you close a console window with the close icon in
the title bar, the console displays a warning dialog if you
have unsaved changes. If you click OK to close the window
without saving changes, you will permanently lose any
changes you made since the last time you saved changes.
To save your changes, first click Cancel. Then click the
Save icon before closing the Manage Factories window.
Modifying User To view or change your account information, click the top level icon (this
Account Information icon displays your account’s login name and personal name).
Figure 4–26. User account details in Manage Factories panel
User Login Name: The name that appears in the accounts list popup
menu. Enter up to 32 letters and numbers; spaces and other special
characters are not allowed.
Personal Name: Used in notification emails as the User’s name.
4-24 February 2012

Password: Used to log in from the console. Password is optional, but

recommended when you create more than one user for security.
Forwarding Email Address: Used when sending notification of
completed jobs. Enter the email address of the person (or group) that
should receive emails from this account.
Monitors: Check Send me email when monitors go offline to cause
FlipFactory to send an email to the address specified in Forwarding Email
Address each time a monitor goes offline or becomes disconnected.
Click Save to save changes to the account.
MANUALLY SUBMITTING JOBS

In addition to monitoring target servers and directories for incoming
media and automatically submitting jobs when media is written to the
directory, you can also manually submit media to a factory.
Click Submit Job in the User’s Panel of the main console to display the
Submit Job window.
Figure 4–27. Use Job window to send media to a factory
February 2012 4-25

You use this window to manually select an input media file, set it up for
processing and submit it to a factory. For complete details about
submitting jobs, see Submitting & Working with Jobs (page 6-1).
MONITORING JOB STATUS

Click Job Status to display the Job Status window.
Figure 4–28. Job Status window – completed & in-progress jobs
You use this window to check on jobs in progress and view jobs that are
complete. For details about monitoring jobs, see Chapter 6, Submitting &
Working with Jobs (page 6-1).
4-26 February 2012

C H A P T E R
5
Building Factories
Chapter 5, Building Factories
This chapter describes generally how to build and manage factories – the
workhorses of FlipFactory. You build each factory to transcode and
deliver media based on your workflow and production requirements.
In this chapter, you’ll learn how to create and delete factories, and
customize the four building blocks specifically for your media-processing
requirements. You’ll also learn how to create and set up monitors,
processes, filters, media formats and codecs, and delivery methods.
Topics  The Building Blocks of a Factory (page 5-2)

 Using the Manage Factories Window (page 5-4)
 Monitors (page 5-9)
 Processing and Analysis Tools (page 5-18)
 Products (page 5-25)
 Redirector Metafiles (page 5-27)
 Codecs (page 5-28)
 Media Formats (page 5-29)
 Filters (page 5-31)
 Destinations (page 5-41)
 Notifications (page 5-44)
Note
The unique details of setting up and configuring specific
monitors, process and analysis tools, codecs, filters, and
deliveries and notification is provided in the online help pages
for each specific entity you’re using.
February 2012 5-1

Building Factories 81183
THE BUILDING BLOCKS OF A FACTORY

Each factory you create contains key building blocks (displayed as folders
in the factory panel). These building blocks represent the tasks
FlipFactory completes as it accepts a job and executes it. The building
blocks of a factory include:
Monitors Monitors are FlipFactory processes you configure, that

identify new media files in specific locations and automatically submit
jobs to a factory when the media is identified. FlipFactory monitors
include databases, local and network Windows folders, FTP folders,
catch/edge servers, and many other specialized media systems.
Each factory can have one or more monitors, or it may not have any – it
may be configured for manual job submission only.
Process/Analyze Tools FlipFactory provides analysis tools including

key frame extraction, GraphicsFactory templates, audio and video levels,
media processing, audio and video watermarking, metadata processing
tools, and vertical blanking, among others.
Process/Analyze tools operate on input media. You can add and configure
as many process/analyze tools as necessary in each factory.
Products Each factory can have one or more products that it produces.
Each Product includes a specification for an output format and codec,
including encoders for producing mobile, SD and HD media in all major
media formats, movie, audio/video codecs, metadata, plus
GraphicsFactory.
Filters FlipFactory offers a wide variety of pre-processing filters you

can employ to improve or modify your output media. Because filters
affect output media, filters are applied on a product basis. That is, for each
product you create in your factory, you can set up filters.
Destinations Likewise, destinations are product-specific. For each

product you create in your factory, you can set up destinations for your
output media, when it completes transcoding.
Notifications Notifications activate certain processes after the

completion of a job. Notifications are unique to each destination, and
include forwarding, email (via authenticated SMTP, set up in System
Settings), Redirector, and others. Factories can have one or more
notifications, or none.
Building blocks enable you to specify exactly what happens to each file
submitted to this factory. In some cases, there may not be a task to
perform in a building block. For example, you may set up a factory to
process jobs without notifying another system of job completion. In this
5-2 February 2012

81183 Building Factories
case, the Notifications folder is empty, but you can’t delete the folder
itself – it is a permanent part of each factory.
FlipFactory Stores FlipFactory uses stores to provide an abstract, flexible reference to disk
Control Media File storage space. Stores make it easy to logically organize media by task or
workflow, and control when FlipFactory deletes old media files, when
Disk Storage they are no longer needed.
Because stores play an important, central role in job processing, its
important to have a high level understanding of how they are used, and
you create, configure and use them in your factories.
All monitors except the Local Folder monitor localize media (copy the
file) into a store (usually pointing to a specific directory on a local drive
(using drive-letter syntax) to improve transcoding performance. Stores are
also used by some destinations. Some destinations also use stores.
Each time FlipFactory localizes a file for transcoding, it creates a unique
subdirectory in the selected store, to avoid duplicate file names in the
same directory. The subdirectory is named with the root file name plus a
date-time stamp. When the file is deleted, the subdirectory is also deleted.
By default, FlipFactory defines a Media store and the associated directory
is C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\HTTP/Media. In many
cases, FlipFactory users never change the associated directory or add any
other custom stores to their system. However, as you add more
workflows, increase production volume, or implement a load balance
group or FactoryArray, you’ll probably add more stores, or modify the
settings of the media store.
Stores are defined using the Windows Registry. Three keys are involved:
 The store key identifies the store entity itself
 The volumes key identifies the physical drive, volume, or path where
the media files are written and read
 The drives key provides authentication.
 Full details about creating and configuring stores is provided in
Adding Custom Stores on page 7–16.
Stores in When you implement a FactoryArray or load balance group, it is

FactoryArray or Load important to externalize stores to eliminate a point of failure in the
Balance Groups system. If a FlipFactory in a FactoryArray or load balance group fails,
local stores may become unavailable, causing monitors to become
inoperable or job recovery to fail. For example, a FlipFactory server may
crash, or a network connection may fail. Thus, the store on a local drive is
now unavailable.
For restrictions on configuration of stores in FactoryArray or load balance
groups, see the FactoryArray User’s Guide.
February 2012 5-3

USING THE MANAGE FACTORIES WINDOW

FlipFactory provides the Manage Factories window to create, set up and
delete factories in an account. To display the Manage Factories window,
log on and click Manage Factories in the Users panel of the console.
Figure 5–1. Click Manage Factories icon to manage factories
After logging on to your account, click here to display

the Manage Factories window, where you build and
configure your factories.
When you’re done submitting and monitoring jobs or

setting up your factories, be sure to log out before
closing the console window.
FlipFactory displays the Manage Factories window, where you perform

most of your work when creating and designing factories.
Figure 5–2. Manage Factories window – toolbar and work areas
Toolbar icons for
common commands.
Factory panel –
create and
manage factories.
Enabler and Editor

panels to select and
set up objects in
your factories.
Manage Factories The toolbar provides convenient access to common commands.

Toolbar Figure 5–3. Toolbar in Manage Factories window
Help
Search
Paste
Copy
Cut
Save
When an icon in the toolbar is appropriate for you to use (Save, for
example, when you make a change to an account or copy, when you’ve
selected an object or some text), it is enabled. Otherwise, the icon is
disabled and displayed in gray.
5-4 February 2012

Save The Save icon is enabled when you have made a change to your
account (by creating or deleting a factory, or making some change to a
factory). Click Save to update your account in the FlipFactory database.
Cut, Copy, and Paste When you select an object in the factory panel
you can cut, copy, or paste it. For example, you can select a factory and
copy it, then paste it and rename it to make a second factory. You can also
copy and paste objects from one account to another. You can also cut and
paste text.
Search Click Search to display a search dialog, where you can enter the
name (or partial name) of a factory and find it. This is particularly useful
in accounts with lots of factories.
Figure 5–4. Manage Factories window – toolbar and work areas
Help Click Help to display the online help page for the selected codec,
process/analyze tool, filter, monitor, destination or notify.
Work Areas The Manage Factories window is composed of three work areas:
Factory Panel The factory panel displays your factories in hierarchical

format, and allows you to create, delete and set up factories, open and
close factories and building blocks to expose details, and focus on the
area of your account you’re currently working in without distraction.
Enabler and Editor Panels As you work, FlipFactory displays

enabler and editor panels directly to the right of the factory panel,
Explorer-style. Use these panels to add and set up objects in a factory.
Factory Panel The factory panel displays each factory in an account. Use this panel to
create and build factories, create various factory components, and select
February 2012 5-5

and operate on each of the components as you set up your factory to

perform a specific type of transcoding job.
Figure 5–5. Use Factory Panel to create & manage factories
Click directly on a folder to select and operate on it. Click the Open/Close
key to display (or hide) the folder’s contents. Alternatively, double-click
the folder to open or close it.
When you select a factory (or any object in it), FlipFactory displays either
an editor panel or an enabler panel to the right of the factory panel.
Enabler Panels Some folders allow you to add (or create) objects in your factory,
including Monitors, Process/Analyze, Destination, and Notifications
folders. These folders display a panel of available objects when selected.
Figure 5–6. Use enabler panels to create factory objects
Click Add (or Enable) to create
an instance of the item in this
factory. Next, select and
configure it using the Editor
Panel.
Online help describes what this

item does, plus configuration
options and settings details.
You use this panel to select a specific type of object and add it to the
factory by checking the Enable checkbox, or clicking the Add button. For
example, if you click the Local Folder tab and click Enabled, FlipFactory
creates a Local Folder monitor and displays it in the Monitors folder.
Below each tab, FlipFactory displays online help, including an
explanation and details about each setting, value or parameter. When you
are setting up an object in the editor panel, this is a great way to learn
about each choice you need to make to set it up properly for your use.
5-6 February 2012

After you create the object in the Enabler panel, click the new object to
select it for editing. FlipFactory displays the proper editor panel for this
type of object.
Editor Panels FlipFactory provides editor panels to allow you to customize a specific
object: a monitor, a video analysis, a codec, a notification method, and
others. Whenever you select an editable object, FlipFactory displays the
editor for that type of object.
For example, when you select a Local Folder destination FlipFactory
displays the Local Folder editor.
Figure 5–7. Typical Factory editor panel
You use editor panels to view the current values and settings, and make
changes. Some editors are simple (as in this case); others are complex.
FACTORIES
FlipFactory allows you to create multiple factories in an account.
Factories are displayed in alphabetic order by name.
Creating a New FlipFactory provides two ways of making new factories: creating a new
Factory factory, or duplicating an existing factory.
Step 1 To create a new factory, select the Factories folder, right-click

(immediately below the account folder) and select New from the context
menu.
FlipFactory creates a new, untitled factory and places it in the Factories
folder. A new factory has no default functionality and doesn’t create any
new media. The building blocks (Monitor, Process/Analyze, Products,
and Destinations) are created for you, but they are empty.
Step 2 Click the untitled factory to display the factory editor.
Step 3 Enter the factory name and description in the appropriate fields.
Step 4 Click Save to update the factory settings in the database.
February 2012 5-7

Duplicating a You can also create a new factory by copying and pasting a factory you
Factory already created. If the new factory is similar to an existing one, this
method may be more efficient than building a factory from scratch. You
can duplicate factories across accounts: copy the factory in one account,
then log onto another account and paste it.
To create a new factory by copying and pasting, follow these steps:
Step 1 Select the Factory to copy, then right-click on it and select Copy from the
context menu.
Step 2 Click on the Factories icon. Click Paste in the toolbar, or right-click the
Factories folder and select Paste from the context menu.
Step 3 Click the new copy of the factory to display the factory editor.
Step 4 Update the factory name and description in the appropriate fields.
Step 5 Click Save to update the account in the database.
Once you have created a factory, you can modify your factory to
transcode incoming media in a specific manner, store one or more output
media files, and optionally notify recipients.
Deleting a Factory To permanently remove a factory, select the Factory you want to delete,
then right-click it and select Delete from the context menu, or click Delete
in the toolbar. You cannot delete a factory that has active monitors.
Note
You must disable all monitors and save your changes before
you can delete a factory.
Before deleting a factory, you should save any changes you’ve made, so
that the factory can be correctly deleted and all processes associated with
the factory terminated (monitors, for example).
Caution
Deleting a factory is a permanent action. The only way to
restore the factory is to import the account from an archive,
if one was previously created.
5-8 February 2012

MONITORS
Monitors are processes in FlipFactory that track changes in directories
and other data stores on a wide variety of general computing, server, and
specialized media platforms, in order to detect new media for automatic
submission to a specified factory. After you add a monitor, you must
configure it for use for your specific store and for use on your network.
Monitors you add to a factory, by default, are always on. To temporarily
disable a monitor so that it will not process jobs on media added to the
target directory, uncheck the Enable box in the monitor’s editor panel and
click Save. To turn it on again, open the editor panel, click Enable and
click Save.
When new media is placed in the monitored location (a specific network
server and folder, for example), the monitor initiates action with the
media (according to its settings) to submit a job to FlipFactory.
Note
When you are moving media files to a network or FTP folder,
Telestream recommends that you perform a Copy operation, not
a Move operation. Copy operations actually duplicate the media
file; move operations only alter the file structure, and cause the
media to be considered new instantly.
Telestream recommends limiting new media file moves to 50 at
a time. Significant volumes of new files can overwhelm the
monitor process and take significant time to recover.
Monitors enable you to automatically submit media to a FlipFactory for

processing. Monitors can poll local and network Windows folders, catch
servers, FTP sites, and other specialized media systems for new media
files to process.
Note
If you have a FactoryArray, you should not use Local Folder
monitors if you want all monitors to be recovered in the event of
a FlipFactory failure. Local monitors are not recovered, because
they use drive letter format to identify the folder. Local folder
monitors do not refer jobs to other FlipFactories in the array,
because the job references media in a local store.
To monitor a directory that is local to the FlipFactory engine,
create a network monitor and select the local folder using a
network path.
February 2012 5-9

FlipFactory FlipFactory provides monitors for the following systems, sub-systems,

Monitors servers, and products. A base set of monitors are available in all
FlipFactory editions.
Others are enabled by a specific, licensed option (MetaFlip and Pipeline,
for example), or are enabled by the edition you license, based on your
production and workflow requirements.
Table 5–1. FlipFactory Monitors
 Adstream Server  Local Folder + Auxiliary
 Akamai/StreamOS  Local Folder + Metadata
 Autodesk Stone  MediaStream
 Avid  Mijo
 Avid Playback Service  Network Folder
 CBS Serial Automation  Network Folder + Metadata
 Centaur Server  Omneon Server
a
 ClipMail Folder  Omneon Server (FTP)
 Database  On The Spot Media
 DG BXF  P2 Local Folder
 DG Systems  P2 Network Folder
 DMDS  Pathfire
 Dub List/ISCI File  Pathfire Ad Exchange
 Extreme Reach  Pipeline EDL
 FastForward Digital  PitchBlue
 FTP Folder  Radiance AdDelivery
 FTPS Folder  Reuters Network Folder
 GV K2 Server  SAN Folder
 GV Profile/PDR/XP/MAN  SeaChange BML Server
 Harris LXF WANStreamer  SeaChange BMS/BMC Server
 Hula MX  SmartJog Gateway
 HyperLaunch Receive Server  SpotGenie AdDelivery
 Ikegami GF Monitor  Spottraffic Catch Server
 Javelin  Vortex Network Folder
 Liquid Network Folder  Vyvx Catch Server
 Local Folder 
a. You can not use ClipMail monitors in FactoryArray - you must send
ClipMail jobs to a specific factory.
Monitor Help Pages The help page for each monitor displays in the monitor selection panel
(Manage Factories > [account name] > Factories > [factoryname] >
Monitors). Online help pages provide descriptions for each monitor, plus
parameter specifications and application notes.
5-10 February 2012

You can also display help pages for monitors you’ve added to your
factory. Open the Monitors folder and select the monitor whose help page
you want to display. Click the Help button (at the far right of the toolbar at
the top of the window) to display the help page in a new window.
Monitor Failure Each FlipFactory account can be set up so that FlipFactory will send a
Notification warning to the account’s email address whenever a monitor in a factory
goes offline or becomes disconnected. To enable monitor warning emails,
see Updating User Accounts on page 4–12 and Modifying User Account
Information on page 4–25.
Note
FlipFactory provides monitors for various directories and media
servers – these are displayed in the Monitors editor panel. You
can build your own monitors as well. Contact Telestream for
information about building monitors using the FlipFactory SDK.
When new media arrives in one of these monitored folders (except for
Local Folder), it is localized to the default store on the FlipFactory server
and the job is automatically submitted to the factory for processing.
Adding a Playback/ In Network Folder and Local Folder monitors, you can add a playback/
Trim Label trim label set for incoming media. The Playback/Trim label set is used to
enter Start and Stop times for clips.
These values are entered in the output media, and passed to the Process/
Analyze process where the values are used to trim the file if Media
Processing is enabled, or utilized by playback systems that utilize logical
start and stop times during playback.
Parameter Description
Start Time (inclusive) New beginning of clip in HH:MM:SS:FF format, plus FPS designation.
End Time (exclusive) New end of the clip in HH:MM:SS:FF format, plus FPS designation.
February 2012 5-11

Adding and To add or delete a monitor, open a factory and click to select the Monitors
Deleting Monitors folder. FlipFactory display the Monitors Enabler panel:
Figure 5–8. The Monitor enabler panel
Click the Monitors folder to display the Enabler panel.
The Enabler
panel displays
available
monitors, and
details about
the monitor.
Online help for

monitor
configuration
details.
Click Add to activate the monitor.
Adding a Monitor To add a monitor, follow these steps:
Note
You can have multiple monitors in your factory, but you may only
have one monitor of each type. Details for each monitor are
displayed in the console when Monitors is selected.
Step 1 Click the tab of the monitor you want to add to this factory.
Step 2 Click Add to create this monitor. FlipFactory immediately displays the
monitor icon in your Monitors folder.
Step 3 Next, click on the monitor icon to display its editor.
Step 4 Set up the monitor to transcode and deliver media per your requirements.
Step 5 Click Save to update the factory.
5-12 February 2012

If you create a Drive entry in the registry, you must restart the server to
validate network share access. If the factory is part of a FlipFactory
group, restart the FlipEngine to enable the monitor.
Note
After you create or change a monitor, be sure to display the
System Status window and determine that the Monitor is active
and operational (Status: Online). If it displays Disconnected
(with a stop sign icon), the target server or directory may be
unavailable, the network may have failed, or you may have an
incorrect setting in your monitor.
Duplicating a Monitor To duplicate a monitor from one factory to another, follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Monitors folder to display the monitors in this factory.
Step 2 Right-click the monitor you want to duplicate and select Copy from the
context menu.
Step 3 Open the target factory, and right-click the monitors folder and select
Paste from the context menu. You can only create one monitor of each
type in a factory.
Step 4 Configure the monitor to meet your requirements.
Deleting a Monitor To permanently remove a monitor from a factory, follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Monitors folder to display the monitors in this factory.
Step 2 Right-click the monitor you want to remove and select Delete from the
context menu.
FlipFactory immediately and permanently removes the monitor from the
Monitors folder.
February 2012 5-13

Using the Monitor When you select a monitor in the Monitors folder, FlipFactory displays
Editor Panel the monitor editor, customized for the specific monitor parameters.
Figure 5–9. Sample monitor editor
Some controls are common to all monitors, some are common to specific
types of monitors (file systems, for example), some are licensed features
(FactoryArray, for example), and others are unique to a specific monitor.
Set up the monitor by selecting options, enabling or disabling features,
and specifying values. For details about each monitor provided in
FlipFactory, select the Monitors folder in the console and display the tab
of the monitor you’re configuring to display online help, which describes
each control in the panel. You can also display help for a specific monitor
you’ve already created, by selecting it in the left panel to display its editor
panel on the right, then clicking Help.
Note
When you create or change a monitor, be sure to display the
System Status window and determine that the Monitor is active
and operational (Status: Online). If it displays Disconnected
(with a stop sign icon), the target server or directory may be
unavailable, the network may have failed, the FlipEngine may
not have correct authentication for the monitored folder, or you
may have an incorrect setting in your monitor.
5-14 February 2012

Authenticating Monitors designed to access network-based Windows servers use

Monitored Folders Windows Networking. These have a Domain/Workgroup Name
that use Windows parameter; enter the host or workgroup name for the server (without
Networking preceding double slashes), then click Browse to locate and select the
network server path to monitor.
For the FlipEngine to access the target server and directory, you must
create a Drive entry in the FlipFactory server’s registry with the same root
entry. This drive entry contains the username and password to
authenticate access, and is matched on the root.
For example: You create a monitored folder value:
\\NEWSSERVER\IN\MEDIA\FAREAST, that points to a share, and
you create a Drive Entry path key value: \\NEWSSERVER. In the Drive
entry, you provide a username and password to provide authentication.
See Accessing Network Shares with Custom IDs on page 7–14 for details.
Click Save to update the factory.
Note
If you specify a FlipEngine in the monitor which is part of a load
balance group or FactoryArray – not the local FlipEngine – you
must restart that FlipEngine to activate the monitor. When the
FlipEngine restarts, FlipFactory adds this monitor to the list of
monitored locations.
Monitors with FlipFactory provides some monitors that enable optional metadata
Metadata processing. These monitors are designed to offer you the ability to pass
through metadata as part of your workflow.
Processing
Avid Monitor You can configure an Avid monitor to process vendor-specific spot label
metadata. You can select two metadata sources: a specific XML file, to
produce spot labels for promos for example, or you can select Parse
media filename, to create specifically-formatted file names including
House ID, ISCI code, duration and spot title, both options allowing the
metadata to pass through with the job.
If you select XML file, your operators will submit two files, the media file
and the associated spot label XML file. The XML file must be named
identically to the media file, plus the suffix xml. For example,
joecool.mpg, and joecool.mpg.xml.
If you select Parse media filename, you select which elements you’re
including (House ID, ISCI code, duration, spot title) and then edit the
input media’s file name accordingly, using the underscore character as a
separator: billorielly_AUCD5543-VLET-422-
25121_00074000_oprah.mpg, for example.
February 2012 5-15

To enable metadata processing, follow these steps:

Step 1 Open the Avid monitor editor panel
Step 2 Check Process and Attach Metadata
Step 3 Set Metadata Source to:
XML File – browse and select the XML file you have edited
–or–
Parse Media File Name – ensure that media files submitted to this
monitor follow this naming convention (based on your selections):
name_iscicode_duration_title.suffix
For more details, see the online Avid Monitor help page.
Network & Local Network and Local monitors are equipped with general purpose spot label
Monitors metadata processing, to extract the labels and attach them to the job.
(These two monitors are also capable of FlipScan processing if licensed;
generally, you should not check both at the same time.)
You can select an XML file or parse a media filename, as described above
(in Avid Monitor).
Step 1 Open the Network monitor editor panel.
Step 2 Check Process and Attach Metadata.
You should submit two files simultaneously: the media file and the
associated XML file. The XML file must be named identically to the
media file, plus the suffix xml. For example, joecool.mpg, and
joecool.mpg.xml. If you don’t submit the XML file in the same directory
as the media file, specify the path in the XML File Location field.
For more details, see the online Network or Local Monitor help page.
Network + Metadata & Network + Metadata and Local + Metadata monitors are equipped with
Local + Metadata advance, general-purpose metadata processing, but do not support
Monitors FlipScan.
Step 1 Enable either the Network + Metadata or Local + Metadata monitor in
your workflow.
Step 2 Open the monitor editor panel.
Step 3 Check Advanced to display this monitor’s configuration options.
5-16 February 2012

Step 4 Select one of these choices from the Attach Metadata from dropdown
menu: a matching XML file or a metadata template. If you select a
matching XML file, supply the XML extension. If you select a template,
supply the template name.
Step 5 Select how to insert the data into the job ticket: as a metadata label, the
last child of the XPath selected node, or a replacement of the XPath
selected node.
Step 6 If you transform the metadata, the results of the transformation are
inserted; otherwise, the entire XML file content is serialized and placed in
the job ticket intact. When transforming metadata, you can choose an xsl
stylesheet supplied, or you can use them as templates for modification, or
write your own to meet your output specifications.
You should submit your XML file simultaneously with the media file.
The XML file must be named identically to the media file, plus the suffix
you specify.
For more details, see the online Network + Metadata or Local + Metadata
Monitor help page.
February 2012 5-17

PROCESSING AND ANALYSIS TOOLS

FlipFactory provides several media processing and analysis tools that
allow you to expose specific characteristics of your input media and assist
you in applying filters intelligently. Most tools extract values and generate
metadata for use in later job tasks; you can also view graphs and reports to
observe the metrics of your input media. Some tools utilize input media to
perform their task on all transcoded media (each product) produced by the
factory; watermark tools, for example.
It is important to remember that process and analysis tools operate on
input media; thus, they are located directly at the factory level. Filters, on
the other hand, operate on output media, so filters are at the product level,
and you can provide a different set of filters for each product in a factory.
FlipFactory provides the following process and analysis tools:
— Arbitron Audio Watermark (page 5-19)
— Audio Analysis (page 5-19)
— Color Remapping (page 5-19)
— Composite Audio (page 5-19)
— GraphicsFactory Template Processing (page 5-19)*
— Media Expansion (page 5-20)
— Media Processing (page 5-20)
— Metadata Processing (page 5-20)
— Vertical Blanking (page 5-20)
— Video Analysis (page 5-22)
Note
Online help, including template editor specifications and
application notes are displayed in the Manage Factories
console when the Process/Analyze folder is selected. Click a
process/analyze tool tab to enable or disable it and to read
about how to set it up in the editor panel.
You can also display the help page for tools you’ve enabled in
your factory. Open the Process/Analyze folder and select the
tool whose help page you want to display. Click the Help button
(at the far right of the toolbar at the top of the window) to display
its help page in a new window.
* Some processing and analysis tools are enabled by a specific license

option (Aribtron Audio Watermark, GraphicsFactory, and others), and are
enabled by the edition you license, based on your production and
workflow requirements.
5-18 February 2012

Arbitron Audio The Arbitron Audio Watermark tool adds an inaudible watermark to the
Watermark audio track during transcoding. This is an optional, licensed feature.
Media license files are provided by Arbitron.
Audio Analysis The Audio Analysis tool provides audio processing functions including
level analysis, gain correction, and a waveform display.
This tool also implements ITU-R BS.1770 loudness measurement, which
is available in TrafficManager and AdManager, and may be used in other
editions with an optional license.
The Audio Analysis tool measures the audio signal over the entire
duration of the media content. The results of the analysis are added to the
job as a metadata label (Audio Level) that contains the following
information:
— Peak signal level on any audio channel
— Peak loudness of the audio content. Loudness is determined by
calculating the RMS value of the signal over a certain number of
audio samples
— Gain (or attenuation) required to correct the content so that the peak
loudness does not exceed the reference level.
The Audio Gain filter (available in all Telestream supplied encoders) can
use this information to automatically correct the audio levels to a specific
reference.
Color Remapping The Color Remapping tool controls the assignment and mixing of the
input color channels to the output color channels.
Composite Audio The Composite Audio tool detects and decodes Dolby E audio that is
interleaved with PCM audio.
GraphicsFactory The GraphicsFactory Template Processing tool allows you to manually

Template Processing submit jobs or submit jobs via monitors directly in FlipFactory workflow,
and use GraphicsFactory to automatically mark video with audio and
graphics, based on templates you set up using GraphicsFactory Template
Editor.
Use the GraphicsFactory Template Processing tool only when you have
variables in the template you're applying, and you're creating a two-stage
workflow (by creating a Duplicate Original product) so that an operator
can view the first job, provide values for each variable in the template,
and resubmit the job for processing by GraphicsFactory to produce your
final output.
If your template has no variables, or variables with default values that do
not need to be modified during job processing, you only apply a
February 2012 5-19

GraphicsFactory filter directly in the product – do not apply this

GraphicsFactory processor.
Media Expansion The Media Expansion tool allows you to add black video and silent audio
as fill to the head and/or tail (or to internal segments – Segment Media
Insertion) of the media as it is being transcoded. You can also use the
Media Expansion tool to insert IMX MPEG video.
You should not use both the Media Expansion and Media Processing tool
in the same factory. Instead, forward it to a second factory, where the
Media Processing tool can be applied as the next step.
Media Processing The Media Processing tool allows you to trim media and perform slate/
spot detection.
Two steps are required to trim a clip:
1. Enable this clip trimming tool in the factory
2. Add a Playback/Trim metadata label when submitting a job to that
factory.
To use slate/spot detection, enable the tool and configure according to
your requirements (see online help for details).
Metadata Processing The Metadata Processing tool inserts the configured template’s metadata
into the job ticket for each job in this factory.
Use the Metadata tool whenever additional custom metadata must be
added to the transcode process. These jobs are submitted via the Local
Folder + Metadata monitor. A variety of templates, schemas, and maps
are available, and you can create your own. For more details on metadata
processing, contact Customer Service or log on to the Telestream’s Web
site, go to the FlipFactory section, and view metadata processing app
notes.
VBI Extractor The VBI Extractor tool VBI lines from 720 x 512 or 720 x 608 video,
leaving the original MPEG video stream unchanged. The VBI Extractor
tool is only designed for use with MPEG2 Direct Convert processing. It
will fail if used with other codecs. There are no user-configurable
controls, so there is no user interface in the editor panel.
Vertical Blanking Vertical blanking is comprised of several tools, which provide processing
and analysis of Vertical Blanking Interval (VBI) data and VANC data.
The VBI tool allows blanking data to either be extracted and decoded, or
synthesized given alphanumeric input.
5-20 February 2012

Closed Caption Decoder

The Closed Caption (CC) decoder tool extracts captions from raw pixel
data or from encoded MPEG or DV streams. The caption text is stored in
a metadata track and is available to other FlipFactory processes. For
example, the FlipFactory Email Notification will forward the captions as
a text file attachment.
VITC Decoder
The VITC Decoder tool enables you to choose the line you want the
caption analysis and decoding to take place on. If unchecked, the default
closed caption lines (NTSC: 21 & PAL: 22) are searched.
Vertical Blanking Synthesis

The blanking synthesis tool works by converting closed caption textual
information provided by a source decoder. This textual information is
synthesized into an analog representation of the underlying alphanumeric
data. The blanking synthesis filter can also work in a replacement mode,
where a source with in-band data (for example, a 720x512 NTSC frame)
can have the blanking area replaced with synthesized information
provided by the source filter.
There are two methods used to preserve the Vertical Blanking Interval
(VBI) information within digital media files:
In-band The entire VBI is compressed along with the active picture area
as a single image. This method is common in motion JPEG compression
systems and is also employed in MPEG2 ML@422 profile encoding.
Out-of-band Specific VBI lines are carried as uncompressed pixel data

in a separate stream of the digital media file. For example, in MPEG2
based formats it is common to carry the uncompressed VBI lines as user
data packets within the video elementary stream.
The VBI processor combines out-of-band blanking with the active picture
allowing VBI information to be re-encoded or analyzed.
Vertical Interval Timecode Synthesis

The VITC synthesis module in the Vertical Blanking module takes source
timecode information and synthesizes an analog signal based upon the
source information. (see SMPTE 12M).
The VITC Synthesis module works by converting timecode information
provided by a source decoder. This information is synthesized into an
analog representation of the underlying alphanumeric data. The timecode
synthesis module can also work in a replacement mode, whereby a source
with in-band data (for example, a 720x512 NTSC frame) can have the
timecode area replaced with synthesized information provided by the
source filter.
February 2012 5-21

Timecode Override
The Timecode Override tool enables a factory to override the timecode if
the transcoder does not have a source timecode available.This allow
transcodes to preserve source timecode and override to a set timecode
value when the source file does not have any timecode.
SCC File Reader

The SCC File Reader enables you to extract captions from an SCC file
and added to the output file.
SCC File Generator

The SCC File Generator enables you to write out an SCC file with
captions that have been extracted from the input file.
Vertical Ancillary Data Insertion

The contents of the Telestream-defined XML file are added to the output
file as Vertical Ancillary data packets. The output file type must support
some form of VANC data preservation. Every file processed by this
factory has the same VANC data added to its output file.
The XML file has been created by Telestream to provide user-control over
the data values added to the VANC data stream. In some instances, certain
values of the VANC data may be overridden on a per-file basis. The
current supported types of VANC data to be inserted are: Audio Metadata
per SMPTE 2020m, AFD per SMPTE 2016m, and simple XDS data
insertion.
See the Telestream Web site for more technical descriptions of this feature
and its use.
Closed Caption Converter

The Closed Caption (CC) converter converts 608 into 708 format.
Video Analysis The Video Analysis tool provides various video processing and analysis
functions including keyframe extraction.
KeyFrame Extraction
The Keyframe Extraction tool captures still frames from the source media
as it is being flipped. The tool can be configured to capture a single
image, capture multiple images at regular intervals, or automatically
capture a variable number of images based upon scene transitions.
For single capture mode, the timecode parameter determines when to
capture the image.
For regular intervals, the time parameter determines the interval of time at
which to repeatedly capture images.
5-22 February 2012

For scene transitions, the time parameter determines the minimum

interval of time between successive image captures. The sensitivity
parameter, for scene transitions, is used to determine whether a scene
change has occurred. Low sensitivity values generally result in more
frequent image captures. High sensitivity settings result in fewer image
captures. Each keyframe is cropped, resized and then compressed in
JPEG format according to the user parameters.
The keyframes are stored in a metadata track and are available to other
FlipFactory processes. For example, the FlipFactory Email Notification
will forward each keyframe image as a separate attachment.
Timecode Burn-in
The Timecode Burn-in tool allows the source timecode, when present, to
be overlaid onto the current video image. The source material must have
timecode present, in a detectable format by FlipFactory. As a rule of
thumb, if timecode is presented in the clip properties portion of the Job
Status window; this timecode will also be burned-in to the newly created
media format.
Creating and To add or remove a process or analysis tool from a factory, open the
Deleting Process/ factory and click on the Process/Analyze folder. FlipFactory displays the
Enabler panel:
Analysis Tools
Figure 5–10. Process/Analyze tools enabler panel
Enabler panel
displays each
tool.
Click Enabled to
add the tool to
your factory.
Read Online
Help here.
Enabling a Process/ To add a process or analysis tool to your factory, follow these steps:
Analysis Tool
Step 1 Click the tab of the tool you want to add.
Step 2 Click the Enabled checkbox to enable the tool. FlipFactory immediately
displays the icon in your process/analyze folder.
Step 3 Next, click on the new icon to display its editor.
February 2012 5-23

Deleting a Process/ To remove a process/analysis tool, follow these steps:

Analysis Tool
Step 1 Open the Process/Analyze folder to display the tools you have enabled.
Step 2 Click the Process/Analyze folder to display the Enabler panel.
Step 3 Click the tab of the tool you want to remove.
Step 4 Click the Enabled checkbox to de-select this tool.
FlipFactory immediately (and permanently) removes the tool and its icon
from the folder.
Using the Process/ When you select a specific tool in the Process/Analyze folder which
Analysis Tool you’ve enabled, FlipFactory displays its editor. The fields and controls in
each editor vary, depending on the tools feature set.
Editor
Figure 5–11. Sample Process/Analysis tool editor
Set up the tool by selecting options, enabling or disabling features, and

specifying values.
5-24 February 2012

PRODUCTS
You specify transcoding options for each media file (product) you want to
produce by selecting and setting up a media encoder/ format (and its
codecs) in the Product folder. You also use the Product folder to specify
delivery options for each media file produced, as well as specify metadata
and pre-processing filter parameters.
Note
Most products produce media files that have been decoded and
re-encoded or direct-converted from one file format to another.
However, several specialized products are available. For
example, Duplicate Original is a file copy process, and Analysis
is a ‘no-op’ hook that enables you to submit input media files for
processing only by process/analysis tools, for example.
FlipFactory allows you to create as many products (processes which

create output media files) as you want in a factory. For each output media
file you want to produce, create a product by follow these steps:
Step 1 Make a new product (details follow).
Step 2 Name the product (or leave it blank – it defaults to the name of the
wrapper/media format you select) and specify a wrapper or media format.
Step 3 For Windows products, specify the Redirector metafiles.
Step 4 Select movie, video and audio codecs as appropriate and configure them.
Step 5 Select and set up pre-processing filters you want to employ.
Step 6 Set up your destinations for the output media files.
Note
Output media files from most products can be used as input
when resubmitting/forwarding a job. To make the output media
available, check the Resubmit/Forward button at the bottom of
the Product selection panel on the Resubmit/Forward window.
You cannot resubmit/forward jobs that produce a reference file
(QuickTime, for example, and Omneon jobs) or that produce
multiple, component output files (separate audio and video, for
example) for systems including Matrox and Seachange.
Creating and To create or delete a product, open your factory to display the factory’s
Deleting Products folders.
February 2012 5-25

Naming & Specifying To specify each output media file that this factory should create with a
Media Format specific wrapper/media format, you add a new product to your factory. To
create the product, follow these steps:
Step 1 Select the Products folder in your Factory, then right-click it and select
New Product from the context menu.
FlipFactory creates and displays a folder named Product in your Products
folder. When you first create a new product folder, it only contains a
Destinations folder.
Step 2 Next, click on the Product folder you created to display its editor.
Figure 5–12. Products editor panel (scrolled to bottom)
Select the
Products folder.
Then, right-click
and select New
Product to
create a new
product.
When you want

to resubmit or
forward jobs
from this factory,
check Resubmit/
Forward.
Step 3 Identify the folder by entering a product name (or leave it blank – it
defaults to the name of the wrapper/media format you select). Optionally,
a phrase you want appended to the output filename.
For example, if you create a product folder for a QuickTime media file,
the product name QuickTime is entered automatically, and a project
phrase which appends to each file; TreeClimb, for example.
Step 4 Select the media format for this product.
When you select a media/server/file format, FlipFactory creates the media
format folder. You may change the media format at any time, but you
should update the product name field when you do, to avoid misleading
product folder names.
If you plan to resubmit or forward jobs using the media from this factory,
check Use this Product for Resubmit/Forward. Optionally, you can add a
Duplicate Original product.
5-26 February 2012

Note
You can create a new product by copying and pasting an
existing product. If the new product is very similar to an existing
one, this may be easier than creating it from scratch.
Copying a New To create a new product in this manner:

Products Folder
Step 1 Right-click and copy the source product.
Step 2 Click on the Products icon and then click Paste in the toolbar. Or, right-
click on the Products folder and select Paste from the context menu.
Step 3 Click the new copy of the product to display the product editor.
Step 4 Optionally, update the product name and append to filename values.
Step 5 Select the media format for this product.
Step 7 Set up the media format you’ve selected for this product.
Deleting a Product To permanently remove a product from a factory, follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Products folder to display the products.
Step 2 Right-click the product you want to remove and select Delete from the
context menu
– or –
Select the product folder and click the Delete icon in the toolbar.
Step 3 FlipFactory immediately (and permanently) removes the product and its
icon from the folder.
REDIRECTOR METAFILES
Two media formats have redirector metadata: Windows Media and Real
Media. When you click the Metafiles folder in these media folders,
FlipFactory displays the editor.
Step 1 Select the Redirector alias.
Step 2 Click the newly-created metafile to display its editor.
Step 3 Enter the metafile data.
Step 4 Save the factory.
February 2012 5-27

CODECS
Each product has a specified media format, which provides one or more
movie, video, or audio codecs from which you can select (depending on
the media format you specified), often with optional settings.
To make codec selections, open the Products > Product folder (named by
you); then open the Codecs folder. FlipFactory displays the Codec
Enabler panel for the selected product (encoder) and displays the codecs.
Figure 5–13. Typical Codec Enabler panel
Click Codecs
folder to display
Media Format
Codec enabler
panel.
Select from the available movie, video and audio codecs for
this media format.
Select a movie codec (if available in this media format), or select from the
available video and/or audio codecs, depending on the media format.
Click Save to update your account.
Next, open the Codecs folder to display the codecs you’ve selected. Click
on each codec to set it up by selecting options, enabling or disabling
5-28 February 2012

features, and specifying values. FlipFactory displays the editor panel for
the selected codec.
Figure 5–14. Typical Codec Editor panel
Check and update each setting, provide values as required, and enable or
disable options. You may have to scroll down to view the entire editor.
(You can use the slider to decrement and increment values by its allowed
increment or you can use the left or down arrow keys to reduce the value
and the right and up arrow keys to increment the value.)
When you’re done setting up codecs, click Save to update the account.
MEDIA FORMATS
FlipFactory encodes media into these media formats (your set of encoders
may vary. The encoders that you can use is based on your license or the
FlipFactory edition you have installed.)
Miscellaneous The following formats are specialized formats used to produce specific
Formats output, and are not actually transcoders.
Table 5–2. Miscellaneous formats
 Duplicate Original  Analysis
 Keyframe
Duplicate Original The Duplicate Original product is a file copy

process – it does not transcode the essence; it just duplicates the file.
When Pipeline is selected as input, the output file is a TIFO file.
KeyFrame The Keyframe product creates individual keyframe files,

based on your settings.
Analysis The Analysis product does not encode or copy media and
thus, there is no output media file. The Analysis product is used as an
February 2012 5-29

access point for users who want to submit input media for pre-processing
by one or more process/analysis tools.
Streaming Media Table 5–3. Streaming media formats
Formats
 3GP  MPEG-4 (Apple)
 3GP Advanced  QuickTime
 Flash 9  QuickTime Streaming
 Flash VP6 (Flash8)  Smooth Streaming Writer
 Flix Exporter  WAVE Audio
 H.264  WebM
 MP3/M2A Encoder  Windows Media Format
Broadcast Media Table 5–4. Broadcast media formats

Formats
 DV AVI Stream  MediaStream
 DVCPRO Embedded Audio  Omneon Server
 EVS  Quantel
 Grass Valley Profile GXF  SeaChange Format
 Harris LXF  Sony MAV70
 IPTV Transport Stream  Vortex
 Matrox
Professional Media Table 5–5. Professional media formats

Formats
 360 MAXXHD  IPTV Transport Stream
 Autodesk Stone Format  IPV SpectreView
 AVI  Liquid
 Avid TransferManager/Engine  MPEG1 System Stream
Format
 ClipMail MPEG  MPEG2 Program Stream
 Dolby (AC3/5.1) Audio  MXF Stream
 DVD Stream  OMF Stream
 Final Cut & QuickTime NLE  VOD Transport Stream
5-30 February 2012

FILTERS
Filters operate on output media – the files you make in a factory by
transcoding the input. You can enable as many filters as you need in each
product in your factory. For each set of filters enabled in a given product,
you can only have one filter of each type.
FlipFactory provides the following filters:
Table 5–6. FlipFactory Filters
 Audio Channels  Mask
 Audio Fade Up/Down  MotionResolveTM
 Audio Level  Noise Reduction
 Audio New Channel Content  Non-Linear Resize
 Audio Phase Invert  Overlay
 Audio WAV Insertion  QuickTime Overlay
 Blur  Saturation
 Color Rescale  Screen Subtitles
 Contrast  Sharpen
 Crop  Source Video Timing
 Darken Region  Telecine Options
 Down Convert  Temporal Interpolation
 Field Order Conversion  Text Overlay
 Frame Mode  Vertical Blanking Synthesis
 Gamma Correction  Video Fade In/Out
 GraphicsFactory Template  Video Filter Override
 Hue
Note
Some filters may not display, because they optional and are only
enabled in specific editions or via an additional license.
To process a media file more than once with the same filter, you should
set up cascading jobs that process the same file.
Cascading jobs are enabled by creating one factory that places its output
media in the next factory’s monitored folder, so that the output of the first
job is processed by second factory, etc.
Filter Help Pages The help page for each filter displays in the filter enabler panel. Online
help pages provide descriptions for each filter, plus parameter
specifications and app notes.
February 2012 5-31

You can also display help pages for filters you’ve enabled in your factory.
Open the Filters folder and select the filter whose help page you want to
display. Click the Help button (at the far right of the toolbar at the top of
the window) to display its help page in a new window.
Audio Channels Filter The Audio Channels filter controls the assignment and mixing of the
input audio channels to the output audio channels.
Audio Fade Up/Down The Audio Fade Up/Down filter fades the audio up from silence at the
Filter start of the clip, and fades the audio down to silence at the end of the clip.
Audio Level Filter The Audio Level filter adjusts the overall level of the audio to be
encoded. The amount of gain (or attenuation) applied by this filter is
determined by adding two values together: the value specified in the
Master Gain parameter (below), plus the Gain Correction parameter from
the Audio Level metadata label. This label is produced by the Audio
analysis tool in Process/Analyze, and is used to automatically correct the
audio to a specific reference level.
Audio New Channel The Audio New Channel Content tool allows you to specify silence as the
Content Filter content for new channels in your output file.
If your output file specifies more audio channels than are provided in the
input media you supply for transcoding, FlipFactory, by default, uses the
audio in channel 1 when creating each additional audio channel. When
this option is checked, no audio is supplied to the additional channels;
instead they are created with silence - zero decibels of audio.
Audio Phase Invert The Audio Phase Invert filter inverts the audio phase. The filter only
Filter applies to 2 channel input having 16-bits per sample.
Audio WAV Insertion The Audio WAV Insertion filter replaces audio tracks in the source file,
Filter with audio tracks from specified WAV files in the output file.
Blur Filter The Blur filter decreases the sharpness and detail of the video in a two-
step process. First, a blurring filter is applied to the entire source image.
The window parameter determines the number of neighboring pixels used
by the filter and the amount of softness applied.
The blurred image is then mixed with the original image further
controlling the effective softness.
Color Rescale Filter The Color Rescale filter allows you to intensify your video, or reduce the
intensity of your video. When intensifying video, lighter colors get lighter
and darker colors become darker. When reducing intensity, lighter colors,
become darker, and darker colors become lighter.
5-32 February 2012

The filter intensifies the video frame on a pixel-by-pixel basis by mapping

the input red, green, and blue color components having intensity values
that range from 15 to 240 (inclusive) onto a new scale of 0 to 255. For
example, all 15 values are now 0 and all 240 values are now 255.
The filter reduces intensity in a similar manner, by mapping the input red,
green, and blue color components having intensity values that range from
0 to 255 onto a new scale of 15 to 240. For example, all 0 values are now
15 and all 255 values are now 240.
For example, when using the Color Rescale filter to intensify video
frames, a red pixel of RGB value 246,15,15 is rescaled to 246,0,0 which
brightens the red pixel.
Contrast Filter The Contrast filter enhances the contrast of the video. Contrast values
greater than zero generate images with more contrast in the mid-intensity
range of the video color components, while contrast values less than zero
generate images with less contrast in the mid-intensity range.
Crop Filter The Crop filter crops the outer edges of each frame of the input file,
immediately before transcoding occurs. If your output is larger than the
remaining input (converting to the same size output from cropped
(smaller) input, or upconverting to HD, for example) cropping will cause
the image to be expanded to account for the cropped pixels in each
dimension: horizontal (left and right) and vertical (top and bottom).
Conversely, when you are downconverting, the remaining pixels in the
image (after cropping) will be sampled to provide the new, smaller output
frame.
If you want to crop your input without resizing the remaining image, you
need to add a mask filter of exactly the same dimension, to replace the
cropped region on the output frame.
Image distortion can occur if the selected horizontal and vertical crop
values do not maintain the original image aspect ratio.
Darken Region Filter The Darken Region filter allows you to darken a region of the output
video. This filter is useful for drop shadows, or as a background behind
text.
The Darken Region filter is often used in conjunction with the Overlay
filter to apply an image in the darkened region.
Down Convert Filter The Down Convert filter allows you to specify a down-conversion
method when converting HD to SD content. Use of this filter eliminates
the need to apply crop or mask filters when down-converting. Down
convert options include Center Cut (crop left and right), Letter Box (mask
top and bottom), and Resize (no crop or mask).
February 2012 5-33

For more information on down-conversion methods, refer to the

FlipFactory Application Note on HD SD Conversion.
Field Order The Field Order Conversion filter determines the method used to convert
Conversion Filter one video field, upper or lower, to the other. The filter affects field order
only when the following conditions are met:
1. Input media is interlaced
2. Output media is interlaced
3. Input field rate is the same as output field rate
4. Input field ordering is opposite of output field ordering
There are three Field Order Conversion modes:
Spatially Interpolate (default) inverts field ordering by interpolating
lower field lines to generate upper field lines, and by interpolating upper
field lines to generate lower field lines.
Frame Line Shift Up inverts field ordering by shifting input frame up
one frame line.
Frame Line Shift Down inverts field ordering by shifting input frame
down one frame line.
Frame Mode Filter The Frame Mode filter is used to identify your input media: default based
on suffixes and frame size, or specifically as progressive or interlaced
video, and further specify lower and upper field dominance on interlaced
video. It is also used to specify how the output media is created: default
based on suffixes and frame size, or as progressive or interlaced video,
and further specify lower and upper field dominance on interlaced video.
This filter must be used when you are processing certain types of media
that is not encoded in the manner that FlipFactory processes by default.
FlipFactory by default, processes MPEG interlaced NTSC video as upper
field first. Therefore, if your NTSC video is lower field first, you must
enable the Frame Mode filter and select Interlaced Lower Field First or
your output quality will be compromised.
FlipFactory processes incoming media as progressive unless it has a valid
PAL or NTSC frame height or a frame height of 1080.
FlipFactory processes incoming media as interlaced for the following
frame heights: 480, 486, 512, 576, 608, 1080, 1088.
Interlaced video is processed as Upper Field First unless frame height =
576 or 608.
Conversely, FlipFactory processes MPEG interlaced PAL video lower
field first. Therefore, when processing interlaced PAL that is upper field
first, you must enable the Frame Mode filter and select Interlaced Upper
Field First, or your output quality will be compromised.
5-34 February 2012

FlipFactory also processes DV interlaced video as lower field first.

Therefore, when processing interlaced PAL that is upper field first, you
must enable the Frame Mode filter and select Interlaced Upper Field First,
or your output quality will be compromised.
Telestream recommends that you always enable the Frame Mode filter
when processing DV and MPEG interlaced video, so that you insure that
the frames are processed correctly. Telestream also recommends that you
enable the Frame Mode filter when you want to specifically control how
media is output.
Note
For a detailed discussion of dealing effectively with variations in
video interlacing field dominance, see the FlipFactory Video
Interlacing App Note on Telestream’s Web site at
www.telestream.net.
Gamma Correction The Gamma Correction filter applies gamma correction to the output
Filter video. Gamma correction compensates for the non-linearity of a CRT
monitor. Pixels having color components nearer to mid-range intensity
are most affected. Pixels having color components near very dark or very
light are least affected. Positive gamma values will make the image
lighter while negative gamma values make the image darker.
Television and computer monitors have very different gamma
characteristics. Material originally produced for television viewing will
often look dark when played on a computer monitor requiring a positive
gamma correction.
GraphicsFactory The GraphicsFactory Template filter specifies the template to use when
Template processing a GraphicsFactory job to produce media with graphics overlay
content.
Enable this filter only when your template has no variables, or variables
with default values that don’t need to be modified during job processing
(via the Resubmit button using Duplicate Original).
Hue Filter The Video Hue Rotation filter adjusts the color of the video by rotating
the hue. The rotation value ranges from -180 degrees to +180 degrees.
Mask Filter The Mask filter masks a region which lies outside of the output image,
and inside of the output rectangle. Masking causes the output image to be
resized (scaled down) to fit into the masked region in each dimension:
horizontal (left and right) and vertical (top and bottom). The masked
region may be set in one of two modes:
February 2012 5-35

Letterbox Mask Mode

Letterbox mask mode (default) is used to automatically calculate the
mask region so that the selected output image aspect ratio, 16:9 or 14:9, is
achieved by scaling the output image appropriately.
Note
To use Letterbox mode, the output rectangle aspect ratio must
be 4:3, which is a function of the output rectangle dimensions
that are specified in the encoder setup.
Manual Mask Mode

Manual mask mode is used to set each mask edge (top, bottom, left, right)
individually. Image distortion can occur if the selected horizontal and
vertical mask values do not maintain the original image aspect ratio.
In either mode, Letterbox or Manual, the mask region matte may be
selected. Black is the default matte color.
The Mask filter is often used in conjunction with the Overlay filter to
apply an image in the mask region.
Note
For more information on the use of mask and overlay filters
when converting SD and HD media, see the FlipFactory SD/HD
Conversion app note.
MotionResolve Filter The MotionResolve filter controls which internal video frame and field
processing methods are employed during transcoding, to provide the best
encoded image quality. MotionResolve processing is based on perception
of motion - or lack of it - between input fields over time. The
MotionResolve processing algorithms work best when input video is of
highest quality and noise introduced by low-quality video or previous
compression, for example, is not falsely detected as true motion.
When operating in MotionResolve mode, the MotionResolve filter
increases (on a variable scale, up to approximately triple) the time to
transcode a given file. Transcode time is significantly affected by frame
size.
The Advanced MotionResolve option uses a more complex (and time-
consuming) algorithm to determine areas of motion within the video with
better noise immunity. Check Use Advanced MotionResolve to display
and configure advanced settings; descriptions are in Parameters, below.
The MotionResolve filter should only be enabled when your input media
is interlaced.
5-36 February 2012

Noise Reduction The Noise Reduction filter reduces video noise by applying a median
Filter filter to the entire source image.
The noise reduction window parameter determines the number of
neighboring pixels that will be utilized in the noise reduction process for
each input pixel. A small window (3x3) will reduce random noise and
improve image compression. Larger windows will remove more noise but
can cause the image to look blurry or pixelated.
Non-Linear Resize The non-linear resize filter controls non-linear (or mixed-linear / non-
Filter linear) horizontal resizing of video frames.
Overlay Filter The Overlay filter adds a graphic overlay to the output image. The
overlay image can be in any of the following file formats: PNG, BMP,
JPEG, PCX, TARGA, TIFF.
The overlay image file can be resized and positioned anywhere within the
output image. If the overlay contains an alpha channel it will be used to
determine the portion of the overlay that is visible.
Ideally, the size of the image file used as the overlay should have a 1 to 1
relationship with the pixel dimensions of the output region.
The Overlay filter is often paired with the Mask filter, which creates
additional rectangular regions, where you can apply the overlay.
For example, when converting 16:9 format media to 4:3 Letterbox, you
apply a mask to create the letter box, and you can optionally apply an
overlay. In this example, you could create a 720 x 480 PNG image, with
60 pixels on top and bottom of image to fit the mask you’ve created, and
the remaining 360 vertical pixel region in the center is transparent (the
alpha channel), to display the video.
Note
For more information on the use of mask and overlay filters
when converting SD and HD media, see the FlipFactory SD/HD
Conversion app note, available on the Telestream Web site.
QuickTime Overlay The QuickTime Overlay filter is a licensed option. This filter allows you
Filter to overlay QuickTime movies (including movies with an alpha channel)
that FlipFactory can read over the video that you are transcoding.
The overlay image file can be resized and positioned anywhere within the
output image. If the overlay contains an alpha channel it will be used to
determine the portion of the overlay that is visible.
Saturation Filter The Saturation filter controls the amount of color in video. Saturation
values range from -100% (no color) to 100% (5 times normal saturation).
February 2012 5-37

Screen Subtitles Filter Screen Subtitling for FlipFactory enables you to apply burnt-in (or open)
subtitles to video during the transcoding process. Subtitles are generated
from subtitle files, which include details of text, timing and format.
FlipFactory Screen Subtitling typically uses pac subtitle files generated
by subtitle preparation systems from Screen Subtitling Systems (http://
www.screen.subtitling.com). Alternatively, European Broadcast Union
(EBU) stl subtitle files may be used.
Screen Subtitling for FlipFactory is a licensed option implemented as a
filter, which may be purchased, and downloaded by registered
FlipFactory users via our Web site at http://www.telestream.net.
To perform screen subtitling on a media file, you set up a factory in a
FlipFactory Version 6.0 (or later) server which has the Screen Subtitling
option installed and licensed, configure the Screen Subtitles filter on the
product you’ve specified to identify the subtitle and optionally,
configuration file, and submit the source media for processing.
For additional details, see the FlipFactory Screen Subtitling App Note,
available on our Web site.
Sharpen Filter The Sharpen filter increases sharpness and detail in a two step process:
1. An edge enhancement filter is applied to the entire source image. The
window parameter determines the number of neighboring pixels used by
the filter and the amount of edge enhancement.
2. The edge enhanced image is mixed with the original image further
controlling the effective sharpness.
Source Video Timing The Source Video Timing filter replaces the internally-generated video
Filter timing with the native source input timing. Native timing is subject to
variation in duration and starting frame time. The internally-generated
timing ensures that the input frame duration is constant. In general,
constant input frame duration results in smoother output video motion.
Telecine Options The Telecine Options filter allows you to perform either telecine (3:2
Filter pulldown) or inverse telecine operations when processing media that was
previously run through a telecine process.
Temporal The Temporal Interpolation filter is used when generating interlaced

Interpolation Filter video and you are changing frame rates between the source and the
destination. When changing frame rates, some destination frames may
have a timecode that occurs between two source frames. For example,
when going from 24 fps in source to 30 fps destination (as in film to
NTSC video), four input fields are used to produce 5 output fields.
Without enabling the Temporal Interpolation filter, FlipFactory blends
adjacent source fields when a destination frame occurs between two
source frames to create the destination field. It does so by attributing the
5-38 February 2012

percent of each that is appropriate. For example, if the timing is 30% past
source field 1 and 70% prior to source field 2, FlipFactory blends the two
fields using 30% of the content of field 1 and 70% of the content of field 2
to create the new destination field.
When enabled, blending is disabled and the nearest field is picked in the
right order to produce the output. In the case of 24 fps -> 30 fps
conversion, the technique is also referred to as 3:2 pulldown.
Text Overlay Filter The Text Overlay filter allows you to generate text elements over the
video that you are transcoding.
Vertical Blanking The Vertical Blanking Synthesis filter in the Vertical Blanking tool takes
Synthesis Filter source closed-caption textual information and synthesizes an analog
signal based upon the source information.
The Blanking Synthesis filter works by converting closed-caption text
provided by a source decoder. This text is synthesized into an analog
representation of the underlying alphanumeric data. The Vertical
Blanking Synthesis tool can also work in replacement mode, whereby a
source with in-band data (for example, a 720x512 NTSC frame) can have
the blanking area replaced with synthesized information provided by the
source filter.
Video Fade In/Out The Video Fade In/Out filter fades the video in from the specified color at
Filter the start of the clip. It also fades the video out to the specified color at the
end of the clip.
Video Override Filter The Video Override filter provides the option to bypass all video
processing operations to decrease the time it takes to process a given file.
The Video Override filter is only applied if the input video frame size is
equal to the output video frame size.
Caution
This filter shouldn’t be used unless the input frame rate is
equal to the output frame rate. Unequal rates may cause
audio sync issues, fast/slow playback, or other problems.
If the Video Override filter is applied the following filters will not be
applied, even though they are enabled in the factory:
Blur Color Rescale Contrast
Crop Darken Region Field Order Conversion
Frame Mode Gamma Correction MotionResolve
Hue Mask Overlay
Noise Reduction Non-Linear Resize Screen Subtitles
February 2012 5-39

Quicktime Overlay Saturation Temporal Interpolation

Sharpen Telecine Options Text Overlay
Video Fade In/Out GraphicsFactory overlays (except audio overlays)
Creating and To create or delete a filter, open the product folder inside the Products
Deleting Filters folder and select the Filters folder to display the Filter enabler panel.
Figure 5–15. Filters enabler panel
Enabling a Filter To enable a filter, follow these steps:

Step 1 In the Enabler panel, click the tab of the filter you want to create.
Step 2 Click the Enabled checkbox to enable this filter. FlipFactory creates the
filter and displays its icon in the filters folder.
Step 3 Click Save to update this account.
Step 4 Next, click on the new filter icon to display its editor.
Deleting a Filter To delete a filter, follow these steps:

Step 1 In the Enabler panel, click the Tab of the filter you want to delete.
Step 2 Click the Enabled checkbox to disable this filter. FlipFactory permanently
removes the filter.
Step 3 Click Save to update this account.
5-40 February 2012

Setting up a Filter To edit a filter, select it in the Filters folder. FlipFactory displays the
editor panel for the selected filter.
Figure 5–16. Typical filter editor panel
Check and update each setting, provide values as required, and enable or
disable options. You may have to scroll down to view the entire editor.
When you’re done setting up each filter, click Save to update the account.
DESTINATIONS
FlipFactory allows you to deliver your output media to locations via a
variety of delivery methods, or destinations, including local folders,
network folders, FTP folders, and broadcast servers. For each product,
you can have multiple destinations. FlipFactory places a copy of the
output media file on each destination when the job is complete.
FlipFactory provides the following destinations (the enabled destinations
depend on the edition you license).
February 2012 5-41

Table 5–7. FlipFactory destinations

 Akamai StreamOS/AMD  MediaStream
 Autodesk Stone File System  Network Folder
 Brightcove FTP  Omneon Director
 e-VTR Server  P2 Local Folder
 Email Attachment  Quantel Server
(ISA Gateway)
 FlipFactory Storage  Scott Studios FTP
 FTP Server  SeaChange BML
 FTPS Server  SeaChange BMS/BMC
 GV K2  Secure FTP Server
 GV Profile  SGI Server
(Profile & M-Series iVDR)
 GV Profile PDR/XP/MAN  Telestream ClipMail
 Harris LXF WANStreamer  Vortex Network Server
 iPhone Stream Segmenter  Web Server (Local)
 Kasenna MediaBase  WebDAV Server
 Liquid Network Server  XDCAM Server
 Local Folder
Online help pages in the FlipFactory console provide descriptions for

each destination plus parameter specifications and application notes.
To display the help page for a specific destination, display the Manage
Factories window. With the Destinations folder selected, click the
Destination tab to display the help page directly below.
Adding & Deleting To add or delete a destination, open the factory. Open the Product folder
Destinations and then the products folder (which is named by you when created) and
select the Destinations folder.
5-42 February 2012

FlipFactory displays the Destinations Enabler panel.

Figure 5–17. Destinations folder and enabler panel (sample)
Adding a Destination To add a destination for the selected product, follow these steps:
Step 1 Click the tab of the destination type you want to add to this product.
Step 2 Click Add to add this destination. FlipFactory immediately displays the
destination icon in your Destinations folder.
Step 3 Next, click on the destination icon to display its editor.
Step 4 Set up the destination to meet your requirements.
Deleting a Destination To permanently delete a destination from a product, follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Destinations folder.
Step 2 Right-click the destination you want to remove and select Delete from the
context menu. FlipFactory permanently removes the destination (and its
icon) from the Destinations folder.
February 2012 5-43

Using the When you click a specific destination in the Destinations folder,
Destinations FlipFactory displays its editor. The fields and controls in each editor vary,
depending on the destination itself.
Editor
Figure 5–18. Typical Destination editor
Set up the destination by selecting options, enabling or disabling features,

and specifying values. Click Save to update the factory.
NOTIFICATIONS
FlipFactory provides several methods for notifying users and systems that
a job has been completed and the output media delivered. FlipFactory
provides the following notifications:
Table 5–8. FlipFactory Notifications
 Avid Auto Forward  Pathfire
 Avid Interplay Transfer Engine  Protrack
 Dub List  Reuters NewsML
 External Shell  Screen DVB
 Extract Metadata  Screen DVB Teletext
 Florical  SeaChange MVL
 Forward  Slate/Spot Auto Forward
 HTTP  Sundance
 IBM VideoCharger  Telestream ClipMail
 IBMS  Telestream ClipMail FTP
 iPhone Multi-Rate Forward  Virage VideoLogger
 Mail  VOD Transform
 MDML File Sample  XSL Transform
 MediaBrowse
Some destinations are enabled by specific licenses.
5-44 February 2012

Online help pages in the FlipFactory console provide descriptions for

each notification plus parameter specifications and application notes.
To display the help page for a specific notification, display the Manage
Factories window. With the Notifications folder selected, click the
Notifications tab to display the help page directly below.
Creating and To create and delete notifications, open the factory. Select the Notification
Deleting folder to open and display the Notifications panel.
Notifications Figure 5–19. Notifications panel
Adding a Notification Click the tab of the notification you want to add.
Click Add to create a notification. (Unlike monitors, you can create
multiple notifications of the same type in a single factory.) FlipFactory
immediately displays the notification icon in your Notifications folder.
Next, click on the notification icon to display its editor.
Deleting a Notification To permanently remove a notification from a factory, follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Notifications folder to display the notifications in this factory.
Step 2 Right-click the notification you want to remove and select Delete from
the context menu.
FlipFactory immediately (and permanently) removes the notification and
its icon from the folder.
Duplicating a To duplicate a notification in the same factory or a different factory,

Notification follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Notifications folder to display the notifications in this factory.
Step 2 Right-click the notification you want to duplicate and select Copy from
the context menu.
February 2012 5-45

Step 3 Open the target factory, right-click Notifications folder and select Paste
from the context menu.
Step 4 Configure the notification to meet your requirements.
Using the When you click a specific notification in the Notifications folder,
Notifications FlipFactory displays its editor. The fields and controls in each editor vary,
depending on the notification itself.
Editor
Figure 5–20. Typical Notifications editor
Set up the notification by making selections and specifying values.

Note
The Priority slider sets the Notification priority. Notifications will
be processed based on this setting. Those with higher priority
are processed first. Telestream recommends that Email
notifications occur with the lowest priority, so that they can notify
users of failures that occurred during other notifications.
5-46 February 2012

C H A P T E R
6
Submitting & Working
with Jobs
Chapter 6, Submitting & Working with Jobs
This chapter describes how to submit jobs manually, via the Submit Job
window. You’ll also learn how to submit jobs automatically by setting up
monitors, how to monitor jobs in progress, and how to view details about
jobs that have already been processed by FlipFactory.
FlipFactory has fault-tolerance built in. Each job is segmented into
specific tasks. Each task is recorded in the database after it has completed
successfully. In the event that a specific task does not complete
successfully, FlipFactory determines the last successfully completed task
and restarts the job at the next task.
However, if a task does not complete because of a license problem, an
incorrect FTP address or other type of error, FlipFactory notifies you of
the probable cause. It does not retry the job.
Topics  Introduction (page 6-2)

 Submitting a Job Manually (page 6-3)
 Stitching Multiple Files (page 6-8)
 Managing Metadata Labels (page 6-9)
 Submitting a Job via ClipMail (page 6-17)
 Submitting a Job via a Monitor (page 6-18)
 Submitting Jobs from Pipeline (page 6-18)
 Viewing Job Status (page 6-19)
February 2012 6-1

Submitting & Working with Jobs 81183
INTRODUCTION
FlipFactory provides several different ways to submit a job.
Manual Submission You submit a job manually by clicking Submit

Job in the User panel. This provides you the opportunity to make last-
minute decisions, or perform factory testing, for example. For details, see
“Submitting a Job Manually”, immediately following.
From a Telestream ClipMail Appliance Use this method when you

have media on a ClipMail, or the media has been encoded on a ClipMail.
Placing Media in a Monitored Location for Automatic

Submission Save media in a monitored local folder, network share or
accessible server. Use this method when you want to automate the process
of submitting media for transcoding by FlipFactory immediately when the
media file is created in the target store or location.
From Custom Applications If you have special requirements – or

specialized systems – for submitting media, you can use Telestream’s
FlipFactory SDK to create your own media submission software.
From Pipeline .You can submit Pipeline media to FlipFactory for

processing in three ways. Your choice depends on your workflow
requirements and the FlipFactory version you’re using:
 Submit Pipeline jobs via an EDL Monitor
 Submit streaming media in real-time via the Pipeline Capture Editor
 Submit TIFO files (created via Pipeline Direct) manually or via a
monitor.
Note
For complete details on using Pipeline in FlipFactory workflows,
see the Pipeline User’s Guide.
6-2 February 2012

81183 Submitting & Working with Jobs
SUBMITTING A JOB MANUALLY

To submit a job manually, you identify the file (and its location), then
(when logged in to the FlipFactory console), click Submit Job to display
the Submit Job window:
Figure 6–1. Standard Submit Job window
The Job Submit window displayed above is the standard Job Submit
window. A simplified Job Submit window may also be displayed, by
checking the Simple Job Submit window in the user account properties
dialog. For more information, see Updating User Accounts on page 4–12.
You configure your job, and click Flip It! at the bottom of the window.
Complete details follow.
February 2012 6-3

Simple Job Submit When Use Simple Job Submit Window is checked in User Accounts
Window (Updating User Accounts on page 4–12), the following, simplified Job
Submit window displays:
Figure 6–2. Standard Submit Job window
Use this option when your operators only need to select a factory and a
source file (see details below).
Configuring the Job Make selections or enter values for each field or control:
Submit Window Priority of Submitted Jobs (required). Select the job submission
priority (1 - 4). When the FlipEngine accepts another job from the job
queue, it selects the job to process next, based on its job priority.
Factories (required). Select a factory from the Factories list. To select
more than one factory, use the Control or Shift key. The account you used
to log in determines the factories you can submit to – only those created in
this account.
Subject (optional). Type the subject for this job (required). This
information is included in the notification email sent to the account owner
and displayed with the job entry in the Job Status window.
Description (optional). Type a Description. This information is also
included in the notification email sent to the account owner and displayed
with the job entry in the Job Status window.
Schedule (optional). Leave Defer unchecked to process this job
immediately upon submission. To delay processing, click to select Defer.
Enter the time, and select the month and date and year. When you submit
a deferred job, FlipFactory accepts the job and stores it in the database for
later processing at the time you specify.
Source (required). Click File or Stream, and select the type of server
where the source media is located from the dropdown menu. Custom
6-4 February 2012

sources are listed first (in blue), and system sources are displayed next.
Both custom and system sources are listed alphabetically.
This selection is saved, and displayed as the default selection the next
time you display the Submit Job window.
Now, enter a full path and file name (to override any default folder
displayed below), enter a partial path and file name (to complete the
default folder displayed below) or enter the file name itself when located
directly in the default folder displayed below. You can also click the
Browse button to find the file if the remaining fields in the window are
complete.
The remaining fields in the Source section are dependent on the type of
File or Stream source you choose.
Note
You should not select Local File when submitting a job to a
FlipFactory in a FlipFactory group/array. Local files by definition
are only accessible by the FlipEngine where the folder resides,
so any other FlipEngine that receives the job for processing will
not be able to access the media in a local folder.
Using the Domain/Workgroup and Default Folder. For sources that

display a Domain/Workgroup and Default Folder, you can enter the
domain, then browse to a server and select a share or other publicly-
accessible directory.
Click Save and name this source (Mars_CaptureMedia, for example).
Now, when selecting the source file, you can just enter the file name or
partial path and file name – FlipFactory will concatenate this value with
the default path you’ve selected and submit the file.
Saving and Deleting For sources other than Local File, you can define a source, connection,
Custom Sources and login details, then name and save it for use later. These icons display
only when Local File is not selected:
Delete a Source – Click to delete the custom source you selected (created
earlier by you).
Save – Click to save a custom source and its details.
FlipFactory displays this window:
Figure 6–3. Save Custom Source dialog
February 2012 6-5

Enter the name of the custom source and click OK.

Now, when you display the source list, your custom sources are displayed
for easy selection.
Supported Media FlipFactory supports the ability to ingest and decode file-based media of
Sources these file types and/or from these sources:
Table 6–1. File Media Sources
 Adstream Catch Server  Network File
 Akamai StreamOS/AMD  Network File (Copy)
 Avid Playback Service Catch  Omneon Director
Server
 Centaur Catch Server  Omneon Director FTP
 ClipMail Pro/Express  On The Spot Catch Server
 DG BXF FTP  Open Media Framework
(OMF)
 DG Systems  Pathfire AdExchange Catch
Server
 Dmds Catch Server  PitchBlue FTP
 e-VTR Server  Quantel Server (ISA Gateway)
 Extreme Reach Catch Server  QuickTime Reference Movie
 FastForward Digital Catch  Radiance AD Catch Server
Server
 FTP Server  Reuters Network Folder
 FTPS Server  SeaChange BML
 GV K2  SeaChange BMS/BMC
 GV Profile  SFTP Server
 GV Profile PDR/XP/MAN  SmartJog Gateway
 Harris LXF WANStreamer  Sony MAV70 Server
 Hula MX Catch Server  SpotGenie AdDelivery Catch
Server
 Javelin FTP  Spottraffic Catch Server
 Liquid Network File  Stitch Multiple Files
 Local File  Vortex Network File
 Local File (Copy)  Vyvx Catch Server
 MediaStream  Web Server
 Mijo Database Server  XDCAM Server
(ISCI / House ID / File)
6-6 February 2012

Table 6–2. Streaming Media Sources

Autodesk Stone Leitch VR
Cineon/DPX Profile OMF Decoder
Clipmail Pro/Express Pipeline
GV Profile Sony MAV70 SXF Reader
Image Sequence/DPX Profile 
Note
Stream sources do not localize media to the FlipFactory server.
These source files are opened directly and segments are read
and processed. In most cases this significantly reduces time job
processing time, but it may require changes to Windows access
& authentication settings.
Source Name (Browse). Enter the fully-qualified path and name of the
input file or streaming media name or click Browse to locate and select it.
When browsing a server, you can click the Details icon (far right) to view
details, and sort the file names in ascending or descending order.
You can manually enter a fully-qualified path, then click Browse to jump
to the target directory.
To submit more than one media file when browsing, use shift-click or
control-click. When more than one file is selected or entered manually,
the string must be enclosed in double quotes, separated by a single space.
Content Name. Type the name of the encoded media output file. If left
empty, the name of the output file is the same as the input file.
When Stitch Multiple Files is selected for the source, the file is named
Stitched_<Content_Name> if present, or Stitched_<First_Clip_Name>
when left empty.
If the suffix is not specified, the suffix is provided, based on the media
format/product you choose. For example, if you enter Flipper and
encode the file as Windows Media Format, the resulting file is named
Flipper.wmv. The destination is specified in the Destinations folder of the
factory to which the job is submitted.
FlipEngine. When using a load balance group or FactoryArray, in the
dropdown list select Any Available or select a specific FlipEngine to
process this job (see FactoryArray User’s Guide).
Store. Select a localization store (Adding Custom Stores (page 7-16)).
Metadata. To include metadata labels, click Metadata to check the
option. Click the tab corresponding to the label you want to use and
complete the fields in the editor panel. The available labels are
February 2012 6-7

determined by the source type, monitors, destinations, filters, and

notifications specified in the factory to which the job is being submitted.
Submit Multiple Files as Separate Jobs. When unchecked, a single job
is submitted even if you have selected multiple input files. When checked,
a separate job is submitted; one for each file selected.
Submit separate jobs for each input file selected to create a separate status
message for each job. If an input file fails, only the failed job is recovered;
if all input files are in a single job, the entire set of files is recovered even
though only one failed. If this FlipFactory is part of a load balance group
or FactoryArray, separate jobs are delivered to other FlipFactories for
processing, speeding throughput.
Flip It!
Click Flip It! To submit the job for processing.
In addition to the metadata available within each product, FlipFactory
allows you to provide additional labels for the job. FlipFactory labels are
activated when a corresponding Factory filter, process/analyze tool,
monitor, destination, or notification is enabled which can utilize the
metadata.
STITCHING MULTIPLE FILES

File Stitching is available when manually submitting jobs for processing,
via the Manual Submit window.
When you select Stitch Multiple Files as the file source, you can select
and open multiple QuickTime-compatible files, select in/out points in
each of them, and submit them as a single job to be stitched together into
a single output file, using QuickTime. FlipFactory processes each file in
turn, and creates a single output file from the segments.
FlipFactory does not support stitching files with different source media
types, frame rates, or frame sizes.
For details on using stitching in FlipFactory, see the Stitching Multiple
Files app note, available on the Telestream Web site.
6-8 February 2012

MANAGING METADATA LABELS

The Submit Job window provides controls for managing metadata labels.
To make these controls visible, check the Metadata checkbox at the
bottom of the window, and the controls appear as shown in the following
illustration:
Figure 6–4. Enable Metadata to display labels in editor panel
For each label set, you must enable a feature using the Manage Factories
window before you can enable and configure the label set in the Submit
Job window. The following sections describe how to enable each label set
and use the label set controls:
• Arbitron Audio Watermark on page 6–10
• Florical Label on page 6–10
• House Label on page 6–11
• Kasenna MediaBase Label Set on page 6–12)
• Leader/Trailer Media Expansion on page 6–12
• News Label Set on page 6–12
• Playback/Trim Label Set on page 6–13
• Review Label Set on page 6–14
• Seachange MVL Label Set on page 6–15
• Segment Media Insertion Label on page 6–15
February 2012 6-9

• Spot Label Set on page 6–15

• Streaming Label Set on page 6–17
• Syndication Label on page 6–17
Arbitron Audio The Arbitron Audio Watermark label set is available when the Arbitron
Watermark Audio Watermark feature in the Process/Analysis tool is enabled.
Table 6–3. Arbitron Audio Watermark Label Control
Override Filter Settings Check this checkbox to override the filter settings defined in the
Arbitron Audio Watermark feature that is enabled in the Process/
Analyze tool.
Florical Label The Florical label is available when the Florical feature in the
Notifications tool is added.
The Florical metadata label is not intended for manual UUID entry. This
metadata label is updated when FlipFactory notifies Florical of a
submitted job destined for a Florical server. The Florical system returns a
UUID, which is passed through and returned to Florical when the media
is delivered.
Table 6–4. Florical Label Parameters
UUID of Transfer Request Text value, up to 256 characters
6-10 February 2012

House Label House label metadata is supported for the components listed in Table 6–5
on page 11. The DubList monitor matches the ISCI code of the job with
the House ID and updates the House Identifier metadata tag.
Table 6–5. Components that support the House label set
Factory Component Feature
Monitor Adstream Server

Avid
Avid Playback Service
Centaur Server
DG BXF
DG Systems
Dmds
Extreme Reach
FastForward Digital
Hula MX
Mijo
On The Spot Media
Pathfire
Pathfire Ad Exchange
Radiance AdDelivery
SpotGenie AdDelivery
SpotTraffic Catch Server
Vyvx Catch Server
Notifications Dub List

Florical
Sundance
Table 6–6. House Label Parameters
House Identifier Unique house identifier, up to 256 characters
February 2012 6-11

Kasenna The Kasenna MediaBase label set displays when Kasenna MediaBase is
MediaBase Label added as a product destination.
Set
Table 6–7. Leader/Trailer Media Expansion Label Parameters
Handle Name Text value, up to 256 characters
Asset Group Name Text value, up to 256 characters
Comment/keywords Text value, up to 256 characters
Leader/Trailer The Leader/Trailer Media Expansion label set is available when the
Media Expansion Media Expansion feature in the Process/Analysis tool is enabled. The
values listed below override values set in the filter.
Table 6–8. Leader/Trailer Media Expansion Label Parameters
Specify Lead In Duration Specifies the amount of time to add to the beginning of media. If no file
is selected, video black is used.
Specify Trailer Duration Specifies the amount of time to add to the end of the media. If no file is
selected, video black is used.
News Label Set The News label is available when either the MediaBrowse or the Pathfire
feature is added in the Notifications tool. An AIF file can be populated
with the values in the News metadata label set.
Table 6–9. News Label Parameters
Story Identifier Text value, up to 256 characters
Title/Slug Text value, up to 256 characters
Agency Text value, up to 256 characters
Created Date Text value, up to 256 characters
Synopsis Text value, up to 256 characters
Script Text value, up to 256 characters
6-12 February 2012

Table 6–9. News Label Parameters
Categories Check the checkbox for each listed category that applies
Duration Clip length in time (HH:MM:SS.99) or frames (select from dropdown

menu)
Playback/Trim Playback/Trim label metadata is supported for the components listed in

Label Set Table 6–10 on page 13. The Playback/Trim label set is used to gather Start
and Stop times for clips. A frame-accurate proxy editor is included in
order to assist the user in obtaining these times.
Table 6–10. Components that support the Playback/Trim label set

Avid
Centaur Server
DG BXF
DG Systems
Dmds
Extreme Reach
FastForward Digital
Hula MX
Mijo
On The Spot Media
Pathfire
Radiance AdDelivery
Vyvx Catch Server
Notifications Florical
Process/Analyze Media Processing
Table 6–11. Playback/Trim Label Parameters
Start Time (inclusive) The new beginning of the clip (HH:MM:SS:FF), plus FPS designation.
February 2012 6-13

Table 6–11. Playback/Trim Label Parameters
End Time (exclusive) The new end of the clip (H:MM:SS:FF), plus FPS designation.
Duration Clip length in time (HH:MM:SS.999) or frames (integer).
Review Label Set Review label metadata is supported for the components listed in Table 6–
12 on page 14. This data is intended to be passed to automation systems.
Table 6–12. Components that support the Review label set

Avid
Centaur Server
DG BXF
DG Systems
Dmds
Extreme Reach
FastForward Digital
Hula MX
Mijo
On The Spot Media
Pathfire
Radiance AdDelivery
Vyvx Catch Server
Table 6–13. Review Label Parameters
Reviewed by Name of reviewer
Date Date reviewed
Review Status Accepted | Rejected
6-14 February 2012

Seachange MVL The Seachange MVL label set is available when the SeaChangeMvl
Label Set feature in the Notifications panel is added.
Table 6–14. Seachange MVL Label Parameters
Video Identifier Video identifier, up to 256 characters
Description Description, up to 256 characters
Code Code, up to 256 characters
Expiration Expiration, up to 256 characters
Value Value, up to 256 characters
FrameRate Frame rate, up to 256 characters
Bitrate Bitrate, up to 256 characters
Duration Clip length in frames (integer).
Segment Media The Segment Media Insertion label is available when the Media
Insertion Label Expansion feature in the Process/Analysis tool is enabled.
Spot Label Set Spot label metadata is supported for the components listed in Table 6–15
on page 16. Spot metadata can be used for short form commercial spots
February 2012 6-15

for on-air broadcast. It is generally delivered to Traffic and Automation

systems.
Table 6–15. Components that support the Spot label set

Avid
Centaur Server
DG BXF
DG Systems
Dmds
Extreme Reach
FastForward Digital
Hula MX
Mijo
On The Spot Media
Pathfire
Radiance AdDelivery
Vyvx Catch Server
Notifications Dub List

Florical
Sundance
Table 6–16. Commercial Label Parameters
ISCI Identifier International unique reference identifier
Title Title, up to 256 characters
Client Name of client, up to 256 characters
Agency Name of agency, up to 256 characters
Product Name/Info Name of product or other information, up to 256 characters
Duration Clip length in time (HH:MM:SS.999) or frames (integer).
Media Description Media description, up to 256 characters
Spot type Spot type, up to 256 characters
6-16 February 2012

Streaming Label The Streaming label set is supported for the following factory products:
Set  Flash - VP6 (Flash 8)
 Windows Media Format.
Table 6–17. Streaming Label Parameters
Author Name of author, up to 256 characters
Title Name of title, up to 256 characters
Abstract Abstract information, up to 256 characters
Copyright Copyright information, up to 256 characters
Rating Rating, up to 256 characters
More info URL Fully-qualified URL pointing to more information,

up to 256 characters
Syndication Label The Syndication label is available when the Pathfire feature in the
Monitor panel is added.
SUBMITTING A JOB VIA CLIPMAIL

You can submit a job to a FlipFactory server from any ClipMail
appliance. To submit the job, you must know the domain name of the
FlipFactory server that contains the factory you’re submitting the job to.
If you don’t know the domain name of the FlipFactory server, obtain it
from your network administrator.
Video clips on a ClipMail may be sent to FlipFactory in several ways:
• Save the clip to a local hard drive
• Send the clip to an FTP server
• Send the clip directly to FlipFactory via SendMail.
February 2012 6-17

For details about submitting a job to FlipFactory from a ClipMail

appliance, see the ClipMail User’s Guide.
Note
When sending from ClipMail to FlipFactory you need these
parameters to build a FlipFactory address on the ClipMail:
Account Name–Name of account that owns the factory
Factory Name–Name of factory you’re submitting the media to
SMTP Server –FlipFactory SMTP server domain name.
(Displayed in System Settings of console)
IP address of FlipFactory server–The IP address of server
where FlipFactory is running.
SUBMITTING A JOB VIA A MONITOR

FlipFactory provides monitors that you can enable and configure
(including the target location to monitor) to submit a job automatically
and immediately when the input file for the job is completely stored in the
target directory.
For example, you can set up a monitor to continually poll a specific path
on a network file server. Then, you can drag and drop an input media file
onto the folder that is being monitored by FlipFactory.
When FlipFactory detects the arrival of new media in the target location,
the factory that is responsible for monitoring the file server initiates an
automatic job: localizing, transcoding and delivering the output media
without manual intervention.
SUBMITTING JOBS FROM PIPELINE

You can stream media from a Pipeline directly into FlipFactory. Pipeline
can be configured to encode SDI into MPEG2, DV25 or IM 30/40/50 for
real-time streaming via RTP. You can either use an EDL to control the
media stream clip by clip or you can crash record the streaming media.
Note
See the Pipeline User’s Guide for details on submitting media
from Pipeline to FlipFactory and for submitting TIFO files to
FlipFactory.
Factories designed to process media from Pipelines must have at least one
transcoding product. In addition to the one required product, you can also
6-18 February 2012

add another product to create a TIFO file (use the Duplicate Original
product) as an archive/intermediate file, in a single streaming session.
You can also submit TIFO files as input to factories for transcoding to
other formats and essences. When you submit a TIFO file to a factory for
processing, FlipFactory can open and begin processing the file in real
time if it is in the process of being written.
Submit Pipeline Jobs You can add an EDL monitor to a factory, then use the Pipeline Control
via EDL Monitor application’s Live panel to control the VTR, make in/out marks, and add
them to the EDL. When you’re done, you save the EDL file in the EDL
Monitor folder – the target of the EDL monitor.
When the EDL is saved, FlipFactory submits one or more Pipeline jobs.
Each job is submitted by processing each entry in the EDL on the Pipeline
and its associated VTR to produce a stream from the selected Pipeline
encoder. FlipFactory transcodes the stream in near real-time, based on
your FlipFactory factory’s Product settings.
Crash Record Media You can also configure FlipFactory without an EDL monitor to crash
record streaming media. To crash record streaming media from the
Pipeline, you use the Manual Submit panel to submit a job. On the
Manual Submit panel, select Pipeline from the stream source and select
the target Pipeline which is streaming live data.
VIEWING JOB STATUS

To view jobs submitted to each factory in your account, launch the
console and log on to your account. In the User’s panel on the console,
click Job Status.
Figure 6–5. Click Job Status to display the Job Status window
Click here to display the Job Status window.
February 2012 6-19

FlipFactory displays the Job Status window.

Figure 6–6. Job Status window displays active & complete jobs
In the top panel, FlipFactory displays active and scheduled jobs; in the
bottom panel, FlipFactory displays all of the jobs in your account.
For each entry, details include the source of the job (a monitor or manual
submission), the factory which processed it, the server on which the job
ran, a receipt date/time stamp, the subject (if one was entered), and status
messages.
Select a job to view details, and optionally, operate on it.
Toolbar Commands The Job Status window displays a toolbar for convenient access to
common job commands:
Figure 6–7. Toolbar in Job Status window
Help icon: DIsplay Help for Job
Status window.
Resubmit/Forward: Display Message Viewer window.
Open icon: Display details about the selected job.
Preview icon: Play the media (Req’s URL of playable media).
Repeat Find icon: Repeat search of previously located term.
Find icon: Search for terms in the subject field of a job.
History/Status icon: Display the status or history of selected job.
Delete icon: Delete the selected job.
Note
When a toolbar icon is appropriate to use (save, for example,
when you make a change to the account), it is activated.
Otherwise, it is disabled and displays in gray.
6-20 February 2012

Deleting a Job You can delete any job that has not yet started, is being flipped, or is
complete. Jobs in other states may not be deleted until they are complete.
Step 1 To delete a job, select the job and click the Delete icon.
Step 2 FlipFactory displays a confirmation dialog.
Step 3 Click Yes to permanently remove the job or No to cancel.
Note
To select multiple jobs, press the shift key to make a contiguous
selection; press the control key to make a non-contiguous
selection of jobs.
Displaying Job To display the status of a job in progress or the history of a complete job,
History/Status select the job in either panel and click the History/Status icon (2nd from
left – hover to view name) in the toolbar.
FlipFactory displays the Message Progress window and displays each
action in the selected job.
Figure 6–8. History/Status Window of job in process
When you display the job status of a job in progress, FlipFactory displays
each action, the session or action information, start time and status, sorted
by the start time. If an action contains no sessions, just the action is
displayed as an entry. If an action has one or more session, each session is
displayed.
If a job is scheduled for future processing, no actions are displayed.
Note
To display the status of a job, double-click it in the All Jobs panel
of the Job Status window or select it and click the Job Details
icon in the toolbar.
February 2012 6-21

If you select a completed job, FlipFactory provides similar information.

Figure 6–9. History/Status Window of complete job
When you display the job status of a complete job, FlipFactory displays
each action, the session information, start time, and the complete time in
the status column.
Finding Jobs by To locate a job listed in the All Jobs (lower) panel of the Job Status
Subject window by searching the subject fields, click the Find icon in the toolbar.
FlipFactory displays a Find window.
Figure 6–10. Use Find dialog to search for jobs by subject
Enter the text you want to search for and click OK. (To find an exact
match, check the Find Exact Subject checkbox.) FlipFactory begins at the
top of the list and searches. If FlipFactory finds a match, it is highlighted;
if not, FlipFactory advises you via a dialog. Once you have found a
match, the Repeat Find icon (to the right of the Find icon) is activated.
Click it to repeat your search downward through the list.
Playing a Proxy File Proxy files are media files that are playable on your computer.
Note
You can play MPEG2 files in Windows Media Player when you
run it directly on your FlipFactory server, because FlipFactory
installs the required plug-in.
6-22 February 2012

For a specific media file to be playable, you must have the following:
 You must have a suitable media player (Windows Media Player,
QuickTime Player, etc.)
 The MIME types must be set correctly in your Web browser
 There must be a URL or UNC to point to the target Web folder
(automatic or manual)
 The target server must have an HTTP (Web) server to respond to the
HTTP request.
When you click the Preview button on the Job Status or Job Details
window, FlipFactory attempts to find a specific type of media to play, in a
specific order:
1. The version with the specified suffix, if present
2. The original version of the media
3. The duplicate version of the media
4. The first playable version that doesn’t meet the previous criteria.
To specify a file type (by suffix) that FlipFactory should play first, see
Modifying the Default Preview File Type on page 7–27.
Destinations with Alias Parameters

Many FlipFactory destinations provide the ability to enter a URL or
UNC, including Web and WebDAV destinations, and local files, and FTP
servers. For specific details, see the help page on the Destinations enabler
panel in the Manage Factories window.
Playing Media
To play the proxy media file, select the completed job and click the
Preview icon in the Job Status window or the Job Details (Message
Viewer) window. FlipFactory locates the media via its URL, and plays the
media in an appropriate player – Windows Media Player, QuickTime
Player, Web page with plug-in, etc.
Proxy files are often sent to a Web Server (Local) destination, stored (by
default) in C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\Media, and are
served by FlipFactory’s Web server when you play them. The Web Server
(Local) destination automatically creates the URL and stores it for use
when you click Play.
You can also send media to other destinations, including FTP servers,
local files, and others. In each case, you must provide a valid URL or
UNC in the Alias URL/UNC field of the destination:
http://localhost:9000/media, where localhost is the FlipFactory built-in
Web server, port 9000 is the default HTTP port for TCP traffic, and media
is the default target directory (which resolves to Program Files/
Telestream/FlipFactory/http/Media folder), because the Program Files/
February 2012 6-23

Telestream/FlipFactory/http path is the root path for the FlipFactory built-

in Web server.
You can also substitute the name or IP address of the server
(MyFlipServer or 168.192.10.10, for example), in place of localhost.
Note
You can not play a media file from FlipFactory unless the path is
an HTTP path (by using the Web Server (Local) destination).
Typically, proxy files are low-res files encoded in typical computer-

viewable sizes and formats, created in WMV or QuickTime format.
Viewing Job Details To view details about a job, double-click the job in the All Jobs panel or
select it and click the Open icon in the toolbar.
FlipFactory displays the Message Viewer window and displays
information for the selected job.
Figure 6–11. Job details in Message Viewer window
File name if submitted by
monitor; value of Subject field
when submitted manually or
via ClipMail.
Description text (manual) and
task execution results.
When displayed, arrows

indicate multiple output media
files. Click to view.
Name of output media file.
Click here to play proxy files.

Proxy Files Table:
File Name. Full name of file
URL: Location of file
Size: Total file size, in bytes
Format: Proxy format
Expires: Expiration date
Use Delete and New icons to
remove or create Metadata
labels.
Click Tabs to display metadata
for a specific label.
Click History to display details

of this job in Message Progress
window.
Use this window to view the details about this job, modify or add
metadata, and resubmit the job.
6-24 February 2012

Commands in the Job Use these buttons at the bottom of the window to operate on this job
Details Window record:
Cancel. Click to close this window without updating the job record in the
History. Click to display the current status or history in the Message
Progress window. For details, see Displaying Job History/Status on page
6-21.
Resubmit. When a job from a factory has a product with Use this Product
for Resubmit/Forward checked (Naming & Specifying Media Format
(page 5-26)), or the factory has a Duplicate Original product, and the file
has been delivered to local storage, Resubmit is activated. Click Resubmit
to display the Resubmit/Forward window, update job details and submit
this job to the same factory or forward it to another account and factory
based on your destination settings.
Update the details and click Submit. For details, see Resubmitting a Job
on page 6-30.
Done. Click to update the job record in the FlipFactory database and close
the window.
Viewing and Updating If you plan to resubmit or forward this job, you can update fields in this
Job Details window and click Resubmit.
Subject. The value in the Subject field is the subject name entered in the
Submit Job window when submitted manually (or via ClipMail) or the
file name when the job was submitted via a monitor.
Notes. The Notes field contains the Description text when the job is
submitted manually, plus notes from the factory as it executes each step.
If the job was submitted automatically via a monitor, the field does not
display.
Content Panel
Content. Displays the name of the output media, and the files associated
with the content. If there is more than one output media in a job, left and
right arrows are displayed directly above the Content area. Use the arrows
to scroll through and view the details of the content.
Content Name. This is the name of the output media file.
Files. Displays a list of files that have been produced, and details about
each file, including the location, size, format and expiration date. To play
a proxy file, select the file and click the Play icon above the table; or
double-click the file itself.
Right arrow. Select a job, and click this icon to play the proxy file.
February 2012 6-25

Metadata Panel – Adding and Updating Metadata

Use the Metadata panel to create new metadata labels, and view and
update metadata for this job. FlipFactory includes all Metadata
automatically gathered or manually inserted into this job. FlipFactory can
obtain metadata from edge servers including Vyvx, and DGSystems. It
also produces metadata by analyzing the media for audio levels, closed
caption data, and thumb nail key frame images, for example.
FlipFactory also includes a frame-accurate playback editor for extracting
the Start of Media and End of Media, and a Commercial metadata tab for
collecting information to pass onto Operations and Automation systems.
When using the playback editor with QuickTime files, you should save
them in the Local Storage (FlipFactory store) destination, and provide the
server and share in Windows format. For example: \\FlipServer\Media,
where FlipServer is the name of the server, and Media is the folder, which
is the target of the store you selected and must be shared.
Delete Icon. To delete a metadata label, select the tab and click the Delete
icon. FlipFactory displays the Confirm dialog. Click Yes to permanently
remove the selected metadata label and its associated metadata from the
file or click No to stop the action.
New Icon. To create a new metadata label and supply information for this
file, click New. FlipFactory displays the Add Label window.
Figure 6–12. Add Label window adds a new metadata label
Select the metadata label from the dropdown menu and click OK.
FlipFactory displays a new tab for the selected metadata label. Fill in each
field and select options for this metadata.
Metadata Editor Click the tab to display metadata from the processed media. For each
Panels process/analyze tool you enable, FlipFactory performs the analysis,
generates the metadata and displays in these metadata tabs.
6-26 February 2012

Audio Level Metadata This tab is active when you process a job through a factory where the
Audio Level Analysis tool has been enabled. Click the tab to view the
metadata generated by FlipFactory for this metadata.
Figure 6–13. Audio level Metadata Editor panel
The results of this analysis include the peak signal level, peak loudness
level, and suggested gain correction. The gain correction value is
forwarded to an Operation account that contains an Audio filter with Auto
levels enabled.
Keyframes Metadata The Keyframes Metadata tab is active when you process a job through a
factory where the Keyframes Extraction tool has been enabled. Click the
tab to view the metadata generated by FlipFactory for this metadata.
Figure 6–14. Keyframes Metadata panel
The frequency of thumbnails may be adjusted down to the frame level.

The Video Analysis process/analyze tool produces key frames for review
– a separate Keyframe codec allows you to set up and extract JPEG files
in a folder for use separately.
February 2012 6-27

Closed Caption This tab is active when you process a media file that contains closed
Metadata caption content and the factory processing the job has the Vertical
Blanking process tool enabled. Click the tab to view the metadata
generated by FlipFactory for this metadata.
Figure 6–15. Closed caption decoder Metadata Editor panel
FlipFactory displays a table with each time code and text caption in the
media listed in ascending order.
Audio Waveform This tab is active when you process a job in a factory that has the Audio
Metadata Analysis process tool enabled and Create Waveform Display checked.
Click the tab to view the audio waveform metadata generated by
FlipFactory.
Figure 6–16. Audio waveform panel
Use the Audio Waveform graph to view and validate the audio level
parameters, and make adjustments as necessary.
6-28 February 2012

Spot Metadata This tab is active when you process a job through a factory that receives
the source media from a commercial (spot) catch server. Click the tab to
view the metadata generated by the catch server.
Figure 6–17. Spot Metadata Editor panel
The Spot tab includes metadata from edge server databases or entered
manually. Values are Work Order/House Number, ISCI code, Title,
Client, Agency, Product Name/Info and Duration.
Playback Metadata This tab is active when this job has processed media from a catch server
monitor or when you are using a factory with media trimming enabled.
Click the tab to view the metadata generated by the catch server.
Figure 6–18. Playback/Trim Metadata Editor panel
Playback may be used to obtain the SOM and EOM for the media. These
values may be entered via the Playback editor or manually, in frame or
time mode. For details about using the Playback Editor, see the
TrafficManager Users’ Guide.
In certain circumstances, the Playback Editor button may not display, or
when clicked, QuickTime may display an error. For details, see Playback/
Trim Editor in Troubleshooting (page A-1).
February 2012 6-29

Vertical Blanking This tab is active when you process a media file that contains closed
Synthesis caption content and the factory processing the job has the Vertical
Blanking Synthesis tool enabled. Click the tab to view the graph of the
first two bytes in the first frame synthesized by FlipFactory.
Figure 6–19. Synthesized blanking Waveform panel
FlipFactory displays a table with each time code and text caption in the
media listed in ascending order.
Resubmitting a Click Resubmit to submit a job to the same factory or to another factory
Job for processing again. FlipFactory displays the Resubmit/Forward
window.
You can resubmit or forward jobs in this manner when the job is from a
factory which has a product with Use this Product for Resubmit/Forward
checked (Naming & Specifying Media Format (page 5-26)) or the factory
has a Duplicate Original product, and the file has been delivered to local
storage.
6-30 February 2012

Click Resubmit to display the Resubmit/Forward window, update job

details and submit this job to the same factory or forward it to another
account and factory based on your destination settings.
Note
FlipFactory’s Resubmit/Forward job feature is an important,
customized workflow enabler. You can set up accounts and jobs
to permit operator intervention, validating and adding metadata
and submitting for final processing, etc.
TrafficManager, for example, enables workflow processes
between operations and traffic departments to process incoming
spots through to on air servers with a resubmit process.
GraphicsFactory also utilizes the resubmit process to allow
operators to add variable data to GraphicsFactory jobs being
submitted via a GraphicsFactory Template which requires run-
time information for generation of graphics overlay clips.
For details on workflow configuration and operation in
TrafficManager or GraphicsFactory, see their user guides.
Figure 6–20. Message Viewer window for resubmitting a job
The Message Viewer window displays each of the fields, panels and
functionality of the Job Details window described in the Job Details
section (Viewing Job Details (page 6-24)). When resubmitting a job, you
may select a new account and factory.
February 2012 6-31

Commands in the Use these buttons to operate on this job record:

Message Viewer Cancel. Click to close this window without updating the job record in the
Window FlipFactory database.
History. Click to display the current status or history in the Message
Progress window. For details, see Displaying Job History/Status (page
6-21).
Submit. Click to submit this job to another factory. FlipFactory displays
the Message Viewer window. Update the details and click Submit.
Before you submit the job, specify these options (displayed at the top of
the window). Then, click Submit at the bottom of the window:
Account. Click to display a dropdown menu listing all available accounts.
Scroll through the list and click to select an account.
Factory. Click to display a dropdown menu listing each factory in the
selected account. Scroll through the list and click to select a factory.
Notes. Type any notes to be sent to the resubmitting account or via
notification email.
Content. Type the new content name for this clip. If you do not enter a
name, the clip name defaults to the name of the input file (numeric
suffixes are appended to duplicate file names).
Files. This section includes the formatted files to be generated from the
factory. For example, you may specify the original MPEG2 file is sent to
an Archive folder, a frame-accurate MPEG1 proxy to a Web server and a
low-resolution Windows Media viewing proxy to the media store –
FlipFactory’s Web server.
Note
The expiration date specifies when this file is automatically
deleted from the server.
Click Submit to send this job to the selected factory for processing.
6-32 February 2012

C H A P T E R
7
Customizing FlipFactory
Chapter 7, Customizing FlipFactory
Use this chapter to customize FlipFactory.
Topics  Advanced System Settings (page 7-2)

 Tuning Queues|Limits|Flip Limits for High Volume Use (page 7-6)
 Accessing Network Resources (page 7-8)
 Using the Windows Registry to Customize FlipFactory (page 7-11)
 Capturing MDML Messages From Submitted Jobs (page 7-12)
 Changing the Media Storage Expiration Period (page 7-13)
 Changing Failed Jobs Media Storage Expiration Period (page 7-13)
 Accessing Network Shares with Custom IDs (page 7-14)
 Accessing Network Shares with Custom IDs (page 7-14)
 Adding Custom Stores (page 7-16)
 Creating Spot Server Start and End Frame Offsets (page 7-21)
 Calculating End Frame Offsets for 29.97 FPS (page 7-22)
 Changing the Administrator’s Parameters (page 7-23)
 Changing the SQL Database Parameters (page 7-24)
 Changing the Watch Dog Kill Time-out (page 7-25)
 Modifying the Default Store (page 7-26)
 Installing Radius AVI Cinepak Codec (page 7-27)
 Modifying the Default Preview File Type (page 7-27)
 Creating Read-Only Job Status Windows (page 7-28)
 Regulating Multi-Threaded Codecs (page 7-31)
Note
FactoryArray users should never use drive letters in stores, and
always replicate FlipFactory registry settings and custom stores
across all FlipFactory servers in the array or load balance group.
February 2012 7-1

Customizing FlipFactory 81183
ADVANCED SYSTEM SETTINGS

You can customize a wide variety of options in FlipFactory (and all Flip
Engines attached to a load balance group or FactoryArray) by adjusting
them in System Settings window > Advanced System Settings.
To view these settings and make changes, click System Settings in the
FlipFactory console. FlipFactory displays the System Settings window:
Figure 7–1. Use System Settings window for advanced settings
Advanced settings display at the bottom of the window, and they are
organized by category. Select a category from the dropdown menu and
proceed.
These settings are stored directly in the FlipFactory database instead of
the Windows registry, and they are effective for a single FlipFactory or all
7-2 February 2012

81183 Customizing FlipFactory
Flip Engines in a load balance group or FactoryArray. This significantly

simplifies customization.
Note
Some Advanced System Settings may also be set in the
Windows registry Registry entries take precedence over the
same settings stored in the FlipFactory database.
If you plan to use Advanced System Settings, make sure you do
not have registry settings that conflict on any FlipFactory server
in a load balance group or FlipFactory Array.
Engine Settings Use these setting to make changes in the categories of interrupted job
recovery, database management, and delivery, monitor, and notification
behavior and functionality. This detailed information is also available by
clicking the Help button in the System Settings window toolbar.
Automatic FlipScan Check Automatic FlipScan processing to cause FlipFactory to populate

Processing each job with a FlipScan label. FlipScan is an optional, licensed feature of
FlipFactory. For details on FlipScan and FlipScan labels, see the FlipScan
Option app note, available in the FlipFactory section of the Telestream
Web site (www.telestream.net/flipfactory/options.htm).
Recover Jobs Enter the text string on to cause the FlipEngine attempt to restart jobs that
are pending or were in process when the FlipEngine failed or was
stopped. These jobs remain in the database, and are marked as waiting or
in-process.
Enter the text string off to disable job recovery. When Recover jobs is
off, in-process jobs are ignored when FlipFactory restarts. Sometimes
during debugging you may not want FlipFactory to automatically re-start
a large volume of waiting jobs when it starts – so you can turn Recover
Jobs off before shutting down.
Enter the text string registry to set up the Recover Interrupted Jobs
option in the registry. For details on these registry entries, contact
Telestream Customer Service.
Database Settings Automatic Account Upgrade

Check Enabled to cause FlipFactory to upgrade all accounts on startup.
For large accounts, this process may take as long as 20 or 30 minutes
(depending on size of course). During this time, FlipFactory will not
accept jobs for processing.
The default setting is off, and Telestream recommends turning this setting
off after using it to upgrade accounts.
February 2012 7-3

Expiration Cycle Time

This value determines how often the purge process runs to remove
expired jobs from the database.
Expiration Frequency
This value determines how old expired jobs must be before they are
purged from the database.
SQL Memory Size

This value determines much RAM is dedicated to the SQL Server process
for FlipFactory. The optimum size depends on the amount of jobs
submitted and how long you keep them before purging.
Delivery Settings Concurrent Deliveries Limit

This value determines how many files from completed jobs that can be in
the Delivery process at any one time.
Debug XML
When set to a qualified path (C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\DeliveryMsg, for example), for each
delivery, the MDML Delivery Message (an XML file) is saved in this
location. For details on the MDML format, see the FlipFactory SDK.
Input Queue Size

This value limits the number of completed jobs that can be put directly
into the delivery queue while awaiting delivery. Default: 5. If this limit is
reached, the monitor can not submit any more jobs until the number of
jobs in this queue is reduced.
Localize Settings Concurrent Localization Limit

This value limits the number of concurrent localization tasks that can
execute simultaneously.
Input Queue Size

This value limits the number of file localization tasks (step 1of most jobs)
that can be put into the localization queue while awaiting processing.
Default: 5. If this limit is reached, delivered jobs remain in the monitor
queue until the number of jobs in this queue is reduced.
Monitor Settings Command Queue Size

This value limits the number of jobs in the Monitor input queue. This
value is only used for shutdown requests and jobs with errors.
7-4 February 2012

Cycle Time
This value determines how frequently jobs submitted by monitors and
inserted in the database are retrieved and processed by the Flip Engine.
Debug XML
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\MonitorMsg, for example), for each
delivery, the MDML Monitor Message (an XML file) is saved in this
location. For details on the MDML format, see the FlipFactory SDK.
Use House ID for Subject

Check to map the House ID to the Job Subject line, instead of using the
ISCI Code (TrafficManager).
Notify Settings Concurrent Notifications Limit

This value determines how many files from completed jobs that can be in
the Notification process at any one time.
Debug XML
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\NotifyMsg, for example), for each delivery,
the Monitor Message (an XML file) is saved in this location. For details
on the MDML format, see the FlipFactory SDK.
Input Queue Size

This value limits the number of completed jobs that can be put directly
into the Notify queue for processing. Default: 5. If this limit is reached,
delivered jobs remain in the delivery queue until the number of jobs in
this queue is reduced.
Remote Settings Take Over on Shutdown

This option should only be used when the FlipEngine is part of a licensed
FactoryArray.
Check Take Over on Shutdown when you want other factories in a
FactoryArray to pick up and process jobs and monitors when you shut
down another FlipFactory in the array. If unchecked, when you shut down
the FlipFactory, any jobs unprocessed by this factory are left in the
database, and monitors go offline until this FlipFactory returns to service.
Transcode Concurrent Transcodes Limit

Settings Enter the number of concurrent jobs that can be in transcode at the same
time.
February 2012 7-5

Follow Flip Server Limit

When checked, FlipFactory obeys the Flip Server limits set in System
settings, causing the internal transcode queue and the simultaneous job
limit to both be controlled by the FlipServer limit. When unchecked, you
can over ride the transcode queue size and limit.
Input Queue Size

This value limits the number of localized jobs that can be put into the
queue awaiting transcoding. Default: 5. If this limit is reached, localized
jobs remain in the localize queue until the number of jobs in this queue is
reduced.
TUNING QUEUES|LIMITS|FLIP LIMITS FOR HIGH VOLUME USE

This section describes the operating theory of queues, limits, and the flip
limit in FlipFactory, to assist you in understanding how best to tune your
advanced settings to meet your high-volume job processing needs most
effectively.
Queues FlipFactory has queues for jobs in each stage of the processing pipeline –
monitor, localize, transcode, deliver, and notify. These queues are used to
store jobs so that each of the processing threads in FlipFactory will take
the next job with the highest priority from the stack of jobs in the previous
queue and begin this phase of processing. All the stages of the pipeline
can occur simultaneously; thus, for example, many localize tasks can
occur at the same time as transcoding is occurring, speeding total
throughput.
Potentially, however, if you have queues with large limits, a significant
volume of localize task for example, could stack up waiting for
transcoding, and eventually use up all available memory on the server. To
limit this problem, FlipFactory limits the queue sizes to specified values.
These values have been studied under performance load and defaults have
been assigned. The monitor queue has a maximum size of 20, localize 5,
transcode is 4, delivery 5, and notify 5.
The queue limit is not the number of activities that can happen at the same
time, it just indicates the maximum number of tasks that can be available
for the next process. Thus, if the transcode queue is full, it will back up
into the localize queue, and back into the monitor queue, and actually
eventually into the http queue, which defines how many http connections
the flip engine allows.
Performance can be shaped accordingly for the most demanding edge
cases. For most FlipFactory systems, these queue sizes never need to be
changed. The monitor queue is stored in the database and thus does not
have a hard coded limit. This means there should never be a backup
7-6 February 2012

problem in FlipFactory related to the queue size and console lockups due
to the http limit being backed up are unlikely to occur.
Limits Each stage also has a limit setting, which governs the number of actual
simultaneous jobs which can be processed. Queues and limits interact in
that a new job is taken off the queue for processing, until the limit is
reached, after which no more jobs are taken from the queue until a current
job completes in this phase. Adjusting the limit value to a lower number
may cause the queue to back up quicker, but it will also tends to serialize
jobs since there are less jobs being processed simultaneously.
Flip Limit For the transcode stage there is one additional limit, called the flip limit.
The flip limit value controls the number of simultaneous flip.exe's that
can be run per job. The term job is an important word, in that each row in
the job status window is a single job. A single job can have multiple
products: therefore, a flip.exe (as displayed in the Task Manager) must be
run for every product defined in a factory.
The term flip limit does not specify the maximum number of flips running
at one time – thus viewed, in the Windows Task Manager simultaneously.
The flip limit is actually the simultaneous job limit on a per job basis. If a
job has multiple products and you have a transcode limit greater than 1
you can have an actual maximum equal to the transcode limit multiplied
by the flip limit. For example, if you have a flip limit of 4 and a transcode
limit of 4 you can have up to 16 flip.exe's running at the same time. To see
this in operation, you would have to define a factory with at least 4
products and submit 20 jobs immediately, so that the flip limit could be
reached for each one of those jobs.
In most cases, factories don't have are large volume of products in a given
factory, so the number of flip.exe's in the Task Manager seems to hover at
or near the flip limit – when in actuality, it is hovering exactly at the
transcode limit. These two values follow each other (if you change the
flip limit in Advance Settings, the transcode limit is also changed by
default) to reduce the confusion by the seeming contradiction between the
flip limit and transcode limit!
Impact Setting the limits correctly is an important part of system tuning and one
often overlooked when installing FlipFactory systems for high volume
job processing. Tuning these queues effectively can make the difference
between a highly functioning system and an overloaded, sluggish system.
Conclusion Each stage in FlipFactory has a queue and a limit. The queue is the
maximum number of jobs that can stack up waiting for processing in that
stage. The limit is the max number of jobs that can be processing at the
same time. The transcode stage has one additional limit called the flip
limit, which caps the number of simultaneous flip.exe's that can be run per
February 2012 7-7

job. Thus, the maximum number of flip.exe's is equal to: Flip Limit
multiplied by Transcode Limit.
If you have questions about how to tune your FlipFactory for efficient,
high-volume job processing, please contact Customer Service for
assistance.
ACCESSING NETWORK RESOURCES

To properly access network resources such as network shares, video
servers, catch servers and on-air servers, the FlipEngine service must be
configured with the appropriate network permissions, and you must
provide proper authentication credentials to access these servers.
In most cases the FlipEngine should run under an account with the
appropriate read/write privileges for the required servers and systems.
The use of a specific account works in a work group environment and in a
domain environment (as a system account). Follow the steps below to
assign a specific user account to the FlipEngine service.
Note
In some situations, certain network resources require additional
authentication parameters. See Accessing Network Shares with
Custom IDs (page 7-14).
You may choose to use local accounts and create shares to
obtain the same operational status between servers, but the
responsibility is yours to ensure that FlipFactory services have
proper access to all other servers in the array, including monitor
and destination systems and shares.
To configure the FlipEngine for a user account, follow these steps:

Step 1 In a workgroup environment, create a single administrative account with
read/write permissions that you’ll use on each FADM and FlipFactories in
the array, plus each monitor and destination system.
–OR–
In a domain environment, create a single administrative account as a
system account, with read/write permissions that you’ll use on all FADM
and FlipFactories in the array, plus each monitor and destination system.
Make sure that you log on with the same account when installing
FlipFactory, and that each MS SQL and Flip Engine service is also set to
log on using the specified account.
Step 2 Test for proper FlipFactory interoperability by logging on with this
account and browsing to all other monitor and destination servers. Test
7-8 February 2012

privileges – create a directory and copy a file into it, then delete the
directory.
Step 3 Make sure that you log on using this account when you install software.
Step 4 In a workgroup environment, make sure that you set up each MS SQL,
and Flip Engine service to use this account:
Step 5 Open Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Services, select each
service (SQL Server (FLIPINSTANCE) and Flip Engine) and right-click
to display Properties.
Figure 7–2. Windows Services window
Step 6 Double-click FlipEngine service to display its property sheet.

Step 7 Select the Log On tab to specify the local system account or a specific
user account for granting authority to network servers. The (default) local
system account may only provide authority to access files on this server.
Figure 7–3. FlipEngine properties Log On tab
Local System Account. This is the default setting. Leave this

checked only when the FlipEngine service does not need access to
network servers or other network resources, or when the local system
account has been granted access to the required network servers.
February 2012 7-9

This Account. Check to select an account that the FlipEngine should

use. The FlipEngine can access network resources under the auspices of
the specified user. Browse to select a specific user within the domain (or
workgroup) that has proper credentials to access network resources.
Note
The specified account must have administrator privileges on the
local computer and network servers. This account is utilized in
the configuration of the other servers and must have
administrative privileges on those servers as well.
Step 8 Enter the account to be used or click Browse to display a local or domain
user list and select a user account if the FlipEngine is part of a domain.
(The account name must be registered to the domain).
Step 9 Enter a password and confirm the password. Click OK to save settings.
Step 10 In the Services window, stop the FlipEngine service.
Step 11 Wait approximately 30 seconds.
Step 12 Next, click Start to restart the FlipEngine with the new settings and close
the Services window.
Restart the FlipEngine service to use the new database ().
Note
If the group/array database port number has changed, or you
entered it incorrectly, FlipFactory will notify you when it launches
and attempts to attach to the database. You cannot log on as a
user or perform administrative tasks if you are not connected to
the group/array database.
When you have connected each FlipFactory to the group/array database,

the FlipFactory group is ready to use.
If you create a Local Folder monitor in any factory that belongs to a
FlipFactory group/array, and the FlipEngine fails, the Local Folder
monitor will not be recovered.
Because jobs may be submitted to any FlipFactory in the group/array, if
you manually submit jobs from a Local Folder source, they also won’t be
recovered.
Local folders by definition are drive-letter identifiers and are only
accessible by the FlipEngine service where the folder resides.
7-10 February 2012

USING THE WINDOWS REGISTRY TO CUSTOMIZE FLIPFACTORY

FlipFactory uses the Windows Registry to customize FlipFactory, and
these settings are created and updated using the Registry Editor. Windows
Registry settings affect only the Flip Engine on the server where the
registry setting is entered. If you have a load balance group or
FactoryArray, you should make the same entry on all servers in the group.
Caution
Editing the registry incorrectly may cause FlipFactory to
fail, or your server to stop operating correctly. Back up your
registry so you can restore it if you make an error. If you are
unsure of how to back up the registry or perform editing
correctly, check with your system administrator.
Using the Registry To use the Registry Editor to make FlipFactory registry entries, click Start
Editor > Run to display the Run window.
Figure 7–4. Use Run window (start > Run) to launch Regedit
Type regedit and click OK.

Windows displays the Registry Editor window.
Figure 7–5. Typical Registry Editor window
February 2012 7-11

The Registry Editor is an Explorer-style window. The directory of keys is

displayed in the left panel; the values and their data for the selected key
are displayed in the right panel.
To create a key entry, right-click in the editor panel to display the New
menu, and select Key from the dropdown menu. To create a Value in a
key, select the target key, then right-click and select New > Value of the
type you want (usually String) from the context menu.
To edit the data in a Value, double-click the Value (or right-click it and
select Modify). Use the editor window to name it and provide the
appropriate data for your system.
For more information on using the Registry Editor, see your Windows
operating system manual or the Microsoft Web site.
Each time you make changes to the FlipFactory registry entries, you must
make sure everyone is logged off, and stop and restart the FlipEngine
service for the changes to take effect.
CAPTURING MDML MESSAGES FROM SUBMITTED JOBS

MDML message are XML files describe FlipFactory jobs. They are
normally submitted to the FlipFactory database when you manually
submit a job or when a monitor submits a job. When submitting a job via
the SDK, you also submit an MDML message. You can easily create an
example message in xml form by setting a registry entry on your
FlipFactory server using Regedit. Follow these steps:
Step 1 Launch the Windows Registry Editor (Using the Registry Editor (page
7-11)).
Step 2 Open the default media folder key in this path:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\JavaSoft\Prefs\net\
telestream\flip\engine\monitor.
Step 3 The Registry Editor displays the Values for the monitor key on the right.
Step 4 Right-click and select New > String Value.
Step 5 Name the string Value debug (all lower case).
Step 6 Next, open the string Value.
Step 7 Enter the fully-qualified directory and file where you want the MDML
message stored. For example, C:\temp\SDKFactory.xml.
Step 8 Close the Edit String window.
Step 9 Close the Registry Editor to save the changes.
Step 10 Restart the FlipEngine.
7-12 February 2012

Step 11 Setup a static factory in the console (Manage Factories) to reflect the
codecs and settings and destinations that will be exemplary of the
workflow you are trying to accomplish with SDK integration.
Step 12 Use Submit Job to submit a good sample source file to the newly created
factory.
Step 13 Copy the XML output to a new location and view with an XML editor
like XML Spy, <Oxygen/>, or Jedit.
CHANGING THE MEDIA STORAGE EXPIRATION PERIOD

FlipFactory by default maintains input and output media files processed
by jobs that complete normally, in a store, for 14 days before erasing
them. To change the duration of files in a store, follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Open the default media folder key in this path:
telestream\flip\engine\storage\stores\media (or other stores key created).
Step 3 Right-click the expires value. Select Modify to display the expiration day
value (default 14). Permitted values include 0 (to expire immediately),
and decimal values: 0.25, for example, causes files to expire in 6 hours.
Step 4 Enter the new expiration period.
Note
The example shown here illustrates how you change the
expiration date for media files in the default store. For details,
see Adding Custom Stores on page 7-16 to create new stores.
Step 6 Restart the FlipEngine to select the new expiration limit.
CHANGING FAILED JOBS MEDIA STORAGE EXPIRATION PERIOD

When a job fails, FlipFactory also maintains media files in a store for 14
days. To change the duration of files from a failed job, follow these steps:
Step 1 Launch the Windows Registry Editor and open the default media folder
key in this path:
telestream\flip\engine\storage\stores\media (or other stores key created).
February 2012 7-13

Step 2 Right-click the failed-expires value. Select Modify to display the

expiration day value. Permitted values include 0 (to expire immediately),
and decimal values: 0.25, for example, causes files to expire in 6 hours.
Step 3 Enter the new expiration period.
Step 5 Restart the FlipEngine to select the new expiration limit.
ACCESSING NETWORK SHARES WITH CUSTOM IDS

For FlipFactory to gain authenticated access to Windows network shares
using a username and password different from its logon ID, specific
server and authentication information must be provided in the registry.
FlipFactory can access Windows servers that have been designated as a
monitor location or a destination location. In each case (the monitor or
destination editor), you supply a server and share. FlipFactory identifies
the registry key by matching the server name (host name or IP address)
you supply in the Monitored Folder field or the Destination Folder field
with the path string value you supply in each key you make.
When FlipFactory starts up, it processes all drives registry keys and
authenticates the servers. Then, when the monitor or destination is
accessed, proper access has already been established.
Note
When you establish a load balance group or a FactoryArray, you
must update each FlipEngine server with these registry entries
so that jobs can be processed by any FlipEngine.
To enable FlipFactory to establish an authenticated connection to a

network drive, share, or other resource, follow these steps:
7-11)).
7-14 February 2012

Step 2 Right-click the drives key in this path:

telestream\flip\engine\storage\drives
Figure 7–6. New UNITY drive entry (sample, shown complete)
Step 3 Right-click the drives folder and select New > Key to create a new key.
Step 4 Provide a name for this new drive entry (this can be any name you
choose). You can use a single letter or give it a more verbose name. (Java
is case-sensitive. To use an uppercase letter, precede it with a forward-
slash character (/). For example, /Unity or /U/N/I/T/Y).
Step 5 Next, enter the path and authentication parameters. Right-click your drive
entry and select New > String Value.
Step 6 Rename the string value path (all lower case).
Step 7 Next, open the path string entry. In the Value data field, enter the UNC
path to the shared network folder, in the form \\server\share or \\server,
where server is the IP address or server name. For example,
\\NEWSSERVER\inmedia or \\NEWSSERVER. For monitors and
destinations, just use the server host name or IP address.
Step 8 Right-click your drive entry again and select New > String Value.
Name this string value username (all lower case).
Step 9 Open the string entry. In the Value data field, enter the username required
to connect to the shared folder. If the user account is part of a domain, the
username must include the domain name as well, in the format
domain\username. For example, TELESTREAM\ffuser.
Step 10 Right-click once more on the drive entry and create another string value.
Step 11 Name this string value password (all lower case).
Step 12 Open the string entry and enter the password (if required) to connect as
the specified user in the Data value field.
February 2012 7-15

Step 13 Close the Registry Editor.

Table 7–1. Username, Password, and Path Details
Value Description
Username The username required to connect to the shared folder. If the user
account is part of a domain, the username must include the domain or
computer name, in the format Domain\Username or
ComputerName\Username. For example, ACMECORP\ffuser or
BreakingNews\Bill.
If the username is part of a workgroup, just enter the username.
Password The administrator password controls access to administrative

functions: Administer Accounts, System Settings, and System Status.
By default, no administrative password exists. If you enter a password,
you must close the FlipFactory console to encrypt and save the
password in the registry. When a password is in effect, the first time
you click an administrative function you must enter the password.
Path A UNC path to the shared network folder, in the form \\server\share or
\\server. For example, \\NEWSSERVER\inmedia or \\NEWSSERVER,
in the form of host name or IP address.
Step 14 Restart the FlipEngine service to use the newly-created store in

FlipFactory by referring to the name of the drives key you created.
ADDING CUSTOM STORES

FlipFactory has implemented a stores method to more effectively manage
large numbers of media files over numerous disk storage devices.
Note
The default Store is named media and the default Volume
(associated with the default store) is named default.
The default location of this physical volume is C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\HTTP\media folder.
The default store and volume should be changed to external
volumes when using any edition of FlipFactory in a FactoryArray
or load balance group to improve recovery opportunities.
Stores are virtual locations defined by you in FlipFactory (by making

Windows Registry settings) where media files can be organized into
categories. Stores can be based on content type (news, spots, etc.), by
content source or any other strategy appropriate for a specific application.
7-16 February 2012

Each store defined in the Registry must have a volume (also defined in the
registry), to write and read the files, during job processing. A volume is
associated with a store by virtue of a key in the volume, with the same
name as the store. If you do not create a volume in the registry and
connect it to a store, that store utilizes the default volume, which is the
C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\HTTP directory.
If the userID that the FlipEngine service runs under does not have
credentials to access the required LAN servers, you either have to provide
those credentials to the FlipEngine service’s user ID or you have to create
Drive keys, associated with volumes, to provide read/write credentials to
the FlipEngine service when it accesses a store.
Adding Stores Each store has a unique name and file expiration period (specified in
days). Files placed in the store are automatically deleted by FlipFactory
after the expiration date.
When a FlipEngine starts, it identifies all stores, then creates a directory
in its associated volume(s) for each one. For example, the default store
media causes a media directory to be created in the default volume at
C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\HTTP.
Adding a Store Key

To add a store that you can use in factories, follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Right-click the stores key in this path:
telestream\flip\engine\storage\stores.
Step 3 With the stores key highlighted, select New > Key to create a new key.
Step 4 Enter a name for this new stores key. This may be any name you choose.
Telestream recommends using all lower-case letters and no spaces or
special characters except dashes or underscores. (Java is case-sensitive. If
you use an uppercase letter, you must precede it with a forward-slash
character (/). For example: /New/Store is displayed as New Store).
Step 5 Next, you’ll create the description (optional) and expiration values (if you
do not create an expiration string, FlipFactory by default expires the
media in this store in 14 days):
Step 6 With your new entry selected, right-click and select New > String Value.
Step 7 Name the string value description (all lower case).
Step 8 Open the newly-created description string value. In the Value data
field, enter a description of the store. For example, /network /monitor as a
description for the Network Monitor store.
February 2012 7-17


Step 10 With your new entry selected, right-click and select New > String Value.
Step 11 Name this string value expires (all lower case).
Step 12 Next, open the string value. In the Value data field, enter the number of
days that the media will remain before being deleted.
Step 13 Close the Edit String window and close the Registry Editor.
Table 7–2. Store Registry Key Entries and Description
Value Description
Description Textual description of this store. (Upper case letters need to be

preceded by a ‘/’ character.)
Expires The maximum number of days that media files will remain in this store.
If left blank, defaults to 14 days.
Step 14 Restart the FlipEngine service to use the store in FlipFactory.

Figure 7–7. Adding a new store in Regedit
Adding Volumes Volumes are registry entries you create, which define physical disk
directories where the media identified with a store is written or read. Each
volume has a path, and a key.
Note
Volumes should always be configured as external volumes
(network-accessible SANs, RAIDs, or file servers – ideally
connected via Gig-E Ethernet) when using any edition of
FlipFactory in a FactoryArray or load balance group, to improve
recovery opportunities.
A volume can be assigned to one or more stores. The association is

created by the presence of a volume-stores key in the volume, named with
the store name. For example, the News and Spots Stores can be associated
to the same physical volume.
7-18 February 2012

Adding a Volume Key

To define a new volume that you can assign to stores, follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Locate the volumes key in this path:
telestream\flip\engine\storage\volumes.
Step 3 Right-click volumes and select New > Key.
Step 4 Enter a name for this new volume key. This can be any name you choose.
(Java is case-sensitive. If you use an uppercase letter, precede it with a
forward slash character (/). For example: /New/Volume displays as
NewVolume.)
Enter the path, size, and authentication parameters (if necessary):
Step 5 Right-click the new volume key and select New > String Value.
Step 6 Name the string value path (all lower case).
Step 7 Open the new path string value. In the Value data field, enter the local or
UNC path to the folder, in the form \\server\share.
For example, \\newsserver\inmedia.
Step 9 Right-click the new volume key and select New > String Value.
Step 10 Name the string value size (all lower case).
Step 11 Open the new path string value. In the Value data field, enter a numeric
value to limit the amount of data (in MB) to store in this path (100, for
example). Or, enter 0 to use all available space if necessary.
Step 13 Now, associate this new volume to a store by creating a volume-store key:
Step 14 Right-click the specific volume key, and select New > Key.
Step 15 Name the volume-store key the exact name of the store you created
earlier, that you want to associate this volume with.
For example, name it newsserver if you want to associate this volume
with the newsserver store; or name it media to associate it with the default
media store, thus moving the local default store to a network server for
improved load balance or FactoryArray durability.
Create a new volume-store key under the volume key for each store you
want to use this volume to read or write media.
February 2012 7-19

Adding When the FlipEngine on one server must access a store on another server,
Authentication it must have authenticated access the volume on which the store exists. If
the userID used by the FlipEngine service does not have proper access,
you can add authentication using a Drives key.
You add values to the drives key (with the store name) to store the
authentication information. (If the store has a local volume, you can skip
this step.)
Note
The username and password are required for network shares.
Step 16 Right-click the drives key in this path:

telestream\flip\engine\storage\drives
Step 17 With the drives key selected, right-click and select New > Key.
Step 18 Name the key identically to the volumes key you created.
Step 19 Now, you’ll make three string values (path, username, and password) and
assign data:
Step 21 Name this string value path (all lower case).
Step 22 Next, open the string value. In the Value data field, enter the hostname or
IP address, in UNC format. For example, \\newsserver.
Step 25 Name this string value username (all lower case).
Step 26 Open the string value. In the Value data field, the username required to
connect to the shared folder. If the user account is part of a domain, the
username must include the domain name as well, in the format
domain\username. For example, telestream\ffuser.
Step 28 Right-click one more time and select New > String Value.
Step 29 Name this string value password (all lower case).
Step 30 Next, open the string value. In the Value data field, enter the password (if
required) to connect as the specified user.
7-20 February 2012


Table 7–3. Drives Registry Key Values and Description
Value Description
path The name or IP address for the volume in UNC format (\\server).
username The username (if required) needed to connect to a shared network

folder. If the user account is part of a domain, the username must
include the domain name, separated by a slash: domain\username.
password The password (if required) to connect as the specified user.

Step 33 Restart the FlipEngine service to use the new store in FlipFactory.
CREATING SPOT SERVER START AND END FRAME OFFSETS

Start and end frame offset keys provide the ability to add start and end
frame offsets to the start and end time captures via Vyvx, DG Systems,
and other catch servers’ metadata. When new media is identified on these
servers, the media start and end points are gathered as metadata.
The values entered via these registry entries will offset the start and end
points within the FlipFactory Playback/Trim metadata label. They can
then be used to write broadcast server SOM/EOM parameters or to be
processed by the FlipFactory Media Trimming process.
To update the offset registry values, follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Right-click the volumes key in this path:
KEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\JavaSoft\Prefs\net\
telestream\flip\engine\plugin\monitor\<select vyvx, dvx or dgs>
Step 3 Update the offset_start and offset_end values:
Table 7–4. Offset Values and Description
Value Description
offset_start Enter a positive or negative frame offset value.
offset_end Enter a positive or negative frame offset value.
February 2012 7-21

The resulting Playback/Trim values are:

Start. The original start value gathered from catch server plus the
offset_start value.
End. The original Start value gathered from catch server plus the
offset_start value, plus the duration gathered from catch server plus the
offset_end value.
Restart the FlipEngine service (Starting and Stopping FlipFactory (page
4-2)).
CALCULATING END FRAME OFFSETS FOR 29.97 FPS

FlipFactory provides an optional trim feature for catch servers, enabled
by the trim_frame value in specific monitor keys in the registry. If the
value in the trim_frame value is true, FlipFactory calculates the trimmed
duration of the spot by scaling the duration by a factor of 29.97/30.0
(rounding to the nearest whole frame). The Playback/Trim label End Time
value, (the sum of Start Time and duration) reflects the trimmed duration.
The Playback/Trim label may optionally be used in FlipFactory to
physically trim the media and/or to specify start/stop playback of the
media or used to write broadcast server SOM/EOM parameters or to be
processed by the FlipFactory Media Trimming process. The trim_frame
value instructs FlipFactory to recalculate the end time value for clips from
Vyvx and DGSystems catch servers.
You can create the value manually and set its data, or you can submit a job
and then modify the value of the value to TRUE after the first job is run.
7-11)).
Step 2 Locate the target monitor in this path:
KEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\JavaSoft\Prefs\net\
telestream\flip\engine\plugin\monitor\<select vyvx, dvx or dgs>.
Step 3 Create the trim_frame value and add TRUE or FALSE to the data.
Table 7–5. End Frame Offset Registry Key Entry and Description
Entry Description
trim_frame true | false
7-22 February 2012

CHANGING THE ADMINISTRATOR’S PARAMETERS

FlipFactory allows you to change the username for the FlipFactory
administrator. The default username is administrator, and no password is
required, by default.
Changing To change username and personal values, follow these steps:

Administrator
Username and
Personal Values
7-11)).
Step 2 Open the administrator key in this path:
telestream\flip\engine\users\administrator.
Step 3 Right-click and create a new username or personal string value (select
New > String Value).
Table 7–6. Administrator Values and Description
Value Description
username The username required to log on to the FlipFactory as administrator.
password The password (if required) to log on as the administrator, entered in the
System Settings window and encrypted for storage.
email The email address used when FlipFactory sends emails as part of its
notification process, for example, when a job is submitted. Entered in
the System Settings window and saved in this value. Emails sent by
FlipFactory will use this email address in the From and Reply to fields
personal Identity of actual address (for example, Administrator) that displays in

the address field.
Step 4 Double-click the username, and set the data value to the username you
want.
Step 6 Restart the FlipEngine service to use the email value in FlipFactory. Stop
and restart the console to use the new username/password values.
February 2012 7-23

Resetting the To reset the password, follow these steps:

Administrator
Password
7-11)).
Step 2 Open the administrator key in this path:
telestream\flip\engine\users\administrator.
Step 3 Delete the password value and close Regedit.
Step 4 When you log on, the password is empty.
Figure 7–8. Modifying administrator parameters in Regedit
CHANGING THE SQL DATABASE PARAMETERS

The instance name of SQL Server 2005 Express must be
FLIPINSTANCE.
In the Services window, the instance displays as SQL Server
(FLIPINSTANCE).
FlipFactory allows you to change the following database parameters.
To change these values, follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Locate the database key in this path:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\JavaSoft\Prefs\
net\telestream\flip\engine\database.
7-24 February 2012

Step 3 Right-click and create/edit 4 string values (select New > String Value).
Table 7–7. SQL Database Registry Key Values and Description
Value Description
Username The username required to establish a connection to the

database. (default: sa)
Password The password required to establish a connection to the

database. (default: <none>)
Database The name of the FlipEngine SQL database. (default: flip)
Period Determines how often (in seconds) the database manager

executes. The database manager is responsible for periodically
updating messages. (default: 30)
Server (do not edit; The name or IP address of the server hosting the FlipEngine®
see Configuring System SQL database. (default: localhost)
Settings on page 4-15)
Port (do not edit here; The TCP/IP port of the SQL server instance.
see Configuring System (default: <dynamic>)
Settings on page 4-15)

Step 5 Restart the FlipEngine service to use these new values.
CHANGING THE WATCH DOG KILL TIME-OUT

FlipFactory provides a 30-minute default kill time-out value. If a process
has not progressed over a 30-minute period, it is automatically killed.
To change the Watch Dog kill time-out value, follow these steps:
Step 1 Launch the Windows Registry Editor.
Step 2 Locate the localhost key in this path:
telestream\flip\servers\localhost.
Step 3 Double-click the timeout string value.
Step 4 Modify the data to the desired time-out period in minutes.
Step 6 Restart the FlipEngine service for this parameter to take effect.
February 2012 7-25

MODIFYING THE DEFAULT STORE

FlipFactory provides the default media store at Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\HTTP\Media. However, you may want to
provide a default store other than this location. For example, you may
have set up one (or more) stores and want to have one of these new stores
be utilized by default.
When FlipFactory has been installed on the C drive with limited space,
and the D drive on the server has a large capacity of (100GB for
example), you may want the store to be defined on the D drive.
To specify a default store, follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Locate the stores key in this path:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\JavaSoft\Prefs\net\telestream
\flip\engine\storage\stores.
Step 3 Create a new value in the stores key. If the string value default is present,
the data contained within will be utilized as the default store. For
example, if a store is defined and named flip_tmp, the following data in
the above value makes it the default:
default REG_SZ flip_tmp
7-26 February 2012

INSTALLING RADIUS AVI CINEPAK CODEC

FlipFactory only supports Microsoft Standard uncompressed AVI files.
Cinepak AVI Codecs are not supported on Windows Server 2003 because
the codecs are loaded with Windows Media Player 11, which is not
supported in Windows Server 2003. If you plan to use these codecs, you
must obtain and install them yourself. The use of AVI Cinepak Codecs
with FlipFactory on Windows Server 2003 is not supported by
Telestream.
Telestream supports the use of Cinepak AVI codecs to produce Cinepak
AVI files when FlipFactory is installed on Windows XP, which supports
AVI Cinepak and also supports Windows Media 11.
To install the codec and update the registry on Windows Server 2003,
follow these steps:
7-11)).
Step 2 Locate the Drivers32 key in this path:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows
NT\Current Version\Drivers32\.
Step 3 Create a new string value and name it vidc.cvid, right-click and select
modify to update the Value Data field with a value of iccvid.dll:
vidc.cvid REG_SZ flip_tmp
Step 5 Place the iccvid.dll in the Windows\System32 directory.
MODIFYING THE DEFAULT PREVIEW FILE TYPE

When you click Preview on the Job Status or Job Details window,
FlipFactory attempts to find a specific type of media to play, in this order:
1. The version with the specified suffix, if present
2. The original version of the media
3. the duplicate version of the media
4. The first playable version that doesn’t meet the previous criteria.
To specify a file type for FlipFactory to play first, follow these steps:
7-11)).
February 2012 7-27

Step 2 Navigate to this path:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\JavaSoft\Prefs\net\telestream\ui
Step 3 Create a new string value and name it preview_extension, right-click and
select Modify to update the Value Data field with the suffix value: wmv
for example.
preview_extension REG_SZ wmv
CREATING READ-ONLY JOB STATUS WINDOWS

The Job Status window in the FlipFactory console allows users to perform
a variety of tasks, including deleting jobs, viewing job details, and
opening the Resubmit/Forward window to submit new jobs based on the
previous jobs output file.
You can create a read-only job status window which eliminates the Delete
and Resubmit/Forward buttons. To create a Job Status window to limit the
features to read-only for a specific user, follow these steps to update the
JNLP and HTML files:
Copy & Update the

JNLP File
Step 1 Navigate to this folder: <Default Drive:>\Program Files\Telestream\
FlipFactory\jetty\webapps\FlipFactory.
Step 2 Copy the traffic.jnlp file and rename it <username>.jnlp, where
<username> is the name of the FlipFactory account for which you want to
restrict use of the Job Status window. For example: ReadOnlyUser.jnlp.
Step 3 Right-click on the file and select Properties; un-check Read-only so you can
edit it, and click OK.
Step 4 Open the file in NotePad or other text editor and make these changes:
In the first line, change href=“traffic.jnlp” to href=“traffic.jnlp”.
In the information > title element and both description elements, replace
the phrase Traffic Jobs with <username> Jobs.
In the resources > property > username element, replace the term
Traffic with <username>.
In the read-only element two lines below, replace false with true.
7-28 February 2012

For example (see bold text):

<jnlp codebase="$$codebase" href="larryw.jnlp">
<information>
<title>Larryw Jobs</title>
<vendor>Telestream, Inc.</vendor>
<homepage href="http://www.telestream.net/products/
ff_tm.htm"/>
<description>Larryw Jobs Viewer</description>
<description kind="short">Larryw Jobs</description>
<shortcut>
...
<jar href="xerces.jar"/>
<property name="username" value="larryw"/>
<property name="password" value=""/>
<property name="readonly" value="true"/>
</resources>
...
</jnlp>
Step 5 Save the file and close it.
Copy & Update the

HTML File
Step 1 Navigate to this folder: <Default Drive:>\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http.
Step 2 Copy the index.html file and rename it <username>.html, where
<username> is the name of the FlipFactory account.
Step 3 Right-click on the file and select Properties; un-check Read-only and close.
Step 4 Open the HTML file in NotePad and replace all instances of FlipFactory
Console with <username> or Read-Only Job Status Window, and edit the
explanatory text, as displayed in the example.
Step 5 Next, change the JavaScript line near the bottom, replacing
launchApp(‘console’) with the launchApp(‘<username>’.
Step 6 In the same line, replace the term Traffic Console with Launch Read-Only
Job Status Window.
For example (see bold text):
<html>
...
<td>Job Status Window Launcher
 
Click the link below to launch a read-only FlipFactory Job
Status window on your system. If this is the first time you
have launched the FlipFactory Job Status window on this
system, you will be asked if you would like to create
desktop/menu shortcuts. If you answer 'yes', shortcuts will
be placed on your system that will allow you to display the
Job Status window directly in the future. 
February 2012 7-29

<A href="javascript:launchApp('larryw')">Launch Read-Only

Job Status Window</A> 
...
</html>
Step 7 Close and save the file.
Test the Read-only Now, test your new Job Status window:
Job Status Window
Step 8 Open Internet Explorer and enter http://<FlipFactoryServer>:9000/
<username>.html, where <FlipFactoryServer> is localhost if you’re on
the FlipFactory server itself, or the server name or IP address if you’re
connecting via the network. <username> is the name of the user you
entered as part of the html file name.
Step 9 Internet Explorer displays the Job Status Window Launcher page:
Figure 7–9. Read-Only Job Status Window Launcher page
Step 10 Click the link on this page to install the required Java files for the FF
Console, add a shortcut to your desktop, and add a program entry at in the
start menu at Programs > Telestream > FlipFactory for your new
<username> console.
7-30 February 2012

Step 11 Select the program entry or double-click the shortcut to display the read-
only job status window you just created – notice the missing Delete and
Resubmit/Forward button from the toolbar at the top of the window.
Figure 7–10. Read-only Job Status – no Delete or Resubmit/Forward
REGULATING MULTI-THREADED CODECS

Beginning in FlipFactory Version 6.1, some codecs have been multi-
threaded, to make much better use of modern, multi-core servers (Server
Hardware Requirements on page 2–10). DVCPro HD decoding, DNxHD
decoding, and DNxHD and Flash 8 encoding have been implemented
with multi-threaded frame processing, with other codecs to be added.
These new components by default, process up to 16 frames
simultaneously, and provide opportunity for near real-time transcoding
when using these codecs. Performance in FlipFactory 6.0 on an 8-core
server is approximately 3 or 4 cores at about 60% usage. In FlipFactory
6.1, performance is all 8 cores, at over 90% utilization.
For customers using lower-capacity FlipFactory server platforms may
experience issues with memory usage and slow transcode times,
particularly when performing multiple, simultaneous transcodes using
these updated components.
To throttle back multi-threaded frame processing, you should add registry
entries to limit the number of threads that these components use.
The entries are all in the Software\Telestream\Flip Server\Settings key.
All values are DWORDS. If the value is absent or set to zero, the default
value of 16 is used. In general values should not be set above 16, and they
should not be set at a value more than double the number of cores on this
server. For example, on a 4-core server, Telestream recommends that you
don’t set values higher than 8. Values below 16 reduce the number of
February 2012 7-31

threads used and reduce performance problems. You should experiment to

find the best setting for your hardware and workflows. Telestream
recommends that you start by setting the values to be equal to the number
of cores on the server.
7-11)).
Step 2 Navigate to this path:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Telestream\Flip
Server\Settings
Step 3 Create a new DWORD value for each entry, and name it from the list
below, right-click and select Modify to update the Value Data field with
the numeric value: 8 for example:
Global.Load.Control DWORD 8
Multi-Thread Codec Global.Load.Control – This value controls the threading for all of the
Limits Registry FlipFactory multi-threaded components. If there is a component-specific
Settings value, it overrides the global value.
 DNxHD.Decompressor.Load.Control – controls threading for
decoding DNxHD.
 DVCProHD.Decompressor.Load.Control – controls threading for
decoding DVCProHD (DV100).
 DNxHD.Compressor.Load.Control – controls threading for encoding
DVCProHD (DV100).
7-32 February 2012

C H A P T E R
8
Processing Jobs
with Metadata
Chapter 8, Processing Jobs with Metadata
This chapter describes how to use the MetaFlip, a licensed option in

FlipFactory, to process and produce publisher-compliant metadata for use
in RSS feeds, Podcast, VOD, and other digital broadcast applications.
Tip
Implementing FlipFactory workflows involving metadata may require
creating, editing, and debugging documents using XML technology.
XML, XSD and XPath development should be performed by a person
skilled in the art. For more information, see www.w3schools.com.
Topics  Metadata Processing in FlipFactory (page 8-2)

 Metadata Workflow Options (page 8-4)
 Local and Network Metadata Monitors (page 8-5)
 How to Submit Metadata With a Job (page 8-8)
 Transforming Metadata with XSLT (page 8-10)
February 2012 8-1

Processing Jobs with Metadata 81183
METADATA PROCESSING IN FLIPFACTORY

Metadata is increasingly required as a companion to published media,
especially in Internet and VOD markets.
FlipFactory performs six incremental steps to complete each media
transcoding job: monitor, submit, localize, transcode, deliver, and notify.
If you’re not familiar with these steps, review Factories Perform Six
Transactional Tasks (page 3-5).
FlipFactory with MetaFlip also processes associated metadata files in a
similar fashion, overlaying the six-transaction process with metadata
functions in parallel with media processing in each job.
Figure 8–1. FlipFactory can process media & metadata in parallel
1 2 3
Monitor file systems for IF enabled, transform Insert metadata from Submit Jobs Localize media
metadata & media files XML via XSL in XML or template file for processing for processing
FF Stylesheets folder into FF Job (MDML)
Metadata Media FF Job FF Job
MDML MDML
4
Transcode Media Resize fields and frames,
perform rate conversions,
Decode media to apply filters, convert between Encode media based
uncompressed digital video interlace & progressive on codec settings
Transcode Metadata If XSL Transform Notify is

enabled, transform XML via
If Metadata PA Tool XSL in FF stylesheets folder
enabled, edit metadata
FF Job FF Job
MDML MDML
5
Deliver Media & Metadata 6
Deliver output media Deliver Metadata Notify systems
to file systems of job completion
Monitor MetaFlip provides a Local Folder + Metadata monitor is a

specialized Local Folder monitor. This monitor (as the name implies)
monitors a local folder you specify. MetaFlip also provides a Network
Folder + Metadata monitor that monitors shares. Both monitors poll the
target directory for new media and metadata (be default, the same root
name + xml suffix). To process metadata associated with media you
submit, you’ll submit media files to this monitor along with the
accompanying metadata XML file for parallel processing.
Metadata Templates Alternatively, you can attach a template

metadata file to each job automatically, by enabling the Metadata
8-2 February 2012

81183 Processing Jobs with Metadata
Processing Process/Analyze tool in the factory you created. In the

Metadata Processing editor panel, select the template to attach to the job
when it is submitted (including schema and map document). When using
this method, you can submit jobs using any method – manually (using Job
Submit) or automatically, via monitors you set up.
Note
If you are creating a single-stage factory (because you do not
need to manually edit the metadata during the FlipFactory
workflow), the selected Schema and Map documents are
ignored. The Schema and Map documents are only used in a
two-stage factory where the template-based metadata is edited
in the MetaFlip Editor. In a single-stage factory with templates
enabled, the metadata must be correct at submission time.
Obtaining Metadata From Other Systems You can also automate

submission of remote media and associated metadata files to a Local
Folder + Metadata folder monitor. To do so, create a pre-processing
factory with a Duplicate Original product. This allows you to ingest new
media and metadata files from a remote system which you’ve specified in
an appropriate monitor, and then deliver the media and metadata files to
the target directory of the Local Folder + Metadata monitor or Network
Folder + Metadata monitor.
XSLT Processing FlipFactory permits you to execute an XSLT

stylesheet during the ingest phase of a job to transform the metadata if
necessary. You enable and select this XSLT stylesheet processing under
the Advanced checkbox in each Metadata monitor. The data that is
inserted into each FlipFactory job ticket by this process must be well-
formed XML.
Submit When the job is submitted, FlipFactory starts the job.
Localize Because the Local Folder + Metadata monitor only processes

media and metadata that is already local to the FlipEngine, this step is
skipped. If a Network Folder + Metadata monitor is enabled, this step
duplicates the media and metadata into the default or selected local store.
Transcode The media is decoded, re-generated, and encoded in the

usual manner.
February 2012 8-3

Metadata in the job ticket is passed through to the next job step.
Tip
Optionally, in a two-stage workflow, you can enable the MetaFlip
editor so that an operator can manually update the metadata
elements on a job-by-job basis, before submitting the job output
of the first-stage factory to the second-stage factory for final
media production.
The Metaflip editor utilizes the Metadata Processing Process/
Analyze tool where you specify the Template, Schema, and Map
XML files to configure the editor’s user interface and the editing
and validation. The Template is ignored when you submit
metadata files along with media in monitors.
Deliver The media is delivered according to the factory’s delivery

specifications.
Notify External systems are notified as usual, if any notifications are set
up. During this step, the metadata is written out to an XML file at the
target destination – a local folder.
If you want to automate delivery of the associated metadata file (to the
same location as the media or to another external system) to a non-local
destination, create a post-processing factory with a Duplicate Original
product, to deliver the output metadata file(s) from the local directory to
the target directory of the external system specified in the Notify.
More XSLT Processing You can also execute another XSLT

stylesheet during the Notify step to transform the metadata to a specific
output format. For example, the podcast and iTunes XML transformation
occurs in this step.
METADATA WORKFLOW OPTIONS

Metadata workflows consists of four documents that may be used to
process metadata, plus metadata monitors, depending on how you’ve
configured your factories.
Metadata You can create and supply the following documents:

Documents  Template File
Located in the default FlipFactory installation directory
(C:\Programs\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\metadata\templates), and
selectable in the MetaData Process/Analyze Filter. Used to supply default
data with media submitted for processing.
8-4 February 2012

 Schema Document
Located in the default directory, in http\metadata\schemas. The schema
document defines the structural constraints of the template – used in
conjunction with the map document (following), instructing the MetaFlip
Editor about each element and its display rules (if any) in the editor panel,
among other things. The schema also allows the MetaFlip Editor to
validate information typed into the form. Not used when factories are
configured without metadata editing enabled.
 Map Document
Located in \http\metadata\loaders. A map document relates the individual
elements in the schema document to the user interface components
displayed in the form. The Metadata editor uses this document to identify
each type found in the template document, then determine how to display
it in the metadata editor panel by identifying a matching type element in
the map document, which specifies which display class to use in the
editor.
The map document can be modified so that types can be changed from a
radio button to a check box, or to define how new types that have been
added to the template document should be displayed, etc. The map
document is not used when factories are configured without metadata
editing enabled.
 XSL Templates
These stylesheets are located in \http\metadata\stylesheets. These
stylesheets can be enabled to process the FlipFactory job tickets during
the ingest phase (via the Local Folder + Metadata monitor) and after
transcoding completes in the Notify phase (enabled in the Notify), to
transform and export information located in the ticket, including
filenames, file sizes, codec types, etc.
This four-document arrangement provides an ideal technological
arrangement because the data restrictions such as the options that can be
chosen, or which strings are allowed in a field are constrained by the
XML schema document, while the preset or sample information is created
by the template document.
With this arrangement, technicians who maintain these schema can enter
often-used values in the XML template so that a data entry operator can
view the normal value and have the option to change the value.
The schema document can be modified independently from the template
to add, for example, an additional option to a list of choices while keeping
the normal value as the default setting.
Local and Network When you design a workflow where you submit metadata and media in
Metadata Monitors parallel for transcoding or pass-through, you should use the Local Folder
+ Metadata monitor or the Network + Metadata monitor.
February 2012 8-5

Use the Local Folder + Metadata monitor when you want to monitor a
directory that is local to the FlipFactory server; use the Network Folder +
Metadata monitor when you are monitoring a share on a Windows server
on network.
Configuration These monitors have configurable features for ingesting media and
Options associated metadata when processing media files.
Tip
If media and metadata is best submitted from a remote system
(that is not a Windows share), set up a Duplicate Original factory
with an appropriate remote monitor. Use this factory and monitor
to deliver the media and metadata to a second factory,
configured with the Local Folder + Metadata monitor.
In addition to the features found in most other monitors (see the online
help page for Metadata monitor’s full feature set), the Metadata monitors
have metadata-specific features.
By default, each Metadata monitor searches each cycle (default 60
seconds) for an XML file named the same as each new input media file
(minus the extension – myfile.mpg, and myfile.xml, for example), and will
not wait another cycle for the XML file to arrive. If the XML file search
fails, the media job is submitted in the normal manner, without metadata.
If the paired XML file does exist, the data is inserted into the FlipFactory
job ticket – often called an MDML message – to carry it through the
entire job process.
The data is inserted as a special metadata label in the MDML as:
<label uuid=“{b75ec5c6-4fdc-4692-a2ef-adf743a45ca6}” name=
“General Metadata” description=“Provides a Standard Metadata Label
which can contain any other label and will try to load the “Metadata
Editor”.” copyright=“Copyright (c) 2006, Telestream”>.
Note
The Local Folder + Metadata and Network Folder + Metadata
monitors do not localize files.
8-6 February 2012

Advanced Options The Advanced option allows you to specify other interactions with
template files, including transform before insert, and insert to any location
in the MDML. You can also specify how many poll cycles to wait for the
associated metadata file to arrive.
Caution
If the MDML schema is not correctly edited (the schema is
violated) when the data is inserted as a metadata label, then
the job (specifically transcoding or notification) may fail.
Under the Advanced option the following options are available:
Attach MetaData From This menu allows you to select whether to

attach the metadata from a matching XML file (default behavior) or from
a metadata template file you supply. The XML file must be located in a
specific FlipFactory installation directory (Default C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http\metadata\templates) directory when
the FlipEngine starts, and you can choose it from the Template menu.
FlipFactory supplies three default empty templates, and two templates
filled with sample data:
 CableLabs1.1VODTemplate.xml
 iTunesTVShowProfile2.0.xml
 Podcast.xml
 SAMPLE-Podcast.xml
 SAMPLE-CableLabs1.1VODTemplate.xml
These templates are used to insert a default data set into the job ticket.
You can duplicate and customize these templates to meet your
requirements.
Insert The choices in this menu allow you to specify whether to insert
the metadata as Metadata Label or to insert it as the last child of XPath
selected node in the MDML.
When you select as Metadata Label, the XML from the input file is
inserted as a standard metadata label in the job ticket.
When you select last child of XPath selected node, you need to enter a
valid XPath query in the XPath Query field to specify exactly where in
the job ticket to insert this element.
February 2012 8-7

See the Web site at http://www.w3schools.com/xpath/xpath_intro.asp for

details about using XPath queries.
Note
Each FlipFactory job ticket is XML, in Telestream’s MDML
format. XPath processing must be implemented to insure that
the modified job ticket contains fully-compliant XML that
adheres to MDML specifications (see FlipFactory SDK).
Transform Input File Before Attaching This option allows you to

transform data before inserting it into the MDML using the selected XSL
stylesheet. The stylesheets are located in C:\Program Files\Telestream\
FlipFactory\http\metadata\stylesheets.
FlipFactory supplies several default XSL stylesheets, whose names match
the associated template. They are intended to be used in conjunction with
each other. For example, you should use the CableLabs1.1VOD.xsl
stylesheet when using the CableLabs1.1VODTemplate.xml template.
These stylesheets transform the associated template data into the specified
output format. CableLabs 1.1-compliant XML file is generated from
CableLabs1.1VOD.xsl, using the CableLabs1.1VODTemplate.xml as
input.
Wait for Metadata File to Exist This option causes the monitor to
wait for the metadata to become available (either as a matching file or a
template file). You specify a maximum number of cycles before
submitting the file. You can enter any positive integer in this field, or the
keyword Forever. If Forever is entered, the monitor will not submit the
media file until the metadata file exists.
HOW TO SUBMIT METADATA WITH A JOB

Metadata can be submitted in several ways for processing by FlipFactory.
Dropping Media and Typically, an operator drops a media file and its metadata file into the
Metadata into target directory of the Metadata Monitor (local or network), and the
Monitored Folder monitor submits it to FlipFactory. To use this method, perform these
tasks:
Set up a Local Folder or Network + Metadata monitor and specify the
target local folder. Set up the following controls as required:
8-8 February 2012

Accept Filename Patterns enter * to process all files. To process

only mpg files, you could enter *.mpg. Use this wild card and OR pattern
to implement a file acceptance policy. For details about entering patterns
in the correct syntax, see the online help page for the Metadata monitor.
Reject Filename Patterns enter * to reject all files. To reject only

XML files, you should enter *.xml, for example. The default value is *.rm
| *.xml, to prevent the monitor from processing Real Media and XML
files as media files. Attach Metadata from Matching XML Files
The default behavior of the Metadata monitor is to process matching
XML files – those whose main file name (excluding the dot separator and
suffix) matches, ignoring case. If there is no metadata file that matches a
media file when, the media file is processed as usual.
If you do not check Advanced to display advanced control items, the
Metadata monitor always processes the files in this manner.
Advanced Options Check Advanced to display advanced control

items and change the operation of the monitor.
Attach Metadata From Select a metadata template if you have a

general purpose template set up and want to use it to attach the metadata
in the selected template to each job initiated by this monitor.
Transform Input File Before Attaching Check to cause FlipFactory

to perform an XSLT transform on the input metadata before inserting it
into the job ticket. This is important, for example, if you have a large
XML file but only need 3 fields to be inserted into the job ticket. The XSL
should be modified to select only the required data for insertion.
Wait for Metadata File to Exist Check to cause FlipFactory to wait

until a matching file exists before processing the input media.
Dropping Metadata You can also process metadata by itself, without media. To do so, set up a
Only into Monitored factory with a Duplicate Original product. In the Metadata monitor, set
Local Folder the accept pattern to *.xml. Drop your XML file into the target directory
to initiate a metadata-only FlipFactory job. Set up and configure the XSL
Transform Notify as required for your workflow.
Ingest Media and If you need to ingest media and metadata from an external file system that
Metadata Files from is not a Windows server or you can not publish a share on it, you need to
External Systems move the media and metadata to FlipFactory using a different monitor. To
set up a workflow for this situation, perform these tasks:
 Set up a factory and name it appropriately – FTP Metadata Monitor,
for example.
 Add a monitor to this factory that can access your source file system
(FTP in this example), and set it up to monitor the target file system
February 2012 8-9

and directory, accepting the proper file types by setting up the Accept
File Pattern entries correctly: *.MPG | *.XML, for example.
 Create a product and specify Duplicate Original as the media format,
so that FlipFactory will simply duplicate the files.
 Add a destination and specify the local directory on your FlipFactory
server that your Local Folder + Metadata monitor is targeting for
incoming media and metadata.
Manually Submitting You can manually submit media and associated metadata to a factory that
Media and Metadata has been configured to process metadata (RSS, VOD, podcast, etc.). The
workflow can be a single factory or two factories (so that you can edit
metadata before final processing).
To submit a job with metadata, perform these tasks:
 Set up a single factory or two factories (see Appendices G and H for
examples).
 Display the Manual Submit window, select the factory, add the media
and click Submit.
Tip
If you submit multiple media files in a single job, you must check
Submit Multiple Files as Separate Jobs when processing associated
metadata, or the job will not produce correct XML files.
TRANSFORMING METADATA WITH XSLT

Metadata can be transformed with XSL stylesheets at two points in a job.
It can be transformed during the Monitor phase if the job was submitted
via a monitor. Metadata can also be transformed in the Notify phase.
XSLT stylesheets must conform to Version 1.0. XSLT stylesheets and
must be placed in FlipFactory installation directory under http/metadata/
stylesheets to be utilized by FlipFactory:
Note
You must restart FlipFactory after placing the XSLT stylesheets
in the directory, so that FlipFactory recognizes them.
8-10 February 2012

Transforming XML You can use XSL stylesheets to transform the metadata during the
Before Attaching to monitor phase when:
Job  You want to reduce the overhead in the job ticket by selecting only
necessary data from the XML file for insertion into the job
 You want to trim metadata down for just editable or output elements
 You want to reduce XML complexity to keep job processing and
editing simple.
Transforming XML You can also transform the metadata during the Notify phase for the same
Before Delivery reasons mentioned above, or to extract dynamic values from a
FlipFactory job ticket – output file name, size and clip duration, etc.
You can also create an XSL stylesheet to output RSS-compatible XML
for ingest by external systems.
WORKING WITH THE METAFLIP™ EDITOR

The MetaFlip™ Editor provides dynamic form editing, so that
FlipFactory operators can enter and edit metadata in a FlipFactory job.
The MetaFlip Editor is enabled when you enable the Metadata process/
analyze tool, or when a metadata label element is inserted in a job ticket.
The MetaFlip Editor use three XML files to implement a custom editor:
— Template document
— Schema document
— Map document
These files allow the MetaFlip Editor to parse a template, display a
custom editor panel (enforced by the schema), and ensure that the
entered/edited data complies with the supplied schema.
Note
Validation with schemas in FlipFactory is limited. The
xs:enumeration is the most completely-handled restriction.
Contact Telestream for detailed information regarding the
progress, or any requirements your organization may have for
strong schema validation.
The MetaFlip Editor is not limited to specific XML data. It is designed for
flexibility, and can be used to render XML data into any form of display,
regardless of the data types specified in the XML elements.
The MetaFlip Editor requires that you supply a well-formed XML
template, a valid schema for the template, and a map document that
February 2012 8-11

specifies the user interface components, used to render the XML provided
in the template.
Tip
To modify, extend, and create your own custom forms in FlipFactory,
you should be familiar with XML, XPath, XSD and related
technologies. More information can be found at www.w3schools.com,
in the section entitled XML Tutorials.
Metadata Editor The documents required by the MetaFlip Editor are stored in the
Documents $FLIPFACTORY\http\metadata directory in subdirectories named
according to their types. FlipFactory loads new documents placed in these
subdirectories when you restart the FlipEngine service.
In most cases, you can modify these documents without restarting
FlipFactory. The exception: some changes may only apply on jobs
processed after the change occurs. For example, if the selected template in
the Metadata Processing Process/Analyze tool is updated, only jobs
initiated after this saved change will reflect the updated template.
XML Template XML templates are stored under Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\

http\metadata\templates directory. No file naming convention is required
to identify template documents; all XML files in this directory are
displayed in the dropdown menu in the Metadata monitor.
An XML template is used by the MetaFlip Editor as what is often called
an instance document. (This same document is also used without the
MetaFlip Editor as an optional metadata file source).
You specify the XML template to use in the Metadata monitor. Check
Advanced and select a matching xml file from the Attach Metadata menu.
Or, select a metadata template from the Attach Metadata menu and select
the template from the Template dropdown, which is populated with the
templates in the directory.
The XML template provides default values that may be edited if specified
in the Map document. You may also include values that must exist in the
output but may never be visible or editable by the user of the Metadata
Editor. (For example, a version number or default administrator email
address that should only be changed when a new employee takes over the
responsibility).
Most workflows can be implemented using this map document to change
the default values rendered in the form, but it can also be modified to add
additional values to display in the form.
8-12 February 2012

XML Schema XML Schema files are in $FLIPFACTORY\http\metadata\schemas.

Document XML schema documents are standard W3C schema documents. All type
restrictions apply, along with limitations on the types of data that can be
represented using XML. This is both powerful – and potentially complex.
The schema documents must be specified relative to the FlipFactory
MetaData Markup Language (MDML) message schema, generally
referred to as the FlipFactory job ticket. (A job ticket is created each time
you submit media to a FlipFactory for processing.) MDML is defined in
the FlipFactory SDK.
Specifying schema documents related to the MDML message schema is
required because when FlipFactory parses the template data for display in
the MetaFlip Editor, it is embedded inside the MDML message. The
samples shipped with FlipFactory (located in the schemas directory)
reflect this mapping.
The schema declares /message/parcel/content/label/metadata before
identifying the elements that appear in the template documents. See
below (this RatingType element is a string type, for example):
<xs:complexType name="ChapterType">
<xs:annotation>
<xs:documentation>The parts - ad placements</
xs:documentation>
</xs:annotation>
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="Start" type="xs:time">
<xs:annotation>
<xs:documentation>Time - frames are encountered.</
xs:documentation>
</xs:annotation>
</xs:element>
<xs:element name="End" type="xs:time">
<xs:annotation>
<xs:documentation>Time - if frames encountered.</
xs:documentation>
</xs:annotation>
</xs:element>
<xs:element name="Title" type="xs:string" minOccurs="0">
<xs:annotation>
<xs:documentation>If the chapter has a title that can
be displayed for navigation, it's captured here.</
xs:documentation>
</xs:annotation>
</xs:element>
<xs:element name="Description” type="tLongText”
minOccurs="0">
<xs:annotation>
<xs:documentation>If there is - included here.</
xs:documentation>
</xs:annotation>
</xs:element>
</xs:sequence>
February 2012 8-13

<xs:attribute name="ChapterID" type="xs:string”

use="required”/>
<xs:attribute name=”type" type="ChapteringType"
use="required"/>
</xs:complexType>
The schema document provides the restrictions (as they are called in
XML schema terms) on the fields, order, and number in a document
which claims compliance with this schema. Since restrictions are
specified in the schema document, the dynamic user interface generated
for the editor uses the schema to obtain the list of values to display in a
drop down box, or to verify that the text entered satisfies the requirements
(for example, it is a text value, or an email address, or pure number with
no characters), etc.
The MetaFlip Editor then maps the elements found in the template with
its type declared in the schema document, and then determines which user
interface component (a drop-down, or a text field, or other type) to
display, based on the type-to-component mapping in the map file.
For the editor user interface to be composed correctly, all elements in the
template must be properly declared in the schema.
Additionally, an element’s schema type is explicitly stated by the schema
and can be seen in the example above. For example:
<xs:element name="Title" type="title">.
This element specifies that the Title element has a type of title. The
specific title specification is included later in the document, but the title
name is the schema-type-name that must be stated in the map document to
specify the user interface component used to render this data element.
XML Map Document The XML map document provides specifications for the user interface
size, initial position on the monitor, and the mappings from schema types
to user interface components. Sample map document:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<types>
<defaultType
class="net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.DefaultPanel"/>
<defaultPosition x="150" y="0"/>
<defaultSize width="600" height="700" hard="false"/>
<type schema-type-name="xs:string"
class="net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.LabelTextField"/>
<type schema-type-name="xs:decimal"
class="net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.LabelTextField"/>
...
8-14 February 2012

<type schema-type-name="TVCategoryType"
class="net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.DropDown"/>
</types>
The defaultPosition and defaultSize elements are optional. If present, they

are used to set the dimensions of the MetaFlip Editor window when it is
opened by the operator.
If the hard attribute in the defaultSize element is missing or set to false,
the dimension acts as an initial maximum size. The panel can grow until
the content exceeds the specified dimension, then it adds scroll bars to the
panel. If hard attribute is set, the form is displayed using the dimensions
you specify, even if the content can be more compactly displayed.
You can supply as many type elements as required. Each type element
must include the schema-type-name attribute. This attribute specifies the
type name from the schema document. Also include the class attribute,
which specifies the user interface component that should be used to
render the specified type of data. The components provided in
FlipFactory and a sample graphic are listed below. (Components can also
be defined by end users, provided that the required Java UI components
comply with a specific set of interfaces.)
Figure 8–2. Metadata editor panel (iPod sample)
net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.DefaultPanel DefaultPanel displays

child elements inside a box with a title of the name of the element.
February 2012 8-15

net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.TextBox TextBox displays a titled box

with the name of the element and the text from the element in a text box.
net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.LabelTextField LabelTextField
displays a label with the name of the element and the text value displayed
in a text field.
net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.LabelTextFieldMDMLSelect This
component is the same LabelTextField, except the label text can be an
xpath selection from the MDML message (given the current element as
the context…or the "." element). This is specified by putting the
following special element in the schema document inside an annotation
element. The LabelTextFieldMDMLSelect renders the "./@name" xpath
selected value for the label on any Summary_Short element.
net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.EmptyCanvas EmptyCanvas
displays an empty box – not displayed. This is useful for hiding elements
from the form editor. This component will not prevent further child
elements from being displayed according to their type mapping.
Modifying Always make a backup copy of FlipFactory’s original XML templates,

Document Sets schemas, map documents, and stylesheets before making any changes.
For the simple situation where default values are changed, you can edit
the template document in place to reflect the new default values. Now,
any job submitted after the saved changes will display the changed fields
in the MetaFlip Editor.
When you need to add new values to the editor, the process is more
complex. It is important to always recall that the template provides the
instance data, the schema provides the framework, (including valid lists
of values, plus restrictions on content allowed in the instance document),
and the map document specifies the type of user interface component that
the instance data should be displayed.
To add a new element or attribute to the template document:
1. Edit and add the values/elements as necessary to the template
document using any text editor and save it. The only requirement
in this portion of the document is that it is well-formed XML.
2. If the element is not a new type or the type already exists in the
schema document you’re using, the editor renders the data
properly without additional changes.
3. If the element is not a new type, but is missing from the schema
document, it must be added in the appropriate section so that the
element/data will be recognized by the MetaFlip Editor. When the
new data is declared in the schema document, no additional
8-16 February 2012

changes are necessary. You can open the next job in the editor to
display the fields rendered correctly.
4. If a new type was added in addition to new data, the map
document must be edited so that the new type is rendered properly.
Elements found in the template that are not specifically referenced
in the loader document (by type) are displayed as an empty box
with the element's name as a title.
Inside the box labeled Metadata, two elements are displayed as small
boxes with the start of a text title. These elements are typically displayed
when an element that has no default type specified in the loader document
is contained in the template. This occurs because the defaultType element
specified in the Loader document is being used to render that XML data
in the editor. The defaultType element is currently set to
net.telestream.ui.custom.ui.DefaultPanel, which provides an empty box
inside which child elements can be rendered.
Good Template Sometimes, your user interface requirements for the editor may not
Design correlate directly to the basic template you design. In these situations, the
best solution often is to create an XML template which makes it easy to
create the required user interface, and then implement an XSL Transform
in the Notify step to transform the edited data in the template to the meet
the output data requirements.
The CableLabs1.1VOD document set provided with FlipFactory is a good
example of this problem.
The intended output – ADI.dtd compliant XML – is poorly typed, and
includes redundant fields. Redundant fields are not beneficial in the editor
panel, given that it is inefficient to enter the same data more than once.
Also, the poorly-typed characteristics of the ADI.dtd files prevent a form
designer from selecting streamlined UI components.
For example, the Rating drop-down is not actually a different type than
the Description field in the ADI.dtd-compliant file. The Rating field is
best selected using a drop-down component, but the Description field is
best entered via a text field. If the ADI.dtd file was used as the template,
the editor could only display these fields as one type or the other.
In the CableLabs template and schema, a template was specifically
designed to aid in creating the editor panel. This enables the Rating field
to be classified as a different type than the Description field in the schema
document, and thus can have a different mapping in the loader file. Now,
the editor can display the Rating types as drop-downs and the Description
types as text edit fields.
The template is then transformed (because it contains all the data required
in the output ADI.dtd compliant file, in a different order) into the output
ADI file using the XSL Transform Notify.
February 2012 8-17

8-18 February 2012

C H A P T E R
9
Load Balance Groups
Chapter 9, Load Balance Groups
This chapter describes how to implement multiple FlipFactory servers

into a load balance group.
Note
If you are creating a FactoryArray, you should create load
balance group, then install FADM, per the FactoryArray User’s
Guide.
Topics  Implementing a Load Balance Group (page 9-2)

 Configuring Stores in a Load Balance Group (page 9-4)
 Database Usage (page 9-6)
Note
To implement FlipFactory using SQL Server on an independent
database server for use with a load balance group, see
Installing a Stand-Alone SQL Server Database (page 10-4).
February 2012 9-1

Load Balance Groups 81183
IMPLEMENTING A LOAD BALANCE GROUP

To enable load balancing, you connect two or more FlipFactory servers to
a single, central FlipFactory database. Load balancing can speed
workflow and increase capacity, and if a FlipFactory (other than the
primary FlipFactory) fails, the other FlipFactories in the group continue
to balance and process jobs. FlipFactory servers in a load balance group
allow a FlipFactory operating at transcoding capacity to send a job ticket
to an idle or under-utilized FlipFactory for processing.
When jobs are submitted either by a monitor, manually, via HTTP,
or via the database, preference is given to nodes of the group that are
idle. That is, when a job is accepted into the database, FlipEngines that
are idle will accept a job from the database for processing before one that
is already processing jobs.
For example, if you have a 3 node group, and two of them are processing
jobs (either localizing, flipping, delivering or notifying), a new job that is
submitted will be accepted by the node that is idle.
Load balancing is available beginning in FlipFactory Version 4.1 and
does not require a FactoryArray license or additional software.
Implementation of a load balance group is a prerequisite to creating a
FactoryArray. A FactoryArray is, in fact, a load balance group plus
FactoryArray Database Management service, which provides real-time
database mirroring and fail-over switching.
Note
If you are installing or upgrading a load balance group or
FactoryArray, you must install the same version of FlipFactory
on all servers using the central database, the same registry
keys, and the same externalized stores.
If you do not use the same license on all Flip Engines in the
group/array, you must configure monitors to only submit jobs to
FlipEngines that are licensed to meet the requirements of the
specific factory, or the job will fail.
When you implement a load balance group, all FlipFactory
servers in the group use a single database. If the server hosting
the group database fails, all FlipFactory servers in the group are
rendered inoperative until the server is restored, because they
rely on the group database for factory and job data.
However, automatic job and monitor recovery, plus database
mirroring and recovery is enabled when you implement
FactoryArray.
9-2 February 2012

81183 Load Balance Groups
Externalize Stores You should follow these stores configuration requirements when
implementing FlipFactories in a load balance group in order to ensure
complete access to media, monitor and destination shares, and job
recovery.
To eliminate media access failures in a load balance group, you should not
use local (server-based) drives or volumes – always use external storage –
dedicated file servers, SANs or RAIDS; ideally connected via GigE for
highest file transfer speed via LAN. Also, you must never reference drive
letters; always use Shares and always use UNC paths to reference them.
FlipFactory (all editions) has specific store configuration requirements
that you must follow in a load balance group, in order to ensure full
access to media, monitor and destination shares, and job recovery – all
aspects of ensuring the most durable configuration.
When load balancing, job and monitor recover occurs, FactoryArray may
assign a different FlipEngine to the process the job. Load balance groups
centralize all account, factory, and job specifications in its single, shared
To eliminate media access failures in a load balance group, you should
refrain from using local (FlipEngine server) drives or volumes unless
you’re certain that your capacity and performance requirements are met
using them. Telestream recommends using external storage – network file
servers, SANs or RAIDS; ideally connected via GigE for highest network
speed. If you do use local (FlipEngine server) drives, never reference
drive letters; always use Shares on file servers, and always use UNC paths
to reference volumes.
If you don’t follow these requirements, load balancing and job and
monitor recovery may fail, for typical reasons including:
 The assigned FlipFactory can’t recover a monitor configured with a
store pointing to a folder on a local drive of the failed FlipEngine,
when the FlipEngine server fails (software or hardware), or the
network connection is severed
 The assigned FlipFactory can’t recover a monitor configured with a
local folder pointing to a folder on a local drive of the failed
FlipEngine using a drive letter reference (which is invalid on another
computer), or lacks credentials, causing authentication problems.
February 2012 9-3

CONFIGURING STORES IN A LOAD BALANCE GROUP

A store in FlipFactory is a virtual location where media files can be
organized into categories. Stores can be based on content type (news,
spots, etc.), by content source, or any other strategy appropriate for a
specific application. Stores can be associated with one or more physical
volumes.
Stores are used by monitors as well as destinations in FlipFactory to
localize (duplicate the original media from its monitored location to a
specified target server and directory called a store) media during job
processing to speed up transcoding.
Note
For a complete discussion of stores, with instructions for
implementing and configuring them using Registry keys, see
Adding Custom Stores in the FlipFactory User’s Guide, Chapter
6, Customizing FlipFactory. Make sure all registry keys are
identical across each FlipEngine server in a load balance group.
Stores Must be When you define stores for use by any factory in FlipFactory in a load
Network-accessible balance group, you should always make sure that each store points to a
Shares share or other network-accessible store (SAN or RAID), not a local drive.
Additionally, the share should be on a dedicated file server, RAID, or
SAN, and ideally connected via GigE Ethernet for high speed access.
Using shares ensures that any FlipEngine in the FactoryArray which is
assigned to recover a monitor and process jobs from a failed FlipFactory
server can still access the media.
The default FlipFactory store is named media, and it is defined as a local
folder: C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\HTTP\Media.
Note
The default media store must be published as a network-accessible
share and always referenced using its UNC path.
However, if the server fails and the job is recovered, the recovering
FlipFactory server won’t reference the C drive on the failed server, it will
reference its own, which is incorrect. You must modify the Registry
settings for the default media store and all other stores, to reference a
network share before putting each FlipFactory server into a load balance
group.
9-4 February 2012

Identical Registry All customization of FlipFactory, including store definitions,

Settings authentication, media and job expirations, cycle times, etc. are all stored
in the Windows Registry – locally – on the FlipEngine server.
Anything stored locally is problematic when recovery is attempted,
because the registry settings that control the failed server are not available
to the FlipEngine that is responsible for the recovery task.
Therefore, to accomplish load balancing, job and monitor recovery, each
FlipEngine must have identical FlipFactory Registry settings, such as:
 Authentication settings must be identical for monitor and destinations
 Media and Job expiration periods
 All Stores
 Cycle times
 Spot Server start and end frame offsets
 other custom FlipFactory Registry settings
Replicating Custom To duplicate customized registry settings across all FlipFactory servers in
FlipFactory Registry a load balance group, first make sure each factory is working properly.
Settings Next, make a list of all registry settings you’ve customized. For details on
FlipFactory and registry settings, see Using the Windows Registry to
Customize FlipFactory (page 7-11).
Now, open Regedit on your first FlipFactory, and select the highest group
key that will catch all custom keys (without going so high in the key chain
that you catch keys that should be unique). Export this branch, making
note of the file name you assigned. Repeat this process for all keys you
customized.
Move these files onto each FlipFactory server in the load balance group
(or put them in a share), and then, on each FlipFactory server in the group,
double-click each file to add it to the registry on that server.
When you’re done, restart the FlipEngine and test.
February 2012 9-5

DATABASE USAGE
Each time you install FlipFactory on a server, both the Flip Engine and
the database are installed. When you connect a FlipFactory to a load
balance group, its database simply remains unused.
Figure 9–1. Load balance jobs to improve performance
Figure 9–1 depicts a two-FlipFactory implementation, where FlipFactory

Server 2 has been configured to use the database on FlipFactory Server 1
instead of its local database, now unused. As each FlipFactory operates by
processing jobs, all settings, configuration details, factories and accounts,
and job status is stored in the group database on FlipFactory Server 1.
When FlipFactory 1 creates job tickets for incoming media in a monitored
folder, it equally distributes these jobs to other FlipFactory servers in the
load balance group. There is no practical limit to the number of
FlipFactory servers that can be utilized in a load balance group.
Media and Jobs Each FlipFactory server in a group is responsible for expiring its own
Expiration media from its stores and jobs it has run, from the database. For example,
Figure 9–1 depicts FlipFactory Server 1 and FlipFactory Server 2.
FlipFactory Server 1 is operating a monitor – only one FlipFactory
operates a monitor at any given time. If the FlipFactory operating the
9-6 February 2012

monitor fails, it is not restarted by another FlipFactory. If you need this

monitor restart feature, you should implement a FactoryArray.
The monitor is responsible for detecting new media and generating the
job. This job may be processed by any FlipFactory in the array.
FlipFactory Server 1 (in this instance) is transferring some jobs based on
workload to FlipFactory Server 2. After each job is complete, each
FlipFactory server is only responsible for expiring jobs and media that it
processed. FlipFactory Server 2, therefore, is responsible for expiring
jobs that were transferred to it for processing.
In certain failure circumstances, media and job entries in the database
may not be deleted immediately. If the FlipFactory is still running, but no
longer has access to the database or network it will expire its media, but
the jobs it completed are not removed until it rejoins the group.
If a FlipFactory server fails and the FlipEngine service is no longer
running, the completed job entries in the database and the media that it
used are not expired until it is brought back up.
Prerequisites Before you configure a load balance group, perform these tasks:
Install FlipFactory on each FlipFactory server.
Note
Each FlipFactory in the group must have a separate license file
or it will not be able to flip media. You may not share licenses
among FlipFactories – you must obtain a separate license for
each FlipFactory server you install.
All servers in the group you create must be located on the same subnet,
the same network domain, and each user account must be in the domain.
Most transactions in FlipFactory are time-stamped from the time value in
the FlipFactory database. However, if you have Flip Engines in a
FactoryArray|load balance group in different time zones, when you
schedule jobs, the time value is from the Flip Engine where the job was
scheduled.
Set up each user account for FlipFactory with network access.
Note
The specified account must have administrator privileges on the
local computer. This account is utilized in the configuration of
the other servers and must have administrative privileges on
those servers as well.
February 2012 9-7

Implementation Steps To implement a load balance group, follow these steps:

Step 1 If you plan to run the database on one of the existing FlipFactory servers,
skip to Step 4. If you plan to run the database on an independent database
server, perform a FlipFactory installation on the target database server to
install SQL Server.
Do not purchase or install a FlipFactory license on this server.
Note the IP address or host name of the new database server, for use later
when you’re updating system settings on the FlipFactory servers that you
want to connect to this database.
Step 2 Note the IP address or host name of the new database server, for use later
Step 3 In the Services control panel, shut down the Flip Engine service and set
the service properties to manual or disabled.
Step 4 Review your accounts and modify to be unique. If this is a new
installation, skip this step.
Step 5 Change system settings to point to the target database server.
For each FlipFactory server you’re connecting to the target database,
display the System Settings window and update the Database Server field
with the host name or IP address of the target database server. Save the
settings, log off, and close the console.
Step 6 Stop the Flip Engine Service. Now that the Flip Engine service is pointing
to the new database server, stop the service immediately to prevent any
factories from failing.
Step 7 For each FlipFactory server you’re connecting to the target database
server, display the Services window and stop SQL Server
(FLIPINSTANCE):
Right-click SQL Server (FLIPINSTANCE) and display Properties. On the
General tab, set Startup type to Disable and click OK to update. This
instance is no longer used. When FlipFactory restarts, it will connect to its
target database.
Step 8 Back up the database on each production FlipFactory server in the load
balance group.
If you do not have Microsoft back up software, you can download and
install SQL 2005 Management Studio. Follow the procedures at http://
msdn.microsoft.com/downloads.
If this is a clean FlipFactory install, skip this step.
Step 9 Now, for each existing production FlipFactory you want to merge into the
new database server, export the accounts (Importing and Exporting User
Accounts and Factories on page 10–6), then merge all of the accounts in
9-8 February 2012

the current production databases to the new database server (Importing

and Exporting User Accounts and Factories on page 10–6. (If this is a
clean FlipFactory install, skip this step.)
Step 10 Restart the Flip Engine Service. Go to each FlipFactory server (now
pointing to the target database server), and restart the service.
Validating your Load After you have configured your load balance group, you should test each
Balance Group FlipFactory for proper operation, following these steps:
Step 1 On each FlipFactory server in the group, launch the FlipFactory console
and make sure that you can log in as a user. This validates connection to
the Flip Engine and the group database.
Step 2 On each FlipFactory server, display System Status and verify that each
Flip Engine in the group is displayed in a tab.
Figure 9–2. System Status displays all FlipFactories in group
Step 3 Set up a sample factory or identify a factory you’ve already created. On

each FlipFactory, use the Submit Job window to manually submit a
sample job (use the same job and media on each server) to the designated
factory. Display the Job Status window and verify that it completes
normally (accessing media, delivering the product, viewing proxies, etc.).
Step 4 From a one FlipFactory, manually submit a job to another FlipFactory.
Display the Job Status window to verify that it completes normally.
Step 5 Drop several media files (at least 1 per Flip Engine) into a monitored
folder to force the group to distribute these jobs.
Step 6 Display System Status, display the tab of each server to verify that the
jobs are being distributed and processed, and verify that each job
completed normally.
Step 7 When you’re done testing and all your results are satisfactory, return the
FlipFactory group back into production.
February 2012 9-9

9-10 February 2012

C H A P T E R
10
Database Implementations &
Operations
Chapter 10, Database Implementations & Operations

This chapter describes using Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition,
the default database system installed with FlipFactory. Throughout this
chapter, the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition database is
referred to generally as SQL Server, unless a specific version is required.
You can also use this chapter to upgrade SQL Server, implement SQL
Server on an independent database server.
Note
On a single FlipFactory, stop the FlipEngine service before
performing database operations.
In a load balance group, stop all FlipEngine services.
In a FactoryArray, you should never perform database
operations without first shutting down the FADM service on the
target server to avoid changes in the database during
operations.
Topics  Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition (page 10-2)

 Upgrading MS SQL Server 2005 Express Edition (page 10-3)
 Installing a Stand-Alone SQL Server Database (page 10-4)
 Importing and Exporting User Accounts and Factories (page 10-6)
 Renaming Your FlipFactory Server (page 10-11)
February 2012 10-1

Database Implementations & Operations 81183
MICROSOFT SQL SERVER 2005 EXPRESS EDITION

Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express Edition is installed with FlipFactory.
The database management system is installed by default on the same
server as the Flip Engine service.
Optionally, you can install SQL Server on a separate server, and connect
one or more Flip Engines to it. Whether installed in a single server or
multi-server implementation (load balance group or FactoryArray),
FlipFactory’s database operations are transparent to FlipFactory users.
FLIPINSTANCE Two file property settings in the FLIPINSTANCE database can cause
Database Settings database errors in FlipFactory: file growth, and maximum file size.
Figure 10–1. flip properties - Data Files settings
Open SQL Server Enterprise Manager. Open Microsoft SQL Servers >
SQL Server Group > <Computer>FLIPINSTANCE > databases > flip.
Made sure that the flip_Data file has Automatically Grow File checked,
and Unrestricted File Growth selected.
Database Capacity When the data in the database exceeds 80 percent of the 4 GB maximum
Warning size limit set by Microsoft, an email is automatically sent to the
FlipFactory system administrator (Configuring System Settings (page
4-15)), and a dialog, warning of the limit, also displays on the FlipFactory
console.
10-2 February 2012

81183 Database Implementations & Operations
You should stop submitting jobs and reduce the job expiration period, by
adjusting the job expiration period in Advanced System Settings (page
7-2).
If this action does not result in a reduction of the database size and return
to normal operations, contact Telestream Customer Service for assistance.
Exceeding Database When the database reaches the 4GB size limit, jobs you submit are no
Capacity longer processed because they can’t be saved in the database. You should
immediately stop submitting jobs and reduce the job expiration period, by
adjusting the job expiration period in Advanced System Settings (page
7-2).
If this action does not result in a reduction of the database and return to
normal operations, contact Telestream Customer Service for assistance.
UPGRADING MS SQL SERVER 2005 EXPRESS EDITION

Use this section to upgrade the default MS SQL Server 2005 Express
Edition database to Workgroup Edition or higher, to eliminate the data
limit of 4GB and take advantage of performance gains and other features
you need.
Note
You can upgrade SQL Server for use with any edition or
configuration of FlipFactory, load balance groups, or
FactoryArray systems.
Implementation Steps To upgrade SQL Server for your FlipFactory server, follow these steps:
Step 1 Stop the Flip Engine Service or services (in a group or FactoryArray) and
back up the database with SQL 2005 Management Studio. If you do not
have Management Studio, you can download and install it. Follow the
procedures at http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads.
Step 2 Download the SQL Server edition you want and use it to upgrade the
target database server.
February 2012 10-3

When you upgrade SQL Server, select the FLIPINSTANCE instance. In

the Services window, the SQL Server instance displays as
FLIPINSTANCE.
Note
If you don’t name the instance FLIPINSTANCE, you must
identify the port number used by SQL Server and change
FlipFactory system settings Database Port field accordingly –
see FlipFactory User’s Guide for details.
Step 3 Restore the FlipFactory database with Management Studio.

Step 4 Restart the Flip Engine Service. Go to each FlipFactory server (now
pointing to the new database server), and restart the service.
Step 5 Test each FlipFactory for proper operation with the new database.
INSTALLING A STAND-ALONE SQL SERVER DATABASE

Follow the steps in this section when you want to implement SQL Server
on an independent server to support a stand-alone, high-performance
FlipFactory server, or to support a load balance group. Do not use this
section if you’re using FactoryArray – instead, see the FactoryArray
guide and use the FactoryArray installer.
Implementation Steps
Step 1 Perform a FlipFactory installation on the target database server, so that
the installer installs SQL Server, and names the instance FLIPINSTANCE.
Step 2 Do not purchase or install a FlipFactory license on this server.
Step 3 With the FLIPINSTANCE of the SQL Server database installed, uninstall
FlipFactory. The FlipFactory software and service is uninstalled, but the
SQL Server FLIPINSTANCE remains for you to connect other
FlipFactory servers to.
Step 4 Optionally, upgrade your SQL Server to another edition (Upgrading MS
SQL Server 2005 Express Edition (page 10-3)).
Step 5 Note the IP address or host name of the new database server, for use later
Step 6 Review your accounts and modify their names to be unique. If you are
migrating a single FlipFactory (or a new installation), skip this step.
10-4 February 2012

For each existing FlipFactory you want to merge into the new database
server, identify all of the accounts on each FlipFactory server. Rename
any accounts that are duplicated across FlipFactory servers to make sure
that all accounts are unique and can be replicated on the new database.
Step 7 Change system settings to point to the new database server.
For each FlipFactory server you’re connecting to the new database,
display the System Settings window and update the Database Server field
to the host name or IP address of the new database server. Save the
settings, log off and close the console.
Step 8 Now that the Flip Engine service is pointing to the new database server,
stop the service immediately to prevent any factories from failing.
Step 9 For each FlipFactory server you’re connecting to the new database server,
display the Services window and stop the Service:
Right-click SQL Server (FLIPINSTANCE) and display Properties. On the
General tab, set Startup type to Disable and click OK to update. This
instance is no longer used. When FlipFactory restarts, it will connect to its
new database.
Step 10 Back up your production FlipFactory’s database.
If you do not have Microsoft back up software, you can download and
install SQL 2005 Management Studio. Follow the procedures at http://
msdn.microsoft.com/downloads.
Step 11 Now, for a single FlipFactory, restore the production database using SQL
2005 Management Studio.
Step 12 For multiple, existing production FlipFactories you plan to merge into the
new database server, back up the database on each FlipFactory server.
For multiple, existing production FlipFactories you want to merge into the
new database server, merge the current production databases to the new
database server by exporting all accounts (Exporting Accounts (page
10-7)) and then importing them Importing Accounts (page 10-9) into the
new central database.
Caution
When you export accounts and import them into a clean
database (either from one or many), you lose your job
history. If you do not want to lose your job history, contact
Telestream Customer Service.
February 2012 10-5

Step 13 Restart the Flip Engine Service. For multiple FlipFactory servers, go to
each FlipFactory server (now pointing to the new database server), and
restart the service.
Step 14 Test each FlipFactory for proper operation with the new database.
IMPORTING AND EXPORTING USER ACCOUNTS AND FACTORIES

From time to time, you may want to move (or copy) an account with all of
its factories from one FlipFactory database to another FlipFactory
database or you may want to archive the account in XML format.
You may also want to provide a back up copy of the database, or copy or
move all accounts from one server to another, or to merge 2 or more
FlipFactory databases (which contain all accounts and factories) into a
single database.
Factory specifications in FlipFactory are stored directly in the FlipFactory
database. Factories are organized by account. An XML-based file of the
account and its factories is saved when you export it for archive purposes,
or to use it for importing into another FlipFactory or combining
FlipFactory databases.
An XML file is also created when you perform an automatic upgrade, for
archive purposes. This file is not used by FlipFactory for any other
reason. Only the factory specifications in the database are used by
FlipFactory.
Note
Before combining two or more FlipFactory databases by
exporting and importing accounts, make sure that each account
is named uniquely before exporting them.
If you have accounts in one or more FlipFactories that you are including
in a load balance group, you should move the accounts to the new load
balance group database. Once a FlipFactory is part of a load balance
group, it obtains its User Account list of factories directly from the
centralized load balance group database.
Moving an account is a two-step process. First, export the account from
the current FlipFactory database into an XML-format account file. You
can export all accounts or a single account via the FlipFactory console
(Exporting All Accounts below or Exporting a Single Account on page
10–7) or using Telnet (Exporting a Single Account via Telnet on page 10–
8).
After exporting accounts, you can import them into the load balance
group database. The process of importing accounts is explained in Auto-
10-6 February 2012

importing Accounts on page 10–10 or Importing an Account via Telnet on

page 10–10.
Exporting an account copies all the account’s factories and all settings in
them to an XML file for storage or transfer to another FlipFactory
database.
EXPORTING ACCOUNTS
You can export accounts in several ways, depending on your
requirements.
 Exporting All Accounts (below)
 Exporting a Single Account (page 10-7)
 Exporting a Single Account (page 10-7)
Exporting All To export all accounts from a FlipEngine database via the FlipFactory
Accounts console, follow these steps:
Step 1 On the FlipFactory console, click System Settings to display the System
Settings window.
Step 2 Click the Email Technical Support button in the toolbar display the Email
System Info to Tech Support dialog.
Step 3 Select Copy Files... and click OK.
When all of the files have been saved in the C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\SupportInfo directory, open this directory to
display them. Locate each of your account XML files, and use them to
import into another FlipFactory database (Importing Accounts on page
10–9), save them for later use, or send them to Telestream Customer
Service, for example.
Exporting a Single To export one account at a time from a FlipEngine database via the
Account FlipFactory console, follow these steps:
Step 1 On the FlipFactory console, click Administer Accounts to display the
Administer Accounts window.
Step 2 Select the account to export.
Step 3 click the Export icon in the toolbar to display the Export Account dialog.
Step 4 Select a destination for the XML file (and optionally rename it), then
click Export.
When the XML file has been saved, you can import it into another
FlipFactory database (Importing Accounts on page 10–9), save it for later
use, or send it to Telestream for support, for example.
February 2012 10-7

Exporting a Single To export one account at a time from a FlipEngine database using Telnet,
Account via Telnet follow these steps:
Note
When using Telnet with FlipFactory, you must type the
command line correctly, or it will not execute. If you make a
typing error, press Enter and enter the command again.
Make sure that the account name you export does not overlay
an account of the same name in the new database. If you have
accounts with the same name in different databases, but want to
save both, you must rename one of them to a unique name
before exporting the account.
Step 1 On the FlipFactory server where you are exporting an account, click Start
> Run to display the Run window.
Step 2 Type cmd to display the command window.
Step 3 Type Telnet localhost to log on to the target FlipEngine’s
command line interface.
Step 4 FlipFactory displays a username prompt.
Figure 10–2. Logging on to database
Step 5 Type administrator (default FlipFactory administrator user name) or

other administrator user name to log on to the FlipFactory database.
Step 6 FlipEngine displays the password prompt.
Step 7 No password is assigned to the default administrator user name. Press
Enter to continue, or type the password and press Enter if you have
created one for the username you’re using to log on.
To export an account, perform the following tasks:
Step 8 Type export AccountName FileName, where AccountName is
the text string identifying the account as displayed in the console; for
example, demo. FileName is the fully-qualified path and the file where
10-8 February 2012

FlipFactory stores the XML-formatted account information; for example:

C:\accounts\demo.XML.
Be sure to create a folder for your exported account before you export the
XML file into it.
Figure 10–3. Exporting an account via Telnet
Note
If no path is specified, FlipFactory stores the file in the path
%systemroot%\System32 (where %systemroot% is the drive
where your operating system is installed).
Step 9 Press Enter to execute the command. The FlipEngine creates the file and
exports the account definition in XML format.
Step 10 Type logout and press Enter to disconnect from the FlipEngine and
terminate Telnet.
IMPORTING ACCOUNTS
You can import accounts from the console or via Telnet.
 Auto-importing Accounts (below)
 Importing an Account via Telnet (page 10-10)
Note
When importing an account into another FlipFactory server, be
sure to consider there may be different licenses, different stores,
variances in access to various input/output systems, shares,
etc. that render factories inoperable on another FlipFactory.
Factories imported into another FlipFactory are not assured of
working correctly, due to configuration and system access
differences.
February 2012 10-9

Auto-importing If you are implementing FlipFactory on a new server, or you are creating
Accounts a central database for a load balance group or a FactoryArray, you can
place all your accounts in a single folder and FlipFactory will import them
automatically when it starts up. However, FlipFactory will not overlay
existing accounts. FlipFactory will not overwrite an existing account.
Instead, it adds the suffix alreadyexists to the file (for example,
demo.xml.alreadyexists) if the file you are importing is named the same as
an account that already exists in the database. To replace an account, you
must first delete it from FlipFactory.
To automatically import one or more accounts into a FlipFactory server,
follow these steps:
Step 1 Move the individual account XML file(s) to the local server that is
operating as the FlipFactory group database server or to the FlipFactory
server you are going to perform the import into, or place them in a
network-accessible share and mount the share on the target server.
Step 2 Move all XML files you want imported (each account must have a unique
name) into the directory C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\XML\accounts\import (this is the default
installation directory, which may be different on your server).
Step 3 Restart the FlipEngine service and FlipFactory will automatically import
all accounts into its database.
Successfully imported account files are appended with imported (for
example, demo.xml.imported). Files that could not be processed
successfully are suffixed with invalid (demo.xml.invalid).
Step 4 Log back onto the console to display the new (or updated) account.
Importing an Account The Telnet command for importing accounts into FlipFactory is import:
via Telnet import {filename} [-monitor] [-notify] [-mdml [path]]
Imports a user account from the XML file specified by the {filename}
argument.
If the account exists it is overwritten, otherwise a new account is created.
Monitors that reside in the imported account will be started on the
FlipEngine that these accounts were imported into.
Options:
-monitor disables all Monitors
-notify removes all Notifications
-mdml adds MDML Notification to each factory. If specified, 'path'
sets the Destination Path. If not specified, it will be set to C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\Debug.
10-10 February 2012

To import an account into a FlipFactory server using Telnet, follow these

steps:
Step 1 Move the account folder or the individual account XML file(s) to the
local server that is operating as the FlipFactory group database server or
to the FlipFactory server you are going to perform the import into, or
place them in a network-accessible share and mount the share on the
target server.
Step 2 Log on to the FlipEngine server to execute FlipFactory commands via the
command line: Open a command window (start > Run) and type cmd.
Step 3 In the command window, type Telnet localhost. When prompted,
type the default account user name administrator (or other
username if modified) and press Enter. Next, type the password if you
configured the FlipEngine with one. By default there is no password on
the administrator account, so just press Enter to log in to the FlipEngine.
Step 4 If you provided the proper credentials, the FlipEngine displays the text
“Console ready...”.
Step 5 Now, type import FileName where FileName is the fully-qualified
path and the file that contains the XML-formatted account information;
for example: c:\accounts\demo.xml.
Figure 10–4. Importing an account via Telnet
Step 6 Type logout and press Enter to disconnect from FlipFactory and
terminate Telnet.
Step 7 Restart the FlipEngine service and log back onto the FlipFactory console
to display the new (or updated) account.
RENAMING YOUR FLIPFACTORY SERVER

If you rename a FlipFactory server after the initial installation of
FlipFactory or rename a FlipFactory or FactoryArray database server
after installing the FlipFactory database, FlipFactory will not operate
correctly, and it will log errors in the engine0.log file.
After renaming the server, you should use the FlipFactory Rename utility
to make the necessary changes to keep FlipFactory operational. The
February 2012 10-11

Rename utility reconfigures SQL Server 2005 and FlipFactory to use the
new server name.
The Rename utility is located in the utilities folder in the FlipFactory
directory on the FlipFactory server. Follow the directions in the readme
file.
10-12 February 2012

A P P E N D I X
A
Troubleshooting
Appendix A, Troubleshooting
Use this appendix to identify the symptom you’re experiencing with

FlipFactory. Follow the suggestions in the right column to identify the
potential problem.
Topics  FlipEngine (page A-1)

 Playback/Trim Editor (page A-1)
 Troubleshooting Symptoms and Probable Causes (page A-3)
FLIPENGINE
If you contact Customer Service regarding problems with a FlipFactory
engine, you should know about the error logs written to engine.log files,
and stored (default) in C:\Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory. You
may be asked to send one or more engine logs to Telestream for review.
You can also automatically collect all relevant files and send them to
Telestream Customer Service by clicking the Email button on the System
Settings window (Sending Email to Tech Support (page 4-16)).
PLAYBACK/TRIM EDITOR
On Windows Server 2003, Security Update KB908531 interferes with
FlipFactory operations involving various versions of QuickTime. If you
are experiencing difficulty with QuickTime-related operations including
playback/trim and resubmit/forward, remove Security Update KB908531
and retry.
Under certain conditions related to QuickTime for Java, the playback/trim
editor may be unavailable. The playback/trim editor is launched in the
Message Viewer window’s Playback/Trim tab by clicking the Playback
Editor button.
A-1
Troubleshooting 81183
Symptoms include:
 The Playback Editor button in the Message Viewer window’s
Playback/Trim tab may not display.
 QuickTime may display the QTComponent Missing error window.
 You click on the Playback Editor button and the playback editor never
displays, or QuickTime displays an error message.
When this occurs, locate the file QTJava.zip in the QuickTime installation
directory, usually at C:\Program Files\QuickTime\QTSystem.
Place this file in a specific location in the most recent JRE install
directory. For instance if you have installed JRE 1.5.0_06, it should be
placed at: C:\Program Files\Java\jre1.5.0_06\lib\ext.
Specify a Local Store and UNC/Alias

When you need to use the Playback Trim editor, Telestream recommends
specifying the destination for the frame-accurate QuickTime product in
the Local Store destination. This destination has an Alias URL/UNC item,
which you must complete. Select a store, then make sure that the physical
location for that store is shared on the computer.
Fill in the alias with a UNC path. For instance, if the C:\Program
Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\http folder is shared, then set the UNC as
\\computerName\media. This method works reliably under any Java or
QuickTime version.
Using HTTP to Server Media

If you must use HTTP to serve media to the Playback Editor, then use the
Local Web Server destination and select a store. However, there may be a
lengthy delay before the video displays in the window (consider clicking
in the window a few times).
If the problem continues, uninstall Quicktime (complete) and reinstall
Quicktime. Perform a custom install and when asked which features to
install, select all.
A-2 February 2012

81183 Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOMS AND PROBABLE CAUSES

Table A-1, Troubleshooting Symptoms and Probable Causes, below
provides a list of common symptoms and probable causes to assist you in
troubleshooting FlipFactory.
If you are not able to solve the problem with this troubleshooting chart, or
require other assistance with FlipFactory, please contact Telestream
Technical Support (Support and Information, in About This Guide).
Table A–1. Troubleshooting Symptoms and Probable Causes
Symptom Probable Causes
I just installed FlipFactory, Verify these common problems are not the source of difficulty:
and it is not working correctly. 1. The database has been installed in the proper location, with
When I make a new product appropriate permissions.
in a factory, only Duplicate
Original is active as a media 2. The license file has been placed in /program files/telestream/
format. flipfactory/license/license.dat and you rebooted the server or
restarted the service.
3. There is only one DAT file in the folder. If you have a copy of a
license file, put another suffix on the file.
The server and user permissions are set appropriately.
FlipFactory displays an error The probable cause is that the server does not have 1GB or more RAM
window “Error communicating – it may only have 512MB of RAM. FlipFactory requires a minimum of
with server”, and displays a 1GB RAM.
URL with CGI parameters. Make sure the server has at least 1GB RAM and retry.
My console displays the 1. Check to see if FlipEngine is started. Display the Services
Cannot display page error window in the Control Panel.
when I launch it.
2. If the FlipEngine is started, determine if HTTP port 9000 is
already in use by another application or service. If it is, change
the HTTP port number to an unused port number above 9000.
February 2012 A-3

FlipFactory displays an error 1. Make sure the license.dat file provided by Telestream has
message indicating that this been placed in the Program
FlipFactory is missing the Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\License folder.
proper license.
2. Re-boot the server or restart the service after installing the
license file.
3. You may be attempting to flip your media into a format that is
not supported in you license. At the top of the console, click
About to display your license capabilities.
4. Make sure there is only one DAT file in the folder. If you have
a copy of a license file, put another suffix on the file.
I can’t install FlipFactory on You can install FlipFactory on any partition you select. However, the
my F (or other) drive. I don’t installer uses space on the C drive for the installation process. Make
have enough space on my C sure there is at least 350MB of space on your C drive before installing
drive. FlipFactory.
FlipFactory does not display Make sure that the FlipEngine is logged in with network permissions.
any files when I browse to For details, see Accessing Network Resources (page 7-8).
network locations in console. Make sure that the target folder is shared.
No encoders are available for Make sure the license.dat file provided by Telestream is in the Program
my factory. Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\License folder.
Make sure you reboot after installing the license file, or restart the
FlipEngine service.
A-4 February 2012

81183 Troubleshooting
Checklist for bad license Have you renamed the server?

Have you moved the server to a new Domain or workgroup?
If you were to create a new factory, create a new product what
selections do you have under codecs is it only duplicate original that is
selectable?
If there is any Firewall or Virus protection software, temporarily disable
it and restart the FlipEngine service.
Navigate to the license file and open it with Notepad. Make a note of
the Host ID field: for example, HOSTID=00099bf99c99. Run
lmtools.exe in the license folder and display the system settings field.
The value in this field must match Host ID value in the license.
If you are on a two-NIC server, go to Control Panel > Network
Connections and click Advanced > Advanced settings. In Adapters and
Bindings, select the second Local Area Connection and move it up,
then click OK and rerun lmtools.exe to see if the IDs now match. Next,
stop and restart the FlipEngine service to activate the license.
If it is the correct license did you stop and restart the FlipEngine
service?
In Windows Control Panels\Folder Options, go to the view tab and
make sure that the Hide extensions for known file types is unchecked.
Navigate to the Flip Factory/License folder and check to make sure the
license is named license.dat and that it is the only license.dat in that
folder. If it is named anything other then license.dat rename it
license.dat and restart the FlipEngine service.
When using the Playback/ Uninstall Quicktime (complete) and reinstall Quicktime from Program
Trim feature, I get an error Files/Telestream/FlipFactory/Redis. Perform a custom install and when
message. asked which features to install, select all. See Playback/Trim Editor
(page A-1)
The Transport Stream VOD Transport Stream replaced MPEG2 Transport Stream. Users with
missing from encoder list. Broadcast module who need Transport Stream need a new license.
When using the MOG license Go into the registry and delete the following key:
and decoding with the HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Media Type\Extensions\.mov.
Omneon QuickTime decoder, Restart the server and try again.
jobs get stuck at 0%.
The AC3 audio in my MPEG1 When FlipFactory decodes an MPEG1 media stream which contains
input media is not encoded. two audio payloads – MPEG1 audio and AC3 audio – it uses the
Why not? MPEG1 audio for output. AC3 is only used when it is the only audio
stream in the file.
I can't delete FlipFactory Be sure to turn off any active monitors before deleting an account.
Accounts
February 2012 A-5

A-6 February 2012

A P P E N D I X
B
Uninstalling FlipFactory
Appendix B, Uninstalling FlipFactory
Use these procedures to uninstall FlipFactory software, and optionally,

the FlipFactory database, which permanently destroys the accounts,
factories, and job history in the database.
You should uninstall FlipFactory when you are no long using it on a given
computer, or when you are upgrading FlipFactory to a newer version.
Topics  FlipFactory Uninstall Overview (page B-1)

 Uninstalling the FlipFactory Console (page B-2)
 Uninstalling the Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis Engine
(page B-3)
 Uninstalling the FlipFactory Application (page B-4)
 Uninstalling Other FlipFactory Components (page B-5)
 Removing a FlipFactory Database (page B-6)
FLIPFACTORY UNINSTALL OVERVIEW

To uninstall FlipFactory, do the following:
Step 1 Stop the FlipFactory Console application.
Step 2 Use Add/Remove programs to uninstall the FlipFactory Console
(Uninstalling the FlipFactory Console on page B2).
Step 3 If FlipFactory Version 7.2 or later is installed, use Add/Remove programs
to uninstall the Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis Engine
(Uninstalling the Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis Engine on
page B3).
Step 4 Use Add/Remove programs to uninstall the FlipFactory application
(Uninstalling the FlipFactory Application on page B4). Do not install a
new version of FlipFactory without uninstalling the old version first.
B-1
Uninstalling FlipFactory 81183
Step 5 As needed, remove other FlipFactory components as described in

Uninstalling Other FlipFactory Components on page B5.
UNINSTALLING THE FLIPFACTORY CONSOLE

Telestream recommends that you uninstall the FlipFactory Console before
performing an upgrade, or when you do not plan to use it anymore.
This procedure removes some FlipFactory components from your server.
It does not remove FlipFactory registry settings or the FlipFactory
database itself – which contains FlipFactory accounts, factories, and job
history.
Follow these steps:
Step 1 Open the Control Panel to add or remove programs. Different operating
systems use different Control Panel commands to remove programs.
Uninstall commands are listed under Add or Remove Programs (Server
2003), Programs and Features (Server 2008), and Programs (Windows 7).
Figure B–1. Add/Remove Programs Control Panel
Step 2 Select FlipFactory Console and remove/uninstall it.
Note
If you do not uninstall the FlipFactory console before uninstalling
FlipFactory, you must uninstall the FlipFactory console via the
Java Control Panel. In the control panel’s General tab, click
View under Temporary Internet files. Select the FlipFactory
Console and click the Delete button to uninstall it.
Windows removes the FlipFactory Console from your server.
B-2 February 2012

81183 Uninstalling FlipFactory
Step 3 Close the Add/Remove Programs window.
Note
The supporting subsystems (IPP, DirectX on Windows 2000,
QuickTime, Java Runtime Environment, and MS SQL Server
2005 Express Edition are not removed. Factories and accounts
– stored in the database – plus media you created, are not
removed.
UNINSTALLING THE TELESTREAM MEDIA TRANSCODING AND

ANALYSIS ENGINE
Telestream recommends that you uninstall the Telestream Media
Transcoding and Analysis Engine before performing an upgrade, or when
you do not plan to use it anymore.
Note
If you are uninstalling FlipFactory Version 7.1 or older, there is
no Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis Engine to
uninstall, and you can skip this procedure. Prior to FlipFactory
Version 7.2, the functionality provided by the Telestream Media
Transcoding and Analysis Engine was built into FlipFactory.

history.
Follow these steps:
February 2012 B-3

Step 2 Select Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis and click Remove.
Windows removes the Telestream Media Transcoding and Analysis
engine from your server.
Note
removed.
UNINSTALLING THE FLIPFACTORY APPLICATION

Telestream recommends that you uninstall the FlipFactory application
before performing an upgrade, or when you do not plan to use it anymore.
history.
Follow these steps:
B-4 February 2012

Step 2 Select FlipFactory X.X Build XXXXX and remove/uninstall it.

Windows removes the FlipFactory application from your server.
Step 3 Reboot the server.
Note
removed.
UNINSTALLING OTHER FLIPFACTORY COMPONENTS

Telestream recommends that you uninstall the remaining FlipFactory
components when you do not plan to use it anymore.
This procedure does not remove FlipFactory registry settings or the
FlipFactory database itself – which contains FlipFactory accounts,
factories, and job history.
Follow these steps:
Step 1 Open Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs.
February 2012 B-5

Figure B–4. Add/Remove Programs control panel
Step 2 Select FlipFactory (with version and build) and click Remove. Windows
removes FlipFactory from your server.
Step 3 If GraphicsFactory has been installed, select GraphicsFactory and click
Remove. Windows removes GraphicsFactory from your server.
Note
removed.
Step 5 In FlipFactory 6.0 or earlier, locate and delete the following directories:
<Install Dir>Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\Plugins
<Install Dir>Program Files\Telestream\FlipFactory\backup
In FlipFactory 6.1 and later, these two directories are removed
automatically.
REMOVING A FLIPFACTORY DATABASE

The FlipFactory database contains your FlipFactory accounts, factories,
and job history. Telestream recommends that you contact Telestream
Technical Support for instructions on removing a FlipFactory database.
B-6 February 2012

You do not need to remove the FlipFactory database to perform an

upgrade or downgrade.
Caution
Deleting the default database permanently destroys
FlipFactory accounts, factories, and job history.
February 2012 B-7

B-8 February 2012

Index
Numerics Audio Phase Invert filter 5-32

Audio WAV Insertion filter 5-32
1099, JNI/Java RMI port 2-10
automatic job recovery, generally 3-7
1433, SQL Server 2005 port 2-10
AVI Cinepak codec, installing 7-27
23, Telnet port 2-10
Avid monitor, processing metadata with 5-15
25, SMTP port 2-10
9000, HTTP port 2-10 B
9001, JNLP port 2-10
Blur filter 5-32
A Bonjour
installed by FlipFactory installer 2-2, 4-3
account
installing with FlipFactory installer 2-14
creating new user 4-12
required with Pipeline 4-3
deleting user 4-14
runs as service in Windows. Off by default. 2-2, 4-3
exporting 10-8
service (Windows), change Startup Type to
importing 10-11
Automatic 2-14
importing and exporting 4-14, 10-7
starting service 4-3
logging on 4-22
using in FlipFactory 4-3
managing 4-11
using to connect console to networked
moving between FlipFactory servers 10-6
FlipEngines 4-3
updating user 4-12
using to view and select FlipFactory servers for
AdManager, described 1-3
console 4-4
Administer Accounts window 4-11
Bonjour service (Windows), change Startup Type to
Administrative tools
Automatic 4-3
Services 7-9
Administrative tools, Services 4-2 C
administrator
changing username and password 7-23 ClipMail
logging on to network 2-24, 4-10 submitting job from 6-17
anti-virus software 2-12 Closed Caption Decoder Process/Analysis Tool 5-21
Arbitron Audio Watermark label set 6-10 codecs
Arbitron Audio Watermark Process/Analysis tool 5-19 multi-threaded, regulating 7-31
Audio Analysis Process/Analysis tool 5-19 selecting and setting up 5-28
Audio Channels filter 5-32 Color Remapping Process/Analysis tool 5-19
Audio Fade Up/Down filter 5-32 Color Rescale filter 5-32
Audio Level filter 5-32 command prompt, using to start/stop flip engine 4-3
Audio New Channel Content filter 5-32 Composite Audio Process/Analysis tool 5-19
Index-1
Index 81183
console filters
cannot display A-3 Audio Channels 5-32
launching 4-4 Audio Fade Up/Down 5-32
console errors A-3 Audio Level 5-32
conventions, notational 1-4 Audio New Channel Content 5-32
custom storage, adding to Flip Engine 7-16 Audio Phase Invert 5-32
Audio WAV Insertion 5-32
D Blur 5-32
Darken Region filter 5-33 Color Rescale 5-32
database capacity warning 10-2 creating 5-40
database errors 10-2 Darken Region 5-33
database port 4-17 deleting 5-40
default store, specifying 7-26 described 5-2
deleting a factory 4-13 Down Convert 5-33
destinations Field Order Conversion 5-34
adding 5-43 Frame Mode 5-34
described 5-2 Gamma Correction 5-35
list of 5-41 GraphicsFactory 5-35
removing 5-43 Hue 5-35
setting up 5-44 list of supported 5-31
using, generally 5-41 Mask 5-35
dongle, required for SpectreView products 2-3, 2-27, MotionResolve 5-36
2-30 Noise Reduction 5-37
Down Convert filter 5-33 Non-Linear Resize 5-37
downgrading FlipFactory 2-5 Overlay 5-37
Duplicate Original Screen Subtitles 5-38
produces TIFO file from Pipeline 6-19 setting up 5-41
Sharpen 5-38
E Source Video Timing 5-38
Telecine Options 5-38
EDL Monitor, for Pipeline jobs 6-19
Temporal Interpolation 5-38
end frame offsets for 29.97 fps, calculating 7-22
Text Overlay 5-39
exporting accounts and factories 10-7
using, generally 5-31
F Vertical Blanking Synthesis 5-39
Video Bypass 5-39
factory Video Fade In/Out 5-39
building a, described 3-29 Flip Engine
building, generally 5-1 HTTP host 4-17
creating new 5-7 logging on as Local System account 7-9
deleting 5-8 logging on as This account 7-10
described 3-5 starting and stopping via command prompt 4-3
importing and exporting 10-7 flip limit settings 7-6
moving between FlipFactory servers 10-6 flip limit, queue and limit settings 7-6
updating from older version 2-21 Flip Server limit 4-18
FactoryArray FlipEngine
generally 1-2 starting and stopping 4-2
Local Folder monitor not recovered 5-9
Field Order Conversion filter 5-34
Index-2 February 2012

81183 Index
FlipFactory FLIPINSTANCE errors 10-2

administrator, changing username and password 7-23 flipping, described 3-8
console errors A-3 Florical label set 6-10
displaying About 4-8 Frame Mode filter 5-34
displaying help 4-8
displaying servers, decoders, encoders, plugins 4-9 G
displaying versions and capabilities 4-9 Gamma Correction filter 5-35
downgrading to earlier version, steps 2-5 GraphicsFactory
downloading installation software 2-13 described 1-3
installation problems A-3 filter for 5-31
installing on new server, steps 2-4 process/analyze tools for 5-2
installing, generally 2-1 products for 5-2
license 1-2 resubmitting jobs with run-time variable data 6-31
license, obtaining 2-16 GraphicsFactory Template filter 5-35
load balance group, implementing 9-2 GraphicsFactory Template Processing Process/Analysis
media formats supported by 5-29 Tool 5-19
media storage expiration period, changing 7-13
MSDE standalone database 10-4 H
performance, optimizing 7-31
Help, displaying in console 4-8
platform requirements 2-8
House label set 6-11
server database port 4-17
HTTP port 9000, problems using A-3
server hardware requirements 2-10
HTTP Port for Flip Engine database 4-17
SQL Server 2000 10-3
HTTP port, 9000 2-10
starting and stopping 4-2
Hue filter 5-35
system settings, configuring 4-15
Telnet I
using with 4-14
Telnet, using with 10-7 importing accounts and factories 10-7
tours of 3-1 incorrect settings for FLIPINSTANCE 10-2
updating 2-26 installing FlipFactory
updating factories 2-21 on new server, steps 2-4
upgrading steps 2-5, 2-6 performing complete install 2-13
upgrading, steps 2-5 platform requirements 2-8
using, generally 4-1 QuickTime 2-16
validating installation 2-18, 2-22 Internet Explorer, version 6 required 2-11
FlipFactory AdManager, described 1-3 IPP, installing 2-15
FlipFactory console ITU-R BS.1770 loudness measurement 5-19
described 3-3
J
software requirements 2-11
FlipFactory New Media Broadcast edition, Java 3-3
described 1-2 Java Runtime
FlipFactory New Media edition, described 1-2 generally 2-2
FlipFactory NewsManager, described 1-3 installing 2-15
FlipFactory Pro HD edition, described 1-2 requirements 2-10
FlipFactory Pro SD edition, described 1-2 using 4-7
FlipFactory Server, described 3-2 Java Runtime 1.5
FlipFactory server, renaming 10-11 preferred, for console 2-11
FlipFactory TrafficManager, described 1-2 required for server 2-10
February 2012 Index-3

Index 81183
Java Security Warning 2-19, 4-7 Local Folder

JNI/Java RMI Port 1099 2-10 not used in groups or FactoryArray 7-10
JNLP port, 9001 2-10 Local Folder + Metadata monitor, processing metadata
job with 5-16
deleting 6-21 Local Folder Monitor
details, updating 6-25 not used in groups 3-3
details, viewing 6-24 Local System Account, for Flip Engine 7-9
generally 6-1 loudness measurement, ITU-R BS.1770 5-19
manual submit from Pipeline 6-19
resubmitting 6-25, 6-30, 6-31 M
submitting 4-25 MAC address
submitting manually 6-3 obtaining 2-17
submitting via ClipMail 6-17 required for FlipFactory license 2-17
submitting via monitor 6-18 Manage Factories window, using 5-4
submitting, generally 6-2 Mask filter 5-35
viewing history/status 6-21 MDML message, capturing 7-12
viewing status 6-19 Media Expansion Process/Analysis Tool 5-20
job delete, Approve/Reject window 4-13 media formats supported by FlipFactory 5-29
Job Status window 4-26, 6-20 Media Processing Process/Analysis Tool 5-20
Job Status, viewing 4-20 media sources
Job Submit Window, simple, using 4-14, 6-4 file and stream not localized 6-7
supported by FlipFactory 6-6
K media storage expiration period, changing 7-13
KeyFrame Extraction Process/Analysis Tool 5-22 Message Viewer window 6-31
metadata
L adding/updating 6-26
Leader/Trailer Media Expansion label set 6-12, 6-15, audio level 6-27
6-17 audio waveform 6-28
license 1-2 closed caption 6-28
do not edit 2-18 keyframes 6-27
file, problems with A-3 playback 6-29
installing 2-18 Playback/Trim 7-21
missing, error message A-4 processing with Avid monitor 5-15
obtaining 2-16 processing with Local Folder + Metadata
obtaining from Telestream 2-16 monitor 5-16
resolving problems with A-5 processing with Network + Metadata monitor 5-16
separate required for each FlipFactory 9-7 processing with Network monitor 5-16
status of 2-23, 4-9 spot 6-29
used to enable capabilities 4-9 metadata label
license.dat file 2-18 Arbitron Audio Watermark 6-10
license.dat, problems with A-4 Florical 6-10
limit settings 7-6 House 6-11
load balance group Leader/Trailer Media Expansion 6-12, 6-15, 6-17
accounts 10-6 playback/trim 6-13
described 3-2 Spot label 6-15
establishing 9-2 metadata label set
implementing 9-2 News 6-12

81183 Index
metadata labels O
generally 6-9
Overlay filter 5-37
list of 6-9
Metadata Processing Process/Analysis Tool 5-20 P
Microsoft SQL 2005 Express, default database
installed 10-2 Pipeline
Microsoft SQL Server 2005, installing 2-14 requires Bonjour 4-3
Modify Account window 4-23 submitting jobs from 6-18
monitors playback/trim
configuring 5-14 label set 6-13
deleting 5-13 label, adding 5-11
described 5-2 metadata 7-21
list of 5-10 resolving problems with A-5
must be disabled to delete factory 5-8 ports, used by FlipFactory 2-10
submit file limit (50) 5-9 Process/Analysis Composite Audio 5-19
submit multiple files via Copy operation 5-9 Process/Analysis Tool, GraphicsFactory Template 5-19
using with Windows Networking 5-15 Process/Analysis Tools
MotionResolve filter 5-36 Closed Caption Decoder 5-21
MPEG-1 SpecteView, licensed option 2-30 KeyFrame Extraction 5-22
MPEG-1 SpectreView, licensed option 2-3, 2-27 Media Expansion 5-20
MS SQL Server 2005, installing 2-14 Media Processing 5-20
MS SQL Server Express 2005, requires .Net 2.0 Metadata Processing 5-20
Framework x64 on Windows Server 2003 on 64 bit SCC File Generator 5-22
machines 2-9 SCC File Reader 5-22
MSDE database, standalone, implementing 10-4 Timecode Burn-in 5-23
M-Series iVDR, destination 5-42 Timecode Override 5-21, 5-22
Multi-Threaded codecs, regulating 7-31 VBI Extractor 5-20
Vertical Ancillary Data Insertion 5-22
N Vertical Blanking 5-20
Vertical Blanking Synthesis 5-21
Network + Metadata monitor, processing metadata
Video Analysis 5-22
with 5-16
VITC Decoder 5-21
Network monitor, processing metadata with 5-16
Process/Analysis tools
network share, accessing via FlipFactory 7-14
Arbitron Audio Watermark 5-19
News label set 6-12
Audio Analysis 5-19
NewsManager, described 1-3
Color Remapping 5-19
Noise Reduction filter 5-37
process/analyze tools
Non-Linear Resize filter 5-37
creating 5-23
notational conventions 1-4
deleting 5-24
notifications
described 5-2
creating 5-45
list of 5-18
deleting 5-45
products
described 5-2
creating 5-26
list of 5-44
deleting 5-27
setting up 5-46
described 5-2
using, generally 5-44
generally 5-25

Index 81183
Q system settings 4-15

System Status, viewing 4-19
queue settings 7-6
QuickTime T
installing 2-16
version, required for FlipFactory 2-10 Telecine Options filter 5-38
Telestream
R contacting 1-1
International 1-1
Radius AVI Cinepak codec, installing 7-27
sales and marketing 1-1
Real Media, redirector metadata 5-27
technical support 1-1
Real Networks, streaming label metadata 6-17
Technical Support, emailing system information 4-16
Redirector metafiles 5-27
Web site 1-1
Registry Editor, using generally 7-11
Telestream Transcode
Rename utility, used when renaming your FlipFactory
Installing 2-15
server 10-11
Telnet
renaming your FlipFactory server 10-11
port, 23 2-10
restarting FlipFactory 4-2
Telnet, using with FlipFactory 4-14, 10-7
S Temporal Interpolation filter 5-38
Text Overlay filter 5-39
SCC File Generator Process/Analysis Tool 5-22 This Account, for Flip Engine 7-10
SCC File Reader Process/Analysis Tool 5-22 TIFO, archive/intermediate format from Pipeline 6-19
Screen Subtitles filter 5-38 Timecode Burn-in Process/Analysis Tool 5-23
Services window 4-2 Timecode Override Process/Analysis Tool 5-21, 5-22
settings which cause 10-2 TrafficManager, described 1-2
Sharpen filter 5-38 troubleshooting
Simple Job Submit Window 4-14, 6-4 generally A-1
SMTP port, 25 2-10 playback/trim editor on Windows Server 2003,
SMTP Server 4-18 QuickTime problem A-1
SMTP Server. Incoming, Domain Name 4-17
SOM/EOM 7-21, 7-22 U
Source Video Timing filter 5-38
uninstalling
SpectreView WMV/MPEG-1, licensed option 2-3, 2-27,
subsystems not removed B-3, B-4, B-5, B-6
2-30
upgrading 10-3
spot server start and end frame offsets, creating 7-21
upgrading FlipFactory 2-5
Spot, label set 6-15
username and password, changing 7-23
SQL Server 2000
username, changing for FlipFactory administrator 7-23
generally 3-3
upgrading 10-3 V
SQL Server 2005 Express, limit exceeded and jobs not
processed 10-3 VBI Extractor Process/Analysis Tool 5-20
SQL Server 2005, 1433 port 2-10 VBI, processing 5-20
SQL Server Enterprise Manager 10-2 Vertical Ancillary Data Insertion Process/Analysis
start/end frame offsets, creating for spot server 7-21 Tool 5-22
starting FlipFactory 4-2 Vertical Blanking Process/Analysis Tool 5-20
stopping FlipFactory 4-2 Vertical Blanking Synthesis filter 5-39
store, default 7-26 Vertical Blanking Synthesis Process/Analysis Tool 5-21
Submit Job window 4-25 Video Analysis Process/Analysis Tool 5-22
submitting job to capture MDML message 7-12 Video Bypass filter 5-39

81183 Index
Video Fade In/Out filter 5-39

VITC Decoder Process/Analysis Tool 5-21
volume
externalizing for FactoryArray or load balance
group 7-16
volume, default store 7-16
volumes, adding to Flip Engine 7-18
W
Warranty and Disclaimers 1-iii
watch dog kill timeout, changing 7-25
window
Administer Accounts 4-11
factory delete Approve/Reject 4-13
Job Status 4-26
Job status 6-20
Manage Factories 5-4
Modify Account 4-23
New Account 4-12
System Status 3-27, 4-19, 4-20
Windows .Net 2.0 Framework x 64, required for MS
SQL Server Express 2005 on Windows Server
2003 2-9
Windows Media 2-2
redirector metadata with 5-27
Windows Media Format
streaming label metadata 6-17
Windows Media Format 11 SDK, required for use of
Windows Media Video V9 Advanced Profile (VC1
Advanced Profile) codec 2-9
Windows Media Player 11, required for use of Windows
Media Video V9 Advanced Profile (Advanced
Profile) codec 2-8
Windows Media Video V9 Advanced Profile (Advanced
Profile) codec, requires Windows Media Player
11 2-8, 2-9
Windows registry, warning about modifying 7-11
Windows Server 2003, requires .Net 2.0 Framework x64
for MS SQL Server Express 2005 2-9
WMV SpectreView, licensed option 2-3, 2-27, 2-30

FlipFactory UserGuide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FlipFactory UserGuide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FlipFactory UserGuide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

7.

February 2012 | 81183 © 2012 Telestream, Inc.

Copyright and Trademark Notice

Limited Warranty and Disclaimers

Part Number: 81183

February 2012 iii

About This Guide

Support and Information ................................................................................ 1-1

Chapter 1 Introduction to FlipFactory

Chapter 2 Installing FlipFactory

Obtaining and Installing the FlipFactory License........................................ 2-16

Chapter 3 Guided Tours

February 2012 vii

[Tour 3] Creating a Factory.......................................................................... 3-16

Chapter 4 Using FlipFactory

viii February 2012

Displaying Component Versions and Capabilities......................................... 4-9

Chapter 5 Building Factories

Chapter 6 Submitting & Working

Viewing Job Status....................................................................................... 6-19

Chapter 7 Customizing FlipFactory

xii February 2012

Accessing Network Shares with Custom IDs .............................................. 7-14

Chapter 8 Processing Jobs with Metadata

February 2012 xiii

Chapter 9 Load Balance Groups

Chapter 10 Database Implementations & Operations

Appendix B Uninstalling FlipFactory

FlipFactory Uninstall Overview ....................................................................B-1

xiv February 2012

Uninstalling Other FlipFactory Components.................................................B-5

xvi February 2012

Figure 2–1. Java Security Warning window............................................ 2-19

Figure 3–12. Creating a factory................................................................. 3-16

xviii February 2012

Figure 3–40. Adding a Destinations folder ............................................... 3-35

February 2012 xix

Figure 4–20. Message Progress window ................................................... 4-21

Figure 5–20. Typical Notifications editor ................................................. 5-46

February 2012 xxi

Figure 7–8. Modifying administrator parameters in Regedit .................. 7-24

xxii February 2012

Table 2–1. IP Ports for FlipFactory ....................................................... 2-10

xxvi February 2012

SUPPORT AND INFORMATION

Internet Web Site. www.telestream.net

USA Telephone Main. (530) 470-1300

Mail Telestream, Inc.

WE'D LIKE TO HEAR FROM YOU!

HOW TO USE THIS GUIDE

Chapter 1, Introduction to FlipFactory

Chapter 2, Installing FlipFactory

Chapter 3, Guided Tours

Chapter 4, Using FlipFactory

Chapter 5, Building Factories

Preface-2 February 2012

Chapter 6, Submitting & Working with Jobs

Chapter 7, Customizing FlipFactory

Chapter 8, Processing Jobs with Metadata